Home

User Guide V4 - Kucera Farm Supply

Contents

1. Dy Connects to Tru Count mm wy Clutch system DJ467981200 WSMB Module ONCOL Hamess TAE DJ467981100S1 Y Output Seed Monitor Order and install Module Ae CAN Each WSMB module module harness Terminator DJ467981201 supports up to an additional 18 rows if using Seed Manager SE DJ467982000S1 for seed monitoring Add up to 8 ou style harness additional WSMB harnesses module a N Connect to next module harness Each Tru Count Harness Planter Output Module will support bundles to support up to 148 rows l m or implement extension harness up to 8 rows sections Add up to 3 additional harness planter I output module bundles to support up to 24 rows sections Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus DJ458411080 16 ROW DJ467751312S1 Seed Manager STANDARD HARNESS j D q SE HARNESS 16 Row Harness comes in many different variations including 2 4 6 8 12 16 row versions includin Planter Harness by customer Trimble does not offer this harness for sale several models for specific planters Existing Harness if SeedManager SE is being utilized Standard Dj PM Style 1
2. A N CAUTION Connecting the Port Replicator on the FM 1000 to NavController II cable to the P4 or P12 connector of the NavController II harness will result in damage to the FM 1000 integrated display and will void the warranty Description Trimble part number a FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 593 21 The Ag3000 Modem Ag3000 break out cable 70433 Ag3000 modem 80300 Activating the Ag3000 modem In the USA the Ag3000 is bundled with a Trimble installed AT amp T or Jasper Wireless SIM card which is tied to your Ag3000 unit and cannot be separated You cannot use any other SIM cards with this device Additionally this modem does not work in a CDMA network Outside of the USA you must contact your local VRS Now or third party cell provider for a SIM card Configuring the Ag3000 modem 1 Install the Ag3000 plugin For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 2 From the Configuration screen select the Ag3000 VRS plugin and then tap Setup 594 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Ag3000 Modem 21 The Ag3000 Configuration screen appears Ag3000 Configuration Setup Internet Base SIM 3 From the Port drop down list select the CAN port that the Ag3000 modem is connected to The default setting is Port D 4 Select the Internet Base tab Ag3000 Configuration Setup Internet Base SIM server Name Address server Port
3. 000048 170 Enabling NMEA message output 22acs5 4 bs bebe deeb Ew RD Eee wR EDR O EH ES 171 Enabling radar ontpub resres itean pe a ee ee ee ee E S a i 172 COmMmearines radar output ane ot eae hee Boeeeee seen ee ee ee eae ee ehee es 173 Implement Configuration 1 2 ee 175 OU O g4c4uwte ee dee sede ee Chee baw hae oo eee ees ee ee 176 Clea mie an plemenG oes nee ee eee ee eee yee eee ee eae Gee ee e oes 176 Selecting an existing implement 4 44 244 o ee nb Sedo See eo Oa H HE OE Gee OE HE eH GE 178 Adjusting the implement settings 2 2 2 eee 178 Configuring the Operations setting 202 tees etoaeee be Be ee beet oec ene s 180 Configuring the Guidance settings 2 2 ee eee 180 Configuring the Geometry settings 2 0 0 eee eee 184 Configuring the Overlap settings 5 tae bo45 400 Bee Kehoe eee MES e HS ee eS 185 Conigurine the PMs ab aod eae Beue ote tae ee Pace bam Bas 188 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 9 Contents 10 Importing an implement from the AQGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager display 189 Doletine an implement e ese a ee ee ee ee ee ee eee 189 Overview of plugins 1 191 Introd ction to plugins 2ecaaeeoenee eye chan eeeeetes eae eee ete ges Rae a 192 Viewing the currently installed plugins 2 ee ee eee 193 Adding orremoving QO s 24 ae Gat ale ea eae eee ae eee Oe a eee 194 COMMING apio eesse oe eh eee ee oo Gee Ree Se ee eee teas eno w ee 4 195 Enteri
4. Logging when low The system records logging when the switch is turned off and stops recording when the switch is turned on Note When remote logging is set to Connector A or Connector B the Logging button on the Run screen is disabled Use the external switch to turn logging on or off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 607 24 Advanced Configuration Changing the password Note To change the Administration password you require the Master password If you do not know it contact your local Trimble reseller See also Password access page 81 l 5 Do one of the following Ifyou have not entered the password during the current session tap Setup or Calibrate from the Configuration screen Ifyou have already entered the password during this session tap the Home button and then tap Lock Configuration On the Configuration screen tap Setup or Calibrate The Enter Administration Password screen appears Enter an incorrect password The Wrong Password screen appears Tap Enter Master Password Enter the Master password and then tap OK The Change Administration Password screen appears Enter your new Administration password in both fields The new Administration password is now active Locking the display to re enable the password To re enter the password if you have already entered the Administration Password wp N From the Home screen tap R Tap Configure Tap Lock Config Tap Setup o
5. Tap OK The Autopilot controller is now configured Selecting the vehicle 1 Inthe Vehicle tab on the Vehicle Controller Setup screen tap Edit Edit Vehicle Vehiche Profile Location From Database inew Model Browse Cancel Save Vehicle There are a number of pre configured profiles for the various vehicle makes and models You can load them from FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 123 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Autopilot controller The majority of vehicle profiles are stored on the Autopilot controller Vehicle profile database file As additional profiles become available or are updated they are added to a vehicle profile database You can download the database and load profiles from it Saved file You can install an individual vehicle profile that you have previously saved 2 In the Vehicle Profile Location group select the source for the make and model Tap this button Then go to step From Controller new Selecting a new vehicle make and model 3 from the list on the Autopilot controller From Database new Selecting a new vehicle make and model from a database of vehicles vdb on the FM 1000 integrated display If you need to obtain a vdb file contact your local reseller From Saved File Selecting a saved vehicle make and model 5 existing from the display cfg on the card Selecting a new vehicle make and model from the list on the Autopilot contro
6. Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modif
7. The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 390 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available Hez Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Precharging the air seeder before driving When the vehicle is moving the air seeder is continually distributing seed However when you Degi driving the seed can take time to reach the tubes To avoid this tap Precharge gy before you begin moving This ensures that seed distribution begins when you stat planting To precharge this channel and any channels combined with this one 1 Tap the Precharge button The Precharge screen appears 2 Raise the implement 3 Lock the vehicle brakes and put the vehicle in park 4 Start the vehicle engine 5 Run the vehicle until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature 444 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 WARNING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 6 Tap the Start button The air seeder moves seed from the seeder bin Repeat this process for any uncombined channels Row Information tab An air seeder can have up to 148 rows
8. Ifthe controller is set to Rate 2 or Manual the controller ignores the rates being sent but the display still records the applied rates Limitations Set the baud rate to 9600 Some older controllers are only capable of 1200 baud these controllers need to be upgraded CAUTION Some Raven controllers do not support zero rates If the target rate is zero and spray is still being applied you must turn off the boom sections manually Rawson and New Leader The Rawson and New Leader controllers use a nominal flow rate Yield and a step size to describe rates Set the Default rate in the Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen to match the Yield value or nominal flow rate in the Rawson controller Any non zero rate will be adjusted to the nearest value that the controller can select A rate of zero turns off the hydraulic drive Note For best result when creating prescriptions use rates in 2 4 or 6 7 3 increments of the default rate Select the percentage used on FM 1000 integrated display If you have a dual channel Rawson Accu Rate controller see page 551 Configuring the controller To allow the display to change the rates on the controller the controller must first be put into GPS mode Otherwise the display will log only the rates being used 1 Turn on the controller 2 Tap the MODE button twice FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 3 Tap the SET button
9. Inline Servo Bypass Servo Pump PWM Pump Servo Pump PWM Ground HARDI Bypass None Note If you have an existing Raven bypass servo system it may be wired so that the valve open and close commands are reversed The EZ Boom controller reverses the commands in the software Either select Inline Servo or rewire the valve Some systems have a short crossover cable which can be removed to correct the issue 4 Ifyou selected Inline Bypass or Pump Servo enter values in the three fields in the Servo group Response 1 The responsiveness of the valve when the application rate is far away from the target rate Response 2 The responsiveness of the valve when the application rate is close to the target rate Response Threshold _ This ratio is the point at which the application rate is close enough to the target rate for the responsiveness of the valve to switch from Valve Response 1 to Valve Response 2 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 537 15 The EZ Boom Plugin If you selected Pump PWM or Pump PWM Ground enter values in the three fields in the PWM group Description Zero Flow Offset The shut off point of the valve Frequency Hz The operating frequency of the valve The sensitivity of the valve 5 Tap OK to return to the Implement Calibration screen Step 4 Calibrating the flow meter 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The mplemen
10. Select Feature 102 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 7 Display Setup 4 Do one of the following Tocreate a new feature and assign it to the button select the type of feature to create point line or area from the drop down list and then tap New The Edit Feature screen appears To assign an existing feature to the button select the type of feature to edit point line or area select the feature from the list that appears and then tap OK The Select Active Feature screen reappears with the feature that you selected assigned to the feature button Creating a point feature 1 Enter values for the following settings The name of the feature For example Tree Alarm Radius When the vehicle comes within this radius of the feature the alarm appears The alarm radius appears on the screen as a solid red block of color The alarm radius is more serious than the warning radius so set it to a shorter distance Warning Radius The distance around the feature that causes a warning message to appear The warning radius appears on the screen as an orange line Average Position This is a way to improve the quality of the point feature position e If you select the Average Position button the display calculates the average position of the feature over 30 seconds If you deselect the button the display places the feature at the coordinates that the vehicle is at when you tap the button To selec
11. Coverage attribute file version GPS_Status Numeric GPS status value Status_Txt GPS status description FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Swath The current swath number when coverage was recorded DateClosed Date the polygon was closed TimeClosed Time the polygon was closed Applied_Rate Applied rate reported by the variable rate controller The material being applied Material ID An index number related to the material EZ Boom system implement diagnostics When an EZ Boom system is connected you can view EZ Boom system diagnostic information 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Diagnostics E Boom Diagnostics The EZ Boom Diagnostics screen includes information on current flow current pressure boom valve state EZ Boom controller version number It also shows the status of the EZ Boom controller to ensure that it is working as expected FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 543 15 The EZ Boom Plugin To check that the system is responding as expected set the Target Rate and Speed fields to a fixed known value To view previous errors tap View Error Log Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller You can use the EZ Boom controller to control an application device a planter liquid spreader or Tru Count Air Clutch This enables you to e use automatic boom switching to automatically turn individual
12. GreenSeeker diagnostics The GreenSeeker Diagnostics screen reports on the quantity of sensors detected on system and provides any error conditions GreenSeeker Diagnostics ATZO06O i Hardware RT200 Rev E Firmware Version Vers pon Connected O bf OK The appearance of both the hardware and firmware version information at the top of the diagnostics screen indicates that the FM 1000 integrated display and RT200 are communicating 488 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 Erroneous data The RT200 system monitors the sensors for proper operation and if a sensor reports erroneous data the data is not included in the rate control calculation Erroneous data can come from mud on the sensor lenses sensors viewing concrete snow wet asphalt or other non soil or non plant surface Error conditions Error conditions include sensors disconnected from the CAN bus or a sensor transmitting invalid data Invalid data could occur if the sensor malfunctions or more commonly if it is seeing a target other than plants and soil For example when setting up the system the sensors may be pointed into the air or against wet asphalt either of these will likely generate an error code from a sensor Description Red gt NIR Red reflectance higher than NIR a BOTH lt 01 Both reflectances are below 0 01 os RED lt 01 Red reflectance below 0 01 NIR lt 01 NIR reflectance below 0 01 BOTH
13. bob smith 5 From the data list select the data field to define and then tap either New or Edit 6 Define the custom entry by manually entering or updating the name and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 109 4 Display Setup The new or edited entry appears in the data list on the Data Dictionary Setup screen For more information on editing data dictionary entries see Data dictionaries page 634 For more information on accessing data dictionary entries see Accessing data dictionary entries page 46 Configuring the lightbar settings The display has two lightbar options e the virtual lightbar that appears at the top of the displays Run screen e one or more external lightbars for more information see Chapter 23 The LB25 External Lightbar Configuring the virtual lightbar The FM 1000 integrated display has default settings for the virtuall lightbar that should suit most drivers If the settings are not appropriate configure the lightbar as follows 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the System option and then tap Setup 4 From the Display Setup screen select Lightbar and then tap Setup In the Light Bars Configuration screen the virtual lightbar from the FM 1000 integrated display is shown along with any detected external lightbars Light Bars Configuration 110 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display
14. Do not adjust the calibration parameters unless instructed to do so by Technical Support 7 Turn on the master switch FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 419 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Ifthe material is granular seed granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer and you want to limit the range of the PWM valve a Tap Limit Output and buttons appear on the screen Valve Calibration Channel 1 liquid q Frequency Filter 0 Hz Start Current Flow Rate 1 00 gal min D MVPs PATS DURIH THIS OP EAA TIOR STAW COCAK OP Pap LCRA E Instructions Turn Masher wich ion Press ar Reset buttons until desired mwanam outpat is achiewed Press the Stari button to begin cairo Parameters b tap or to adjust the limit of the valve A N WARNING When you tap the control valve calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death c When you find the maximum limit tap Start Ifyou used the Limit Output function the calibration begins Valve Calibration Channel 1 LIQUID Frequency Filter 0 Hz Start Current Flow Rate 100 gal min MOVIE PARTS DURING THIS OFLA TION Reset STAY CLEAR OF IMPLEMENT Instructions Turn Master Swrtoh on Brees ar Arset buttons until desired mame mutt m achieve Pess the Stari button to begin cairo Parameters 420 FM
15. Error 2 Defective control valve 2 Inspect control valve for damage Replace if necessary 3 Incorrect feedback sensor 3 Verify correct installation of the installation feedback sensor Pf 4 Defective feedback sensor 4 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 465 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Bme AIROm roe Ieee Ci a 5 Limit Max Output is set too low 5 Set Limit Max Output to a higher Re calibrate the valve PWM on the Valve Calibration screen Perform a new valve calibration Control Channel 1 Limit Max Output set too low 1 Set Limit Max Output to a higher level Max Feedback on the Valve Calibration screen Perform a new valve calibration 2 Incorrect feedback sensor 2 Verify correct installation of the installation feedback sensor Pf 3 Defective feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 224 No Control 1 Implement hydraulic system 1 Verify implement hydraulic system Channel Gain malfunction operation Unreachable Steps Calculated 2 Defective control valve 2 Inspect control valve for damage Replace if necessary 3 Incorrect feedback sensor 3 Verify correct installation of the installation feedback sensor 4 Defective feedback sensor 4 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 225 Hopper Sensor 1 Incorrect logic level setting on the 1 Verify correct logic level setting on the Low Other Sens
16. Meadowbrook E 3 South Field 2 Planting Spraying E Diagnostics O Autopilot 9 Screenshots n Firmware iQ Prescriptions 3 Summaries I upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 629 25 Data Management Copying or deleting data files The Data Files screen enables you to copy or delete card data It shows the fields varieties prescriptions and data dictionaries that are in the internal memory and on the USB memory stick On the FM 1000 integrated display there are two methods to access the Data Files screen See the following sections e Accessing data files from the Home screen page 630 e Accessing the data files through the Configuration screen page 631 Accessing data files from the Home screen 1 From the Home screen tap Data Files Integrated Display systemi Information amer Company Name _ Trimble Lec fic 630 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The Data Files screen appears j Accessing the data files through the Configuration screen From the Home screen tap K On the Current Configurations screen tap Configure l 2 3 On the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup 4 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 5 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears Copying data To copy data from the USB memory stick to the internal memory or from the intern
17. Vehicle Controller Setup 4 Inthe Connector list select the port on the FM 1000 integrated display that the Autopilot system controller is connected to 5 The Current Selection displays the current vehicle vdb profile that is loaded on the display To change this setting see Selecting the vehicle page 123 6 Inthe Vehicle Color list select the preferred color for the vehicle icon that appears on the Run screen 120 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Configuring the Engage tab Vehicle Controller Setup Vehicle Engage Steering Advanced Operator Timeout 5 mir Coverage Log Manual Cancel 1 Inthe Engage tab select Operator Timeout 2 Inthe Enter The EZ Steer Operator Timeout screen enter a value and then tap OK 3 In the Coverage Log list select either Manual or When Engaged Configuring the Steering tab Vehicle Controller Setup Vehicle Engage Steering Advanced Nudge Increment 0 0 0 End of Row Warming Pz Diet 164 0 5 Valve On Speed Legacy Sensors Cancel 1 Inthe Steering tab select Nudge Increment FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 121 5 Vehicle Guidance Options 2 Inthe Enter The Nudge Increment Distance screen enter the distance the Run screen Nudge buttons move the line back to the correct path and then tap OK 3 Select End of Row Warning Dist 4 Inthe Enter End of Row Warning Distance screen enter t
18. a 1 Buttons pressed harvesting and logging works as usual yp os A green icon appears on the button when harvesting 2 Press on the sections row A red button appears The map shows a reduced swath area by an amount 1 6th per button ar The button turns gray when the active rows overlap previously harvested areas io There is no change when logging is disabled Information screen 9000000000000 00a700000000000000 fyersge Yield per bin 450 2 bu a Average Yield per field 153 8 bu a Bin Moisture 13 0 Kix Dey Weight per bin Header Height 25130 Ibs 100 00 instant Moisture 13 0 I Gry Weight per field Wet Weight per field indani Yield 298800 Ibs 290200 Ibs 140 5 bu a Wet Weight Per Bin Fiedd Moisture Event Coverage Area 24520 Ibs 13 0 o 4 56 a Sea tat 30 g rain Flow amme Cor 7688 05 bu hr Empty Bin YYYY The following are status items that can be added on the Information screen Yield Status screen item Description Average yield per bin and per field Displays the average dry yield in bushels per acre Bin moisture Displays the average grain moisture of the bin Dry weight per bin and per field Displays the amount of crop harvested in metric tonnes pounds or imperial tons of grain Field moisture Displays the average grain moisture Grain flow Displays the dry bushels per hour you are harvesting Header height Displays a number to indicate the position of t
19. e Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Rae 402 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 7 Configure the appropriate Constants settings Channel Configuration bi 1E Sn pe Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 Gear Ratio The ratio of the number of turns of application rate sensor to each turn of the granular fertilizer metering shaft FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 403 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Configure the appropriate Rows Sections settings Channel Configuration Channel 1 Urea Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 30 0 Number Sections Channel Sections Coverage Settings Off Latency 0 00 On Latency 0 005 Description Channel Width The width of fertilizer applied for this channel Number Sections Enables entry of a specific number of sections to the control channel Section assignment is given priority based on the section and is assigned sequentially thereafter Off
20. the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green S Distance Traveled For use with Point to Slope mode The distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled S East The distance that the blade receiver is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point S GPS Status The GPS correction type that the blade GPS receiver is currently using S H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the blade GPS position in 2 dimensions S HDOP The current Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the blade receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better S Heading The current heading of the blade in degrees from direct north The blade s current latitude S Longitude The blade s current longitude S Network ID The RTK network ID of the blade receiver s corrections S North The distance that the blade receiver is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point S Offset A separate plane that is parallel to the design plane The offset is defined by a single measurement which is the height that the offset plane is from the design plane S Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark S Offset Y The Relat
21. 10 The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the drill seeder volume in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen l1 12 l3 14 15 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that the drill seeder holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that the drill seeder can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the weight of seeds in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the drill seeder if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears If necessary repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 Once you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 415 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 397 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring granular fertilizer 398 Entering materials Enter the materials that the planter or spreader will apply This may include different types of fertilizer or other granular materials From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup In the Material Setup screen tap New Th
22. 6 Input the moisture difference Change P Correction 3 0 Calibrate Yield l Press Waiz 2 Select Yield Monitor 3 View page 2 Naiti Yield Mon WAAT 4 Verify that the combines grain tank and the truck wagon are both empty and tap Start Yield Calibration Start is Stopped Weight b a FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 587 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin 5 6 T Harvest about 500 bushels and hit Stop Yield Calibration St is Running OP Weight Ib 516 Unload the grain harvested during calibration onto truck wagon Select button next change to enter the weight of the truck wagon in wet pounds Yield Calibration is Stopped start Weight Ib a Command Center 70 Series Combines Calibrate Moisture Navigate to Home screen on the Command Center Continue to press the Wrench tab In the Calibrations list select Moisture Follow the steps to perform the calibration Calibrations LF Highlight the arrow and then press the Confirm switch on the armrest 588 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 Calibrate Yield l 2 3 6 fe Navigate to Home screen on the Command Center Select Press on the Command Center Continue to press until page 2 appears page numbers are shown on the Wrench tab i In the Calibrations list select Yield Calibrations S Highlight the arrow and
23. External switch The system can support two external switches e a master switch that turns on or off operation required e an implement lift switch that turns on or off operation depending on implement position 362 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 2 Ifa hopper sensor is connected set the following Other Sensor Setup Ce Hopper Sensor 1 Sting a aiReecieionig ee Logic Level A hopper sensor outputs either a low condition when active or a high condition when active Select the appropriate setting for your sensor e ACTIVE LO An alarm is triggered when the sensor s output is in a low state Use this setting if the connected sensor outputs a low condition when active ACTIVE HIGH An alarm is triggered when the sensor s output is in a high state Use this setting if the connected sensor outputs a high condition when active Note If the sensor is a DICKEY john Hopper Level sensor set the logic level to ACTIVE LO Alarm Delay When a hopper alarm is triggered the system waits for this length of time before reporting it This can be useful for filtering out occasions when the alarm is briefly triggered The value is entered in seconds FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 363 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 3 Ifan RPM sensor is connected set the following settings Other Sensor Setup RPM Sensor Settings High Alann Low Alarm High Alarm Delay RPM
24. GPS Speed information is provided by the GPS system Backup Source Only available when the Primary Source is set to GPS This is the secondary source of ground speed information e CAN ground Used when ground speed is provided by a radar digital 3 wire type sensor connected to the cab harness or if radar forward ground speed is available on the CAN bus Digital Freq Used when ground speed is provided by a radar digital 3 wire type sensor connected to the 4 Channel Control actuator harness Reluct Freq Used when ground speed is provided by a reluctance 2 wire type sensor connected to the 4 Channel Control actuator harness User Manual Sets the system to operate using an internally generated ground speed No ground speed sensor is required when using the User Manual setting FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 367 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Seting peert O Speed Constant Only available when the Primary or Backup Source is set to CAN Ground Digital Freq or Reluct Freq The constant required to convert the sensor data to the correct value This is the number of pulses the sensor makes over a 400 ft distance To calibrate this see Ground speed constant page 416 Manual Speed Only available when the Primary or Backup Source is set to User Manual The speed at which you want the control channel to run to if GPS or Radar based speed is not available The control system will simulate the man
25. Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the overlap is measured in b Enter the end overlap distance c To prevent an end overlap of material tap Skip To apply an end overlap of material tap Overlap d Tap OK Select an nfill Boundary option from the drop down list Tap Next FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 187 7 Implement Configuration Configuring the Extras tab 1 To access the Variety Setup menu select the Extras tab Implement Setup For more information on allocating logging varieties see Logging varieties page 70 2 If your system does not provide automatic coverage control select a port connector for the floor mounted switch from the Remote Log Switch list 3 Tap OK The implement is now configured and the settings are stored in the FM 1000 integrated displays internal memory To save the implement configuration 1 In the Configuration screen highlight Implement 2 Tap Save Config 3 When prompted select Save to save the current configuration or select New to create a new configuration If you select New you must then follow the steps for Adjusting the implement settings page 178 188 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 Importing an implement from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager display The FM 1000 integrated display can import and use implements that were created in the AgGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager
26. Rem pemn oo The volume of dirt that must be cut for the current design The volume of dirt that must be added for the current design Note If the Cut and Fill values are the same you will only be moving dirt The volumes will balance out The system includes the Cut Fill Ratio when configuring these amounts See page 210 The area of the field inside the boundary 210 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 The image of the field on the left of the screen can show one of two things e When the Height button is selected the image shows the topographical height of the field y e When the Cut Fill button is selected the image shows where dirt needs to be removed and where it needs to be added Areas that require dirt to be cut are shaded red Areas that require dirt to be filled are shaded blue Neutral areas that do not need adjusting are shaded green FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 211 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Creating a design To create a design for the optimum slope for your field that requires the minimum amount of dirt to be moved 1 Enter the Cut Fill Ratio 2 Inthe Section list do one of the following Select the section to level Select None to level the whole field 3 Tap Best Fit The system uses the interior points that you collected to calculate the optimum slope of the field The design information appears in the design slope options a
27. Remove Disk RPM High Limit Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Unie Symbor Beseription OOOO US Imperial kS ha Thousand seeds per acre 7 Enter the following values Minimum Rate The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen planter tab you increase or decrease the planter target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Seeds per revolution The number of seeds being planted per rotation of the seed disks Disk RPM Low Limit The lowest disk RPM at which control channel will operate The control will not allow the disk to rotate slower than this setting Disk RPM High Limit The highest disk RPM at which control channel will operate The control will not allow the disk to rotate faster than this setting The target rate is the rate at which the planter will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 371 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 To add a target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kS ha or kS a as appropriate c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are s
28. See Other sensors page 362 Valve Locking Valve locking locks the valves in their last position when the booms are turned off Use this mode to maintain pressure when doing turns and for tank agitation If valve locking is not required set the Valve Locking setting to Not Installed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 385 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 7 Configure the Constants tab as appropriate Channel Configuration K Factor The number of pulses per liter or gallon that the sensor produces If you already know the K Factor enter it here If you do not know the K Factor perform a flow meter calibration See Flow meter constant page 421 If the system has a Raven flow meter divide the number by 10 and then enter the result as the K Factor 386 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 8 Configure Rows Sections tab as appropriate Channel Configuration Channel 1 liquid Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 60 0 0 Number Sections Channel Sections Description Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel Number of Rows Enables entry of a specific number of seed rows to the control channel Row assignment is given a priority based on the channel and is assigned sequentially thereafter Channel 1 is always assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Off Laten
29. Select the Boom tab Field IQ Setup 2 To control whether the system sends a high or a low signal to close a section valve select one of the following options from the Section Signal drop down list Reverse Polarity Electric Clutch Boom Valve Liqui Block N CAUTION Selecting the incorrect value causes the system to operate opposite of the required result 3 Inthe Turn Off When Stopped drop down list select an option Selecting Yes turns off sections when the GPS speed is zero 4 Inthe On Latency field enter a value By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch or valve this can happen on larger systems In this case increase the On Latency value to compensate the delay and Field IQ will turn on before they need to be turned on 5 Inthe OffLatency field enter a value 288 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch or valve this can happen on larger systems In this case increase to compensate the delay and Field IQ will turn off before they need to be turned off Rate tab i Select the Rate tab Field IQ Setup Disabled Note The Rate tab is only visible if you have at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module installed 2 In the Rate 1 field enter a value This is the seedi
30. The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 This value relates to the antenna installed on either the rear implement or the antenna installed on the right side of a single implement Note In the FieldLevel IT plugin the Antenna Height value can be altered from the Blade Settings tab and relates to the antenna installed on either the front implement or the antenna installed on the left side of a single implement Note Measure the antenna height vertically from the ground to the base of the antenna 4 Enter the appropriate value in the Disengage Raise field This value is used to control the rear implement or the right side of a single implement when Auto is disengaged If you set it to 0 000s then the blade will not move up when you disengage Note In the FieldLevel II plugin the Disengage Raise value can be altered from the Blade Settings tab and relates to the front implements blade or the left side of the blade on a single implement Note For a tandem system you will want to move the blade up when Auto is disengaged on both the front and back implements as you will be swapping between the two For a dual setup with a single implement Trimble recommends that you have the left and right Disengage Raise values set to the same value Step 6 Calibrating the Tandem Dual valve module When working with a tandem dual configuration the valve module must be calibrated for both the FieldLevel II plugin and the Tandem Dual plugin e The Fieldle
31. When you use the FM 1000 integrated display with the Autopilot automated steering system for sub inch accuracy the GPS antenna and receiver are mounted on the vehicle and it is the vehicle that is guided On flat ground the implement will probably be directly behind the vehicle but in the following conditions the implement can pull draft to one side e On side slopes In variable soil conditions e On curved guidance patterns The stand alone Autopilot automated steering system has no way to detect or correct for implement draft FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 In these conditions the draft distance can be significant enough to lose repeatability for successive field operations despite the 25 mm 1 inch accuracy of the tractor equipped with the Autopilot system Benefits of the TrueTracker system The TrueTracker implement steering system is an optional upgrade for the Autopilot system You must unlock and install the second FM 1000 integrated displays internal receiver on the implement Using the Trimble T3 inertial terrain compensation technology and the accuracy of the receiver the TrueTracker system can steer the implement ensuring it remains online behind the vehicle even on extremely sloped ground The TrueTracker system supports the following Steering in reverse Straight and curved guidance patterns Independent implement offset Independent aggressiveness control for
32. gt 98 Either reflectance above 0 98 ee NIR lt 015 NIR net reflectance below 0 15 To access the GreenSeeker diagnostics do the following 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 From the Configuration screen select the GreenSeeker plugin and then tap Diagnostics Application information Delivery System and Liquid Control As with any variable rate system the minimum and maximum rates obtainable are dependent upon the delivery system The RT200 interface module is capable of requesting any rate but the actual rates delivered are dependent upon the rate controller and its components Most liquid rate control systems control or throttle the pressure of the system to affect flow and application rate There are also more advanced delivery systems that use two booms multiple nozzles or special pulsing solenoids on each nozzle to obtain larger rate changes When using the RT200 with a typical liquid delivery system it is important to match nozzle sizes to expected delivery rates After the appropriate reference strip readings GDD and selection of crop type are input into RT Commander FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 489 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 490 the application graph can be accessed to show the prescription rates at various sensor NDVI readings Depending upon what delivery system is used there will be actual minimum and maximum rates obtainable These
33. or the list is full The information appears in the left field Set the right Info text items a b C In the Info Items list tap the item you want to use Tap the right Set Item button Repeat Step a and Step b until you have all the items you require or the list is full The information appears in the right field To save the configuration tap OK Selecting the language units of measure and keyboard layout To select the default language for the display I 2 3 4 5 From the Home screen tap In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup In the Display Setup screen select Language amp Units and then tap SETUP The Language amp Units setup screen appears Language amp Units Cy Metric Select the language to use from the Language drop down list 100 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 If you change the language a message warns that the display will turn off so that the change can take effect The default language is English 6 To select the unit of measure for the display select the preferred option from the Display Units drop down list Metric Feet and Inches Decimal Feet The default option is Feet and Inches 7 Set the keyboard layout The FM 1000 integrated display uses a virtual keyboard on the touch screen for you to enter characters see page 27 The virtual keyboard can
34. that you will add to the implement sprayer if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears Repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 if necessary After you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 415 388 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configuring granular seed Entering materials Enter the materials that the drill seeder will plant 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears DEERE with the new material in the list on the leftof jou the screen MUSTARD SEED 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the product type The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type m o eo Liquid Liquid Flow Granular seed Granular Seed Granular fertilizer Granular Fertilizer or Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 389 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup Material MUSTARD SEED Preset Rate s 55 12 lbs a Seeds per Pound ssn sont comen Granular seed distribution rates are measured in the following units U
35. 04 4 6 4a ao oe Ob ee ae eo oe Ee 149 Adjusting the Aggressiveness setting 2 0 cee ee ee 149 Display only MOGs ssis ate ete nets 245e Oo eee ae eee ee ee eet ae eee 149 Connecting the FM 1000 integrated display for display only mode 150 EZ Steer assisted steering system guidance 2 0 eee ee ee 152 Installing the EZ Steer controller 0 0 eee ee eee ees 152 Connecting the EZ Steer system 4S24 eendeny Ge bematee eee Soe 4 ae 152 Calibrating and configuring the EZ Steer system 0 000 153 Operating the EZ Steer system with the FM 1000 integrated display 161 PNPACCOVUONS eserlere REEE ER anew awes ee Boe aoe eo Ree ee os lol FPngaging the SyStENi a a es ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a ee re 162 Disengaging the system 4 eee od ee Oe eee ed ee eee eee ee eee eee 162 E7 vecr padin Sor EN cae Sone tena e ee bebe 6 ibe doe Shoe Eee seas 163 Vehicle specific performance 0 et ee ee eee 163 After using the EZ Steer system 2 2 2 0 00 eee eee eee eee 164 The GPS Receiver 2 nda kpang stagen 165 C on ieurme the GES TeCCIVels spaa 242 454e R 6k oe eS ane aee ee ES ee we eRe ES 166 Entering 450 MHz frequencies 2 20 52 4 ae ee 8 eee ee ee Pe oS oe eR 167 Brapling Secureh Rs 62h te eG age retired ederren aR e eG oe Bee ees 169 Autoseed fast restart technology 4 445 4 e544 tea Ae eS Che Ee ee eee 170 Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software
36. 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Ifyou did not use the Limit Output function turn on the Master switch The calibration begins The PWM value increases and then decreases The calibration proceeds through several steps When calibration is complete the message Calibration complete appears in the nstructions window and the system turns off The settings are automatically saved 9 Tap OK 10 Calibrate each of the valves on other channels Flow meter constant The flow meter constant is derived by finding the number of pulses of the flow meter that occur for a known quantity of liquid This ratio of pulses to volume is called the K Factor To calibrate the sensor 1 Put the vehicle transmission in park or in a locked neutral position 2 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature 3 From Tru Application Control Calibration screen select Liquid Flow Calibration Tru Application Control Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 421 11 422 The Tru Application Control Plugin The Liquid Flow Calibration screen appears Liquid Flow Calibration Channel 1 liquid K Factor 741 60 pulgal Pulse Count 0 pul Target Rate 0 11 gala Target Ground Speer MOVING PARTS DURING THIS OPERATION ae STAY CLEAR OF IMPLEMENT Target Flow Rate 0 00 gal min Adjust the Target Ground Speed or the Targe
37. 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 457 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin a F ee PSI foot ee foot oe a i a C C E E eo For example if the nurse tank pressure gauge reads 49 psi use the 40 psi listing in the table If the tank pressure gauge is inoperative you can use the tank temperature to determine the approximate density values 3 Enter the appropriate density Running the system in Monitor only mode Note To use Monitor only mode the vehicle must have an implement switch installed To receive rate information the system must have the appropriate sensors such as population sensors If the system has block sensors which do not report rate they only report blockages the display is unable to determine the current rate or calculate whether the rate needs to increase or decrease However you can still run the system without rate information in Monitor only mode 458 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 After you configure the modules and enter the materials but before you assign the materials to channels do the following 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Monitor com 2 Select the channel to monitor and then select Monitor Only from the Control Mode drop down list A warning message appears 3 Read the warning and then tap OK 4 Ifnecessary adjust the Population Adjust and Population Filter settings a Popul
38. 12 FeO nyu gn eet erew ene ee Geese he ee ad eee Sess 4s AGEs ee S17 Field lO setup for Anhydrous w4 65 4448 2S444 4 eA we RHE ERE OSS bee Eee e 317 Calibrating the modules 442220 h2 ous 4 OSE eee g Bee eee Ae een een 324 Calibrating the implement liftswitch 0 0 0 0000000000004 329 Operating WING Weld ast ece oe eee eee eee oe ene ee e oe eee pe eee 330 Liguid Strip Millage Rumscrects 222 06854465 24 oer betes Sees k oo re ess 330 Usine the Diagnostics TaD agakteos eee oe eee hed eee eed eee ee ee eee eG 332 The Tru Application Control Plugin 0 000 2 eee eee 335 O O 24 4 tied oh hee eh eee ene Anes oe oD S oo Eee ee OA 336 Introduction to flow and application functionality 2 2 0040 336 Definition ol terms 4 450568 os ot ee er riti Shens oo EOS mA RSH eee oOo 337 Pigiver end Gill 2 tag eats Gee eee Pn be eee See bee RR eee eee 337 PULSCCUCls past eeataew ee ene aaeee bake eae gad egestas ha tee 337 SPE T wade gaudeseaeueem esr es se ese eeewaebeehaeeunes E 337 DODCAOC oem ang amp 64 6 ak wom EE eee GOS ERE ee eee ee eee eee ee ee 338 CHQNICh cute me eat eon teeoee kde bbenen aoe da haeaeeneana es ree es 338 POCO eeu tereg sees shee ee ee eee Gh be eee oh ee etek bese eee eee ee 338 HOW 46 7464 ese ee beeen pee ot ae eee ap eee eeeeeereeanceeeees 338 UMS OLIMCdsUle 245 pa gcetae 2s Pee eee Ae eae oe ee Be 338 B ne fits of the system 45 444 56 4 bee Adee ee eh eee hs ge hha eee
39. 12 section switch box a virtual switch box with six sections is shown Note Modules appear in the order they are installed on the implement viewed by standing behind the implement and looking in the general direction of travel X Tip To change the order of the modules on the Hardware tab tap the icon of the module you want to move and then tap the directional arrows to move the icon 2 Adjust the width value for each rate control module by tapping the Width box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 3 Adjust the sections value for each Rate and Section control module by tapping the Sections box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 306 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Override tab 1 Select the Override tab Field IQ Setup 2 Inthe Jump Start Speed field enter a value This sets the speed that the Field IQ master switch box Master switch uses when it is put into the jump start position 3 Inthe Minimum Override Speed field enter a value This setting maintains the application rate when the implements actual speed drops below the value entered It is used to ensure consistent material flow during slow speeds that may reach the physical limitations of the system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 307 10 The Field IQ Plugin Calibrating the modules The Field IQ Calibration option only appears on the Configuration screen if you have at least one Field I
40. 48 above the crop canopy 38 is the optimum height and must be measured from the top of the crop to the rectangular LED window of the sensor Make sure all wiring harness components remain fastened to the boom as to not obstruct the view of the sensors and are free of any pinch points from boom folding and movement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 491 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 492 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The TrueGuide Plugin In this chapter m Connecting the TrueGuide implement guidance system m Configuring the TrueGuide implement guidance system m Calibrating the TrueGuide implement guidance system This chapter describes how to configure the TrueGuide implement guidance plugin to work with the FM 1000 integrated display Note Firmware version 2 0 or later of the FM 1000 integrated display and the NavController II firmware version 5 10 are required for TrueGuide implement guidance FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 493 13 The TrueGuide Plugin The TrueGuide plugin for the Autopilot automated steering system and the FM 1000 integrated display supports a second GPS receiver an FM 1000 internal or external AgGPS receiver on the implement that is used to measure the position of the implement so that the Autopilot system can adjust the position of the tractor to pull the implement on line The TrueGuide system supports towed implements for front steered and tracked tractors 4
41. 639 pul n 3 pe e eae K Factor Every flowmeter has a K Factor which is the number of pulses per unit of measure The K Factor may be marked on the assembly This K Factor is a good starting point before doing a flowmeter calibration In order to do an anhydrous flowmeter calibration the system must be run in the field With the K Factor entered and accumulators cleared record the weight of the nurse tank and proceed to apply nitrogen on at least ten acres at normal operating speeds and conditions Verify that the control is stable during the calibration Once the area is covered record the tank weight Calculate the amount of nitrogen used and compare that to the controller s accumulated values Determine the percent of error and adjust the K Factor accordingly A typical DICKEY john anhydrous flowmeter K Factor starting point is 2 15 P in 3 Fine tuning the calibration If the actual application is 5 above the Target Application rate the K Factor needs to be decreased by 5 Therefore if the K Factor is 2 250 a 5 decrease would be 2 250 x 0 95 2 1375 The opposite applies for under application FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 411 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Configure the appropriate Rows Sections settings Channel Configuration nyt Channel 1 NH3 Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Anhydrous Channel Settings Channel Width 30 0 Number Sections Channel Sections Coverage Settings O
42. Ag3000 modem CHAPTER This chapter describes how to install and configure the Ag3000 modem to work with the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 591 21 The Ag3000 Modem Introduction to the Ag3000 modem The Ag3000 modem enables the FM 1000 integrated display to receive RTK corrections from a Trimble VRS network a third party RTK provider or a Continuously Operating Reference Station CORS Benefits of using an Ag3000 modem The benefits of using the FM 1000 integrated display and the Ag3000 modem include the following e More acres of RTK accuracy from Trimble VRS Now delivered to your display e Easy interface and configuration with the display e External cell modem GSM antenna for enhanced signal reception to minimize cell phone signal related drop outs e Three LEDs to indicate operation status e In North America the Ag3000 modem is bundled with a SIM card AT amp T or Jasper Wireless and a cell phone service plan e In Europe the Trimble reseller will contact the local VRS Now provider for a SIM card and service plan as this varies from country to country 592 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Ag3000 Modem 21 Connecting the Ag3000 modem The following figure shows how to connect the FM 1000 integrated display to the Autopilot Automated Steering System while using corrections from the Ag3000 modem
43. Connector A or Connector B Yield Monitor Configuration GH Ag Leader YM2000 6 Inthe Grain Flow Delay field enter the time in seconds that it takes the grain to travel from the header to the clean grain tank 7 Select the Crop tab Yield Monitor Configuration 8 Inthe Crop Type drop down list select the crop type 9 Inthe Standard Moisture field enter a value 10 Inthe Crop Weight field enter a value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 579 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin 11 Select the Serial tab Yield Monitor Configuration General Crop Theme Seria l 9600 12 In the Baud Rate field enter a value 13 In the Parity field enter a value 14 In the Data Bits field enter a value 15 Inthe Stop Bits field enter a value 16 Tap OK YM2000 Step Action The following steps explain how to configure the YM2000 display to communicate with the FM 1000 display 1 Press the SETUP key until LOGGING DEVICE NONE or EXT or M CARD appears on the display 2 Use the top UP or DOWN ARROW keys to set this to LOGGING DEVICE EXT Calibration Calibrating yield monitoring To calibrate moisture sensor and yield monitor on John Deere combine e 60 series combines use Greenstar Monitor See Original Greenstar Display 60 Series Combines page 587 e 70 series combines use the Command Center See Command Center 70 Series Combines page 588 580 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Yiel
44. Each row on the air seeder can have a sensor that reports the rows planting state The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which is under the guidance screen Description Show next screen row details Channel to row assignment bar 400 Row Information tab selector Additional sensor readings The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the rows and any additional screens show the output of the rows in detail sf O00 To view the next screen tap Row details The row detail screens show the status of the rows in detail mT 6 7 amp 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 445 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin The row status is represented by its color The row is operating within bounds outside the acceptable bounds The onscreen width of the rows varies depending on how many of them there are In this example the planter only has 8 rows operating block sensor off by channel blocked or failed 2 E 4A operating slightly below the target rate line operating slightly above the target rate line passive master switch is off operating but below the acceptable bounds operating but above the acceptable bounds Note Coverage is drawn even if an individual row is not operating Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel Th
45. Engage automatic steering mode Stop the vehicle midway down the pass with the drawbar pin location very close to the marker flag Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line Park the vehicle and exit the cab Use the hitch pin hole in the drawbar as a guide to insert a second flag in the ground to mark the tractor centerline for this pass Note whether the second pass is to the left or the right of the first pass Measure the difference between the flags for the two passes and record the distance Also record whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in the table on page 144 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right ll 12 Figure 5 1 Right offset Measure the distance between the flags Repeat Steps 5 to 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use the table page 144 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run Average the results of the three runs Total the offset distances from the three passes and divide by three FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 143 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Table for recording the roll correction results Offset distance Offset direction Total Total 3 Average offset value Entering the roll offset 1 Enter the average offset value in the Roll Offset field See Configuring the antenna pos
46. FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 6 Tap Configuration On the Channel Configuration screen configure the Valve Settings as appropriate Channel Configuration ma Channel 1 liquid Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Drive Type Drive Frequency Input Filter Flush Valve Locking Drive Type Select the liquid drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Servo Return A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the tank return line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Flush Flush Enable is a manual override mode that opens the valve and dispenses granular fertilizer granular seed or liquid material for a period of time in relation to a user defined flush speed The Flush Enable feature can only be activated when the tractor is stopped You should have already configured the rate at which Flush dispenses when you configured the ground sensor
47. FM 1000 integrated display For more information go to the ESRI website www esri com Editing files ESRI shape shp and attribute dbf files can be used in many other software packages that can import or use shp and dbf formats Trimble recommends the Farm Works software For more information go to www farmworks com Data collected by the FM 1000 integrated display can be opened directly into the Farm Works software You can make changes to the files and save them on an office computer Do not save changes back to the USB memory stick as this could mean that you cannot select the field with the FM 1000 integrated display The Microsoft Excel spreadsheet software and most database software also let you open and view the data in the attribute dbf file Generating files in the office The FM 1000 integrated display can load files that you created in office software Save Shapefile or Agfile gdx prescriptions to the AgGPS Prescriptions folder on the card to send rates to a variable rate controller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 615 25 Data Management Folders on the USB memory stick This list shows e The names and types of files containing mapping and logging information e The folder where the FM 1000 integrated display saves these files on the USB memory stick Date Description e CO Boundary and or AB Lines polylines Field AB Line Field boundary Polygon Attribute ID and l
48. For each prescription that you generate the AgGPS Prescriptions folder stores three prescription files in ESRI shapefile format or a single gdx file The shapefiles required are the dbf shp and shx files Some GIS software packages generate other files and include different contents in the files if they are on the USB memory stick they are ignored The names and types of files that are used to supply input information to the FM 1000 integrated display and the folder where these files must be located on the card are as follows ate pepton Files folder Prescription files Polygons lt prescriptionname gt shp AgGP3S Prescriptions ESRI shapefiles lt prescriptionname gt dbf For more information see lt prescriptionname gt shx _ Prescriptions page 73 Aglnfo GDX lt prescriptionname gt gdx The following figure shows the contents of a Prescriptions folder Er E AgGPS Prescriptions File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q sx 7 gt r wi JO search gt Folders FS BE x e F Address E AgGPS Prescriptions Ei Desktop Data Base My Documents 8 dry shp 3KB ESRI Shapefile E F My Computer E dry shx SHX File a Local Disk C FluidLime gdx GDX File A DVD RW Drive D Lime Fresc WestField 19 dbf Data Base g fd SanDisk ImageMate E Lime Presc Westfield 19 shp ESRI Shapefile AgGPS E Lime Presc WestField 19 shx SHY File 3 AB Lines O Autopilot El C Data E Smith Farms E
49. GPS A GPS receiver must be connected and outputting positions before the software can run the calibration procedure Error No Steering During the calibration cycle insufficient movement was sensed in order for the Response Detected calibration to complete If the problem persists the hydraulic installation could be faulty Error Unable To Determine A problem occurred when trying to compute dead zone Retry and if the problem DZ Try Again persists contact Technical Support Proportional steering gain calibration Note Complete the steering sensor calibration before you perform the proportional gain calibration Perform the proportional steering gain calibration only when the TrueTracker system performance is less than satisfactory The proportional steering gain PGain setting enables you to reach a compromise between rapid steering response and stability Modifications to the PGain setting affect two steering characteristics e Slew Time The amount of time the steering coulters take to move from the far left to the far right position and vice versa e Overshoot The percentage by which the steering coulters exceed the commanded angle before they settle on the correct value To correct slight variations caused by valve current response friction and hydraulic fluid viscosity alter these settings High PGain values Low PGain values Decrease the slew time and increase the overshoot Increase the slew time and d
50. Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Ce S EN Sprayer Liquid control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors pressure or RPM Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Automatic boom section control for turning sections on or off automatically Spreader Granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper or RPM Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Definition of terms Planter and drill Traditionally a planter is used for planting corn soybeans or other crops that require a specific row spacing Traditionally a drill is used for sowing wheat barley grass or other crops that do not require row spacing When controlled with the Tru Application Control plugin the planter or drill can support up to four channels of material at once enabling you to plant combinations of seed or to plant the seeds with liquid or granular fertilizer Air seeder An air seeder also plant seeds but it uses pressurized air to push seeds from an external seed cart to the planter When controlled with the Tru Application Control plugin the air seeder can support up to four channels of material at once enabling you to plant combinations of seed or to plant the seeds with liquid granular fertilizer or anhydrous ammonia The anhydrous unitis used to inject anhydrous ammonia NH3 into the so
51. Maximum speed at which the system can engage If the system is engaged and the speed increases above this limit the system disengages Maximum angle Maximum angle at which the system can engage If the vehicle approaches the swath at an angle greater than this limit it cannot be engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 161 5 Vehicle Guidance Options oon Deserptiom Engage offline Maximum distance from the swath at which the system can engage If the vehicle approaches the swath at a distance greater than this limit it cannot be engaged Disengage offline Maximum distance from the swath at which the system can remain engaged If the vehicle drives offline greater than this limit the system disengages Engage on A B Configure whether the system can be engaged on the master A B line Override sensitivity Amount the steering wheel must be turned manually before the system disengages EZ Steer external switch Configure the behavior of a seat foot switch 3 Configure the Engage Options as required and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears Engaging the system To engage the EZ Steer system you must have an open field in the Run screen and have an A B line defined The vehicle must be within the engage limits configured in EZ Steer systems Engage Options To manually engage the EZ Steer system do one of the following e Tap the engage button on the main guidance screen or press the engage button on th
52. North The difference in the North component from the Local Tangent Plane LTP P Offset The relative offset in the vertical component P Offset X The relative offset in the X component P Offset Y The relative offset in the Y component P Satellites The number of satellites in the GPS GLONASS solution P Speed The current speed of the vehicle P Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the design height the offset When the blade reaches the target height the arrows turn green The difference in the up component from the Local Tangent Plane LTP P VDOP The vertical dilution of precision P Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver These status text items can be set to appear permanently at the top of the screen or on a slide out tab The following items can also be viewed from the Run screen FieldLevel GPS status e FieldLevel Number of satellites 224 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 e FieldLevel correction age You can either choose the individual status text items that are on the slide out tab or you can use the default selections 1 From the Configuration screen select the System option and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 2 Select Status Items and then tap Setup Select Status Items P CutiFill 3 To manually add a status text item to the tab
53. Plugin Example of field calibration The photo shows a grower using a GreenSeeker hand held to measure the NDVI of a crop the grower knew the approximate desired rate for Note The NDVI can also be measured using the GreenSeeker RT200 by observing NDVI values on the GreenSeeker Run screen or using the calibration function Operating the GreenSeeker Plugin 478 The GreenSeeker system requires the one of the following applications to be active on the FM 1000 integrated display e The EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system e The Tru Application Control system e The Field IQ system e Serial Rate Control system Calibrate the GreenSeeker system through the Run screen on the FM 1000 integrated display Before calibration you must collect or input reference strip data to the FM 1000 integrated display Do this with either the boom mounted sensors on the RT200 or with the GreenSeeker hand held sensor prior to application If you use the RT200 interface module for variable rate control you must set up the application equipment and rate controller to match the expected delivery rate commands Preparing the GreenSeeker plugin To configure variable rate application on the FM 1000 integrated display do the following 1 Power up the RT200 interface module and the rate controller if required The RT200 interface modules green Power LED will blink three times accompanied by three beeps when the unit is first tur
54. Tandem scraper configuration 1 2 ee ee 243 Dual scraper configuration 4 24 eae kod he aw eee Reged ee ees Ge eae eee 243 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin 20 0 cee ee ee eee 244 Step 1 Configuring the implement 6 6444660665 R25 oe hoo RSS HE EEES EAH 244 Step 2 Preparing the FM 1000 integrated display and antenna connections 244 Step 3 Configuring the primary receiver 0 eee eee ee eee 246 Step 4 Configuring the secondary receiver 0 ee ee ee 247 Step 5 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin 2 200 248 Step 6 Calibrating the Tandem Dual valve module 0 249 Operating the Tandem Dual plugin 1 ee ee ee ee 251 The Field 1Q Plugin 2 we nananana 253 IMC OCUCHOM see tose enone ec toteetngt ta Seeee abe ne E 254 IDCMMIMONG foo ea hee eee oo ee eee eee ee ee hoes eee ees 255 Units ol Meade e koa Poon Go bh benno bow eee bebe ee wea ee oe 255 Installing the Field IQ hardware 2 0 0 eee eee eee 255 Field IQ master switch box functions 0 00 00 ce eee eee eee ee ee ee 256 Field IQ 12 section switch box optional 1 eee 257 Feld IQ Plagne eers 24464258898 wee e eee eee ne on eae a oe eee ox 258 Field IQ setup for planting with Rawson drives and or Tru Count air clutches 258 Calibrating the modules 525 non 260g one eee ee ee ee Ene eee a ee one e ae 266 le hice vliege a eee ee a eee E E eee eee ee ee ee 26
55. The Remote Output Plugin In this chapter m Connecting remote output m Configuring the Remote Output plugin m Calibrating the lead time for your implement When remote output is activated the FM 1000 integrated display outputs pulses for an external device For example you can use a remote output signal to control a tree planter This chapter explains how to configure the Remote Output plugin so that the display can output data FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 555 17 The Remote Output Plugin Connecting remote output The signal that is output on pin 2 of the FM 1000 integrated display s B port is a 5 volt signal with a rating of approximately 70 mA this signal controls the device that requires the remote output The relay is grounded to pin 10 of the display s B port Signal out to device Configuring the Remote Output plugin When remote output is activated the FM 1000 integrated display sends pulses to an external device For example you can use a remote output signal to control a tree planter Note Pulse output occurs only when coverage logging is enabled To enable pulse remote output 1 Install the Remote Output plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 194 556 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Remote Output Plugin 17 2 From the Configuration screen select the Remote Output plugin and then tap Setup Configuration Remote Output The Remote Output screen appear
56. This harness enables you to connect 4 additional air pressure sensors 4 hopper level sensors and 1 fan shaft RPM sensor Accessory Harness for Sprayers This harness enables you to connect 4 liquid pressure sensors and 2 fan shaft RPM sensors Accessory Harness for Spreaders This harness enables you to connect 2 additional hopper level sensors and 2 fan shaft RPM sensors Installing sensors The FM 1000 integrated display can read the following optional DICKEY john sensors nie san eee Provides seed population or blockage information to the system Application rate sensor Measures shaft rotation speed by counting pulses over time This enables accurate feedback for product control Hopper level sensor Is installed low in the hopper planter seed bin and reports when the seed level drops to that point Shaft soeed RPM sensor Measures the RPM of the implement driveshaft either by counting the teeth on a gear magnets on a shaft or lug nuts on a wheel Air pressure sensor Is installed in the hopper and provides real time air pressure or vacuum readings to the system Ground speed sensor Produces pulses that are multiplied by a constant to calculate the speed of the vehicle 344 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Provide flow control for seed liquid and grain Flow meters Ensures accurate feedback to the liquid control channel for optimal control accuracy Tru Count Ai
57. To use a non Trimble variable rate controller to operate a spray boom do the following 1 Install the non Trimble variable rate controller See page page 546 2 Enable the Serial Rate Control plugin See page page 547 3 Select the port for the variable rate controller See page 547 4 Configure the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display See page page 547 5 Enable and configure the variable rate controller in the FM 1000 integrated display See page page 547 a Configure the variable rate controller See page page 548 7 Set any other features of the variable rate controller See page page 552 Installing a non Trimble variable rate controller Use the hardware provided with your variable rate controller to mount it in the vehicle cab To use a variable rate controller you must connect it to port D of the FM 1000 integrated display using the connection cable P N 67091 and the associated cable for the supported controller Your controller may need a special adaptor cable to work correctly If so contact your local Trimble reseller Most controllers also need to be configured to accept input data from the FM 1000 integrated display For additional instructions see the following section for your controller Note Always make sure that the serial port connector is in place with screws firmly tightened if available 546 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 Enabling the S
58. TrueTracker system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles or cause injury Be prepared for sudden steering coulter movements 4 Tap Next in the two screens that appear next 5 Test various gain settings while you monitor the implement steering performance and the values in the Slew Time and Overshoot fields for the Turn Left phase a Adjust the New Gain field if required FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 519 14 The TrueTracker Plugin b Tap Turn Left Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration Note The optimum gain setting has short slew time short millisecond reading and overshoot percentage less than 10 6 Repeat Step 5 with Turn Right Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew 7 When you locate the best gain value do one of the following Tap OK to save the value in the Autopilot controller memory Tap Cancel to restart the calibration procedure 520 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 1 Select Roll Antenna Compensation from the calibration list Autopilot Roll Antenna Compensation Right of the line 2 Before changing these settings complete the procedures described below Notes on configuring the antenna position e Before configuring the antenna
59. Under application is occurring Exceeded Check and or reduce speed Verify control channel setup high RPM Note The system will not run Perform new valve calibration faster than the High Limit value Check and or reduce target rate Inspect feedback sensor for damage Inspect control valve for damage Inspect harness module for damage Decrease target rate 210 Control Channel Control rate is limited by low limit Increase speed Low Limit Over application is occurring Verify correct setup constants low Exceeded RPM N ON DU BPWHN W 3 Perform valve calibration 4 Increase target rate All Rows Failed 1 Seed meter drive malfunction 1 Check seeding drive s 2 Rows are not assigned to channel 2 Assign rows to channels and channels are turned off Row Failure The seed rate has fallen below the Min Row Fail Rate setting on the Alarms Setup screen po Seed meter 1 Seed meter malfunction 1 1 Verify proper planter operation proper planter operation N i Dirty or eee seed sensor 2 Inspect seed sensor eee dirt or damage Replace if necessary 3 Damaged planter harness 3 Inspect planter harness for damage Repair or replace 4 Defective module harness or 4 Inspect harness and module for damage module Replace if necessary a ees 5 Out of seed 5 Fill with seed High Population The seed rate has exceeded the High Limit Exceeded Population Alarm
60. Y coordinate that will be applied to the master benchmark FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 217 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Height Offset If relative heights are enabled this is the height value that will be applied to the master benchmark then it is OK to not force a rebench Force If Force Rebench is set to Yes and the field has been closed and opened Rebench again the system will not let you start work until you have re benched Use this setting if you are using a different base station setup between work sessions If you have a permanent base station setup that is never moved Tip To view relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab N ITS Configuring the Valve Setup for all leveling models When you select the Valve Setup tab on the FieldLevel II Setup screen the following items are available ten ese eee Valve Type Select the Valve Type field and then select the type of valve that is connected CAN Bus Select the port on the FM 1000 integrated display that the valve module is connected to Valve inverted Leave this field as Not Inverted unless the tank and pressure hoses have been installed incorrectly on the valve If this is the case select Inverted to eliminate the need to reverse the hoses Configuring the Height Filter for all leveling models When you select the Height Filter tab on the FieldLevel II Setup screen the following ite
61. a From the list on the left select the position to fill b From the Jnfo Items list select the status text item to be added c Tap lt Set Item Note From the Timeout menu select Never to prevent the Status tab from automatically retracting The Status tab will then only retract when tapped Reloading a field When you create a design for a field for example a target leveling plane the design is saved in the field directory The design files are associated with the field so if you close the field and then open it again the design reloads with the field With RTK GPS the position of the RTK base station is important to the heights used when the field was previously open If the base station is not accurately positioned in the same physical location you must reestablish the design over an existing benchmark to reestablish the height FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 225 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Re establishing a benchmark If you open a field that has an existing master benchmark a large red circle is shown for 100 m 300 ft around the master benchmark flag 7900090900 oo oo CRAeZ00000000000000 This indicates that you need to rebench over the master benchmark location to ensure that the design is aligned with the previous position You must be within this circle before you are allowed to re establish the master benchmark To ensure that the design is properly aligned 1 Return exactly to t
62. a level at least half of previous total N applied during non GreenSeeker management practice For spring or winter wheat if application rate has historically been 100 lbs N acre decrease the rate to 50 lbs N acre For corn if application rates have historically been 200 lbs N acre decrease to 75 to 125 lbs N acre For corn or wheat be aware that a sandy soil type or heavy rainfall may require additional N application to maintain the NRS as a non limiting reference area FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 2 Prior to or shortly after planting establish the NRS Nitrogen Rich Strip in a representative portion of the field i e not in a historically high spot or low spot and then apply an applicators width swath of N The rate of N applied should be high enough to satisfy crop N needs in a good year For spring or winter wheat the N rate should be at least 100 lbs N acre For corn the N rate should be at least 200lbs N acre Keep in mind that a sandy soil type or heavy rainfall may require additional N application to maintain the NRS as a non limiting reference area 3 Make certain to use a permanent land marker or temporary marker to ensure that the NRS can easily be found later in the season You may also want to establish the location of the NRS by noting it as an A B line or flag on the FM 1000 integrated display The ideal NRS would run the length of the field but it should at least be 40
63. a vehicle speed above 1 6 kph 1 mph while you perform the calibration Increase the proportional gain up to the point just before any one of the following occurs e Slew times no longer decrease a low value is required e Overshoot exceeds 5 8 depending on the vehicle e Wheels noticeably shake near end stops To calibrate the proportional steering gain 1 Select the Valve P gain procedure from the calibration list See Autopilot calibration page 125 The first Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration screen appears Autopilot steering Gain Calibration Instructions Only adjust the gain if the steering performance is unsatisfactory If the steering performance is too slow try increasing the gain from its default value If it is too aggressive or the wheels jitter oscillate reduce the gain 5 0 Current Gain mnst FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 137 5 Vehicle Guidance Options 2 Tap Run Slew Test A warning message appears 3 Tap Next Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration CAUTION The wheels can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the Autopilot system tests the hydraulic response to the steering commands These sudden movements can cause collisions with nearby obstacles or cause injury to occupants of the vehicle Be prepared for sudden wheel movements 4
64. aggressively the vehicle approaches the guidance line FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 125 5 Vehicle Guidance Options For articulated and front wheel steered vehicles three additional calibration options appear Note The steering sensor and automated steering dead zone procedures are required The steering sensor calibration must be performed first persan en Pecics a Steering Sensor Converts the sensor output into commands for steering full left full right and any position in between Automated Steering Deadzone__ Required to learn the vehicle s steering dead zones Steering Gain proportional Required only if system steering performance is steering gain unsatisfactory The steering deadzone is the amount of pressure that the system must apply to the hydraulics before the wheels begin to turn To configure this vehicle type Hydraulically steered tracked tractors Page 145 Tracked tractor Page 145 Calibrating the Autopilot option 1 From the Home screen tap W 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the Autopilot option and then tap Calibrate Vehicle Controller Setup CE 4 Select an item to configure and then tap OK 126 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 5 Configure the selected item Configuring the controller orientation 1 Select the Controller Orientation option from the list Autopilot Controller Orientation Rot
65. and then tap Setup The mplement Setup screen appears In the Operations tab select Planting and then tap OK For more information about setting up the implement see Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Field 1Q setup for planting with Rawson drives and or Tru Count air clutches 1 On the Home screen tap the 9 icon The Configuration Selection screen appears Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Setup 258 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Features tab Field IQ Setup Planter 1 Inthe Application Type drop down list ensure that Planter is selected 2 Inthe Boom Switching drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Automatic Section Control is active and at least one Field IQ section control module must be installed 3 In the Rate Control drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Rate Control is active and at least one Field IQ Rawson control module must be installed 4 In the Implement Lift field select either Enabled or Disabled Select Enabled for the system to use the implement lift to start and stop coverage logging Select Disabled for the system to ignore the implement lift switch if installed You can manually control coverage logging from the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 259 10 The Field IQ Plugin 260 Boom tab Select the B
66. and tap OK 8 In the Edit Vehicle screen tap OK Your current vehicle profile is saved 148 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Configuring the GPS receiver When you install the Autopilot option the GPS Receiver option is also installed For instructions on configuring the GPS receiver see The GPS Receiver page 165 Adjusting the Aggressiveness setting Aggressiveness is the measure of how strongly the system makes steering changes e A higher Aggressiveness setting brings the vehicle back online faster but may cause tight oscillations about the line e A lower Aggressiveness setting is slower to bring the vehicle back online but can avoid overshoot 1 From the Run screen select the Autopilot tab 2 Use the or button to adjust the setting Note The default Aggressiveness setting is 100 For a description of the Autopilot Engage button see Engage button page 51 Display only mode The FM 1000 integrated display can be used as a standalone display for a NavController II that is connected to an external GPS receiver When used in this mode the FM 1000 integrated displays two internal GNSS receivers are not used by the NavController I but they are still available for other applications In this mode you must use the special adaptor cable P N 76442 with the standard FM 1000 FM 1000 to NavController II cable P N 75741 or P N 65522 to connect the display to the P4 displa
67. and then tap Add gt The plugin moves to the Active Plugins list To remove a currently installed plugin from the Active Plugins list tap it and then tap lt Remove The plugin moves to the nactive Plugins list 4 Tap OK to return to the Configuration screen Configuring a plugin Each plugin requires a different configuration For a detailed description of how to configure each one see the appropriate chapter later in this manual In general e each plugin has several setup screens To access the screens tap the plugin and then tap Setup Calibrate or Diagnostics Configui j i renee System New System e most of the plugins add additional features to the main guidance screen Entering the password to activate a plugin To activate some plugins you must enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local Trimble reseller You can activate a plugin through a text file see below or manually see page 196 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 195 8 Overview of plugins Option 1 Activating automatically through a text file Note This method of activating the system is faster than the manual method When you purchase the TrueTracker system the FieldLevel II system or a variable rate system your local Trimble reseller provides you with a text file containing a password 1 Insert the USB memory stick from the FM 1000 integrated display into a
68. as a pencil to press the screen or you may damage the surface of the screen Use your finger to press the screen The cross hair appears on another part of the touch screen 8 Repeat Step 6 eight times When the calibration sequence finishes a dialog appears Ifyour responses were accurate enough the following message appears You have successfully calibrated your touch screen Ifyour responses were not accurate enough the following message appears Your screen calibration failed The difference between actual and calculated points was too large 9 Tap OK You are returned to the Configuration screen Ifthe calibration was successful proceed to Configuring the display If the calibration failed tap Calibrate again and then repeat Steps 5 through 7 until calibration is successful If the display calibration continues to fail consult your local Trimble reseller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Configuring the display E 2 3 4 From the Home screen tap In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup If necessary enter the Administrator password See Password access page 81 Display Setup Language amp Units In the Display Setup screen you can configure display preferences e map settings including Night mode e status item configuration e language and units including keyboard layout setup e default settings ma
69. communication protocol Port Connection Connection of sensors to FM 1000 integrated display Stop Head Height Sensor that reads the header height value that defines the logging start and stop Grain Flow Delay Compensates where crop is processed in comparison to where it was harvested Crop Crop Type Identifies the crop being harvested and sets the default moisture and test weight Standard Moisture Calculates dry weight Crop Weight Calculates weight to bushels Ibs or kg Crop weights Crop Bushel weight Ibs Dry moisture Gere FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 575 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Gop Baht weight ba Dry moisture cen eabebere a lee pines Newbers OO owe pee of et Wheatsonm OO Wheatwerng OC Optional grain Bushel weight is based on crop Moisture is based on crop choice choice Configuring the John Deere Yield Monitor 1 Install the Yield Monitoring plugin For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 2 From the Configuration screen select the Yield Monitoring plugin and then tap Setup The Yield Monitoring Settings screen appears 576 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 10 11 12 The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 Select the General tab Yield Monitor Configuration Ce In the Yield Monitor Type drop down list select the appropriate John Deere combine In the Combine Series drop down list select your
70. conditions Calculating the roll offset Tire track offset method Tip Use a highly repeatable GPS correction mode for roll correction For best results use a RTK mode or OmniSTAR HP signal that has been converged for at least twenty minutes If you do a roll calibration with less accurate GPS correction modes repeat the measurements at least four times to ensure a more consistent result 1 Remove any implement from the vehicle 2 Drive the tractor to a relatively flat field where tire impressions are visible and where you can complete passes of at least 400 m 1320 ft in length 3 Reset the roll offset value to 0 zero 4 Create an AB Line 5 Create a clean set of tire tracks in the field To do this start a new pass away from the area where the AB Line was created When the system is stable engage automatic steering mode and allow the Autopilot system to complete the pass 6 At the end of the pass turn the tractor around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction 7 Engage automated steering mode and allow the system to complete the pass 8 Inthe middle of the return pass stop the tractor and confirm that the current position is directly on the AB Line This ensures there is no cross track error 9 Park the tractor and exit the cab Evaluate the tire track pattern between the first and return paths 10 Measure the difference between the track passes and record the distance Also note whether the re
71. connected to the system RPM sensors are connected to the system Switch boxes BSM Boom Switch Modules or CSM Clutch Switch Modules are connected to the system The master module prefix changes to describe which sort you have implement type Pref Fertilizer soreader 4CG Xxxxx Anhydrous ammonia NH3 xXxxxx Where xxxxx represents the module serial number In the following example the master module is for an planter _ PDC 10043 OK 4 Ensure that the modules in the list appear in the order that they are connected to the harness The master module is not necessarily the first module For example you may have rows 1 8 connected to a member module while rows 9 16 are connected to the master The module with rows 1 8 connected would come first in the list due to the row arrangement X Tip Trimble recommends that you arrange the modules both physically and in the software in order of their serial numbers To reorder the list of modules select a module and then tap a or S to move it up or down 5 Select each module and then ensure that the number of sensors in the Row Sensors field is correct If necessary edit the number FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 357 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Select the master module and then select the connected accessory sensor in the Accessory Sensor list Disabled No accessory sensor is connected Hopper sensors The hopper level sensor is
72. ee A Ae oe ee ee 81 Contouring the display 24 ic224seetenesetad dagesecinscaoe eee fee eetacs 83 Managing data files s ses se eure OS HEE POR OG Oe Heb oe eye be oe eee 84 Configuring Map Settings including night mode 0005 84 Configuring the Status Items 0245 e002 bee REP Owes HORE EEG R SOs 88 Selecting the language units of measure and keyboard layout 100 Restoring factory default settings a oa 101 Configuring feature mapping 4 4 424 44 6A 6p AD HAE SR RO eR es BA 101 Editing the Data Dictionary ese sdieri eeste sika waea ee bea hee ee es 109 Configuring the lightbar settings nonan aaa 110 Configuring the EZ Remote options asas a aa 112 Configuring the guidance options naaa eure ax de be eeee PER e eae Bae 112 Conig rino Sounds esos rareti to aah ee ose eee Mes eee eke eee Ee 113 Config ring the CAN DUS as27 555 ha er eee es yee Sha Gee eee hee eee 113 Configuring power Malaeemenl caver eve ee ad dee edbe eee bee ed ey eaus 114 Configuring the system time ow 42 8 464 He aw OS OH Eee ESE EERE RE CHG 115 Signal input module for an OEM switch interface 0 116 Vehicle Guidance Options aasa anaana 117 Mantal CUa E ea a hee he eee eee aeak eee eee eee ee be eee Ree Rae es 118 Configuring the GPS receiver 0 0 eee eee 119 Run screen for manual guidance 2 2 ee ee ee 119 Autopilot automated steering system guidance
73. ee hw ee Be 448 Mrne thespredder ONiOl Obrint ire kate ak sate Le age eee HE ee Rs 449 The Spreader product channel tab overview mode 0 000 ee eee 449 Detailed channel information button 42b52 4aud oh dome aad book 4 ee 450 Sensor MOMMNaHOU bab sas on 4 oer eeeate at ad ed een ae hehe eh a 451 Maternal ac GUMILIGLONs entek Jerks gt eaa aaa a sh Bes Maia Oo aa kOe eae 451 Operaune an annyarous UNILs 4 4 eas We So baat aS eed a Gerd ee aS Eee Rs 453 Tu rninge theannydrouson Or OM 2 25 4 c ad44 bade oa 0 ee eos eed a he oes 453 The Anhydrous product channel tab overview mode 0000005 456 Detailed channel information button 2 000 eee eee eee 456 Running the system in Monitor only mode 2 0 0 cee eee eee 458 Obtaining diagnostics information about the Tru Application Control device 460 ReSeULING THe master Module eri athe ad eek ae berks Bae ae a Rei eS 461 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 13 Contents 12 13 14 14 S a E wie oad eS 6 Gee oe PERRO Oe eee eae Rene eee eee 462 The GreenSeeker Plugin 2 471 IMMOCUCHOU sot oaweaa bere eeser bea ee ees ee be Gane oe ee es ee eee eee oe 472 DCnMWIONS 949 oa0 ae ae pe yess eae ee a eee E 472 GreenSeeker primary componentsS 0 0 ee ee eee 473 Iterace Mod ler lt a goa Gat eae ee eGR eee EE Wee eee eee 474 reece kKe SONGO seers phe G dee eee ee pe bee hee eee ew eee eee 474 Sensor MOUNTING
74. either the manual guidance option the Autopilot automated steering system option the FieldLevel II plugins or the EZ Steer system plugin Several of these guidance options incorporate GPS receivers for more information see Chapter 6 The GPS Receiver FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 117 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Manual guidance Manual guidance setup options enable you to configure the onscreen vehicle appearance and color l 2 3 6 n 8 From the Home screen tap In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the plugin and then tap Setup Manual Guidance Settings To change the vehicles on screen appearance select a vehicle type from the drop down list Select the Axle to Antenna Offset list read the on screen message and then tap OK Enter an axle to antenna offset value and then tap OK Select the Antenna Height list Enter an antenna height value and then tap OK Note Measure the antenna height vertically from the ground to the base of the antenna 9 10 11 12 Select the Wheelbase list Enter a wheelbase value and then tap OK In the Vehicle Color list select the preferred color for the vehicle icon that appears on the Run screen Tap OK Note Any changes that you make to the vehicle color or appearance remain even if you remove the Manual Guidance option and replace it with the Autopilot option 118 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide
75. features that appear on a tab on the Run screen To select a tab tap the top ofit FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 GPS receiver information The button in the top right of the Run screen provides information about GPS RTK Fixed 1 0 sec Description Satellite Information button Current number of satellites Type and age of correction Ifthe GPS signal is lost completely the No GPS message Tap the satellite information button to view the information shicle GPS Stat on it Longitude 146 52 24 24 Latitude 19 21 31 57 There can be more than one row depending on the plugin Altitude 131 2 8 that is installed If the plugin requires a second GPS receiver Satellites 42 for example the second GPS receiver mounted on the pai k implement for the TrueTracker system then the upper information row relates to the vehicle GPS receiver and the Correction Type RTK Status Fixed lower information row relates to the second GPS receiver Rate o es Engage button When you create a guidance line you can use the Engage button to engage or disengage the Autopilot automated steering system The button has three states Engage status Button color Vehicle icon color Ready to engage 2 V_ eO 2 To engage the vehicle tap Engage The system engages and the button turns green To disengage the vehicle do one of the following e Turn the
76. for that port appear on the right of the screen 4 Set the following to the values at which the sensor outputs data Baud rate Parity Data bits Stop bits 5 The Prefix and Suffix fields are the start and end points of the data you want to collect To log data from the start of the line leave the Prefix field empty FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Data Input Plugin 18 To drop introductory characters enter them in the Prefix field For example if you receive data that begins GPGGA enter 24GP in the Prefix field The logged data will begin GGA Note 24 is the ASCII code for To log to the end of the line keep the default Suffix field OD OA p a 6 Enter the log interval This determines how regularly the data is written to the file The system is now configured to receive remote data from an external device FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 565 18 The Serial Data Input Plugin 566 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Productivity Monitoring Plugin In this chapter The Productivity Monitoring plugin enables the FM 1000 integrated display to interface with an Enalta CDA 1000 display for sugar cane m Configuring the Productivity harvesting Monitoring plugin E Installation This chapter explains how to combine the two m Operation systems so that the information from both displays appears on the FM 100
77. if Crop Type will change on the Greenstar display after Crop Type on the FM 1000 has been changed 70 Series Combines Change the crop type in the command center and make sure it changes on the FM 1000 Raise head up or down to see if the display shows a change for header height Check cabling Recycle Power shut down the display and the combine and wait 20 seconds before powering the FM 1000 and the combine back up Make sure other logging devices are not connected to the CAN bus disconnect Mobile Processor or GS2 display Other reasons why yield monitoring may not work Reason Cause FM 1000 is not mapping Resolution 1 Make sure the display Header Height setting is lower than John Deere s setting 2 Ensure that the crop type is the same Note The machine must be in normal harvesting operation mode FM 1000 stops mapping The header could be raising and lowering Increase the Header Height periodically through the past the Stop Logging Header Height setting setting on the FM 1000 field FM 1000 yield information Different crop types may be selected does not match John Deere s Verify the crop types match in both displays information Major jump or extremely The Stop Head Height setting is lower than Set the Head Height to 100 on different weight values than what the John Deere monitor shows The the John Deere display shown on the John Deere John Deere monitor could be logging more mon
78. level 9 Tap Run Calibration and then follow the on screen instructions 10 Ifused select the connector that the pressure sensor is connected to and then enable the sensor 11 Tap Run Calibration and then follow the on screen instructions 12 Tap OK to return to the Configuration screen 282 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 13 Select the Field IQ plugin tab and then tap Diagnostics The following screen appears Field IQ Diagnostics 14 To enable the sections tap the numbered section tabs above each of the section icons 15 Enter a value for each of the following Target Rate The required rate for the rate switch Speed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 283 10 The Field IQ Plugin 16 Operate the sprayer and check value shown for the Applied Rate If necessary adjust the Aggressiveness setting to achieve the desired rate Field IQ Diagnostics Operations Hardware Sensor trol M Aut seach aad ares Tank Level 423 43 gal Refill Tank Rate Switch Mode Rate 2 Applied Rate 0 00 gal a Target Rate 6 34 gal a Current Flow 0 00 gal min Control Speed 5 0 mph Speed 5 0 mph ra Master Switch Off _ gt Aggressiveness 100 View Error Log Section Test Calibrating the implement lift switch 1 From the Field IQ Calibration screen select the Implement Lift option Field 1Q Calibration 3 Rate and Section Control Module
79. list See page 513 Deadzone Calibration Instructions Only proceed if the steering sensor calibration has been performed Press Next Deadzone Left 4 Tap Next to continue The second Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration screen appears 5 Tap Next in the two screens that appear next Note Read the onscreen instructions on each page Follow the instructions The system will automatically move the coulter wheels in both directions several times 6 Tap Start The system engages and performs the calibration 516 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Automated Deadzone error messages If a calibration cycle is unable to complete successfully one of the following error messages appears Message Error Steering Close To Before the calibration cycle could be completed the measured steering angle End Stops approached the end stops Retry and if the problem persists instead of centering the steering at the start of each cycle try turning the steering in the opposite direction to that which is being tested so that the calibration procedure has a greater range to test over Error Valve Connectors The calibration test sensed the steering turning in the opposite direction to what Could Be Swapped was expected Retry and if the problem persists either the valve connectors have been accidentally swapped or the steering sensor calibration was performed incorrectly Error No
80. of line tap the Record button See page 60 5 Drive the curve until you reach the end point and then tap Set B The new curve appears Creating a headland A Headland is a straight AB Line or an A line pattern that is confined inside a boundary This boundary is called the headland Note If you want to create a headland based on the A line pattern select the straight line pattern and then set the A heading for the internal line Then complete the following steps FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 From the Swath Management screen select the Headlands field pattern from the drop down list In the Headlands window enter the width of the headland boundary in swaths For example if you enter 2 the headland will be 2 swaths wide Tap New Headland The Run screen appears with the headland definition buttons on the Mapping oe Mom ul tab Drive to the start point of the headland and then tap Record A red line appears behind the vehicle to show that the headland is being recorded Note You must define the inner pattern before you complete the headland To define the inner pattern tap Infill The Mapping P tab changes to show the inner pattern buttons HL ai ce When you reach where you want the A point tap Set A Do one of the following To create an internal AB Line drive to where you want the B point at least 50 m 164 ft and then tap Set B Tocre
81. on the FM 1000 integrated display 5 Raise the head up or down to see if the display will show a change for header height 6 If Step 1 and Step 2 work log field data State 2 During boot up Never sees the armrest header unit 1 Ensure the display is communicating with moisture sensor or reports which one the CAN bus system diagnostics serial is not visible by the FM 1000 port Port A B is there another value integrated display 584 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide other than zero for CAN messages 2 60 Series Combines Make sure Moisture Sensor has version 1 20C loaded 3 60 Series Combines Check if Crop Type will change on the Greenstar display after Crop Type on the FM 1000 has been changed 4 70 Series Combines Change the crop type in the command center and make sure it changes on the FM 1000 5 Raise head up or down to see if the display shows a change for header height Error message Cause State 3 During boot up Will show which controller is not visible armrest header unit moisture sensor State 4 FM 1000 integrated display has lost communication from the CAN bus The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 Resolution 1 Ensure the display is communicating with the CAN bus system diagnostics serial port Port A B is there another value other than zero for CAN messages 60 Series Combines Make sure Moisture Sensor has version 1 20C loaded 60 Series Combines Check
82. on the FM 1000 integrated display ensure all components of the system are installed on the vehicle and implement the Field IQ plugin has been added to the FM 1000 integrated display configuration From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Ensure that the Field IQ icon appears in the list If the icon does not appear tap Add Remove to add the plugin to the configuration the Implement Setup has Spreading as the selected operation From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the implement from the list and then tap Setup The mplement Setup screen appears In the Operations tab select Spreading For more information about setting up the implement see Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Field IQ for spinner spreading with PWM and Servo control valves From the Home screen tap the 3 icon The Configuration Selection screen appears Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 301 10 The Field IQ Plugin Features tab Field IQ Setup D dm Gin Gm Gn Gr Gr ar Gr Gr Gr Gr In the Application Type field select Granular Fertilizer In the Boom Switching drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Automatic Section Control is active and at least one Field IQ sect
83. once enabling you to plant seed while spreading granular fertilizer and or spraying liquid The planter tab on the right of the Run screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow KA next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far e Tank level Fill disk button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 431 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Rem Desciption o Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 370 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised to When you return to the channel status tab the channels current planting rate appears as Off See Figure 11 1 To return to the overview tap lt Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the planter to plant at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap Target Rate The target rate adjusts by the Incre
84. page 104 When Engaged _ nothing There are no options to set Remote output occurs when the system is engaged 5 Tap OK Remote output is now configured If you are using Distance Based Pulse or When Within Area Feature calibrate the Lead Time setting to match your implement 558 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Remote Output Plugin 17 Calibrating the lead time for your implement There is usually a gap between the time when the system generates a pulse and the time when that pulse triggers an action on the implement To compensate for this system delay you can set a lead time to trigger the pulse slightly early so that the action occurs at the correct location For this calibration you drive the vehicle along a line and back using the Remote Output plugin to mark points on the ground If the remote output is correctly calibrated the points that you generate when driving in both directions will be close together This section describes some implement calibration steps See also Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Do the following 1 Set the front back offset See page 559 2 Calibrate the front back offset See page 559 3 Set the lead time See page 560 Setting the front back offset A CAUTION You must configure the correct front back offset If you are using an Autopilot system set the front back offset to the distance from the fixed axle of the vehicle to the implement If you are using manua
85. pin 10 of the 12 pin Deutsch connector on Port A or Port B of the display b Connect pin B of the switch to pin 11 of the 12 pin Deutsch connector on Port A or Port B of the display Doing this results in the connection being made between pins 10 and 11 of Port A or B of the display when the implement is raised or lowered Notes If Ports A or B are used by other cabling you can use the port replicator on the cable to connect the remote logging switch Ifyou use a different switch the connections may be different than described in this example 606 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 24 A relay must be used to control coverage logging when voltage is present at the switch The following schematic shows the relay between the display and the switch Battery Fuse Boom switch r Standard duty 12 304A 4 pin relay Boom solenoid Battery For more information on configuring the implement see Adjusting the implement settings page 178 Enable the external switch To enable the external switch 1 From the Home screen tap R Tap Configure Select the implement and then tap Setup 2 3 4 Select the Extras tab 5 Inthe Remote Log Switch list select either Connector A or Connector B 6 In the Logging When list select either High or Low Description Logging when high The system records logging when the switch is turned on and stops recording when the switch is turned off
86. product with the same name the Combine Channels button appears on E Channel 4 granular fert the Channel Setup screen In the example to the right there are two channels of planter seed named Corn You can combine the two channels that these seeds run through to use the same target rate When you select Yes from the Combine channels drop down list the channels with the same names are combined Channel Setup ah E Channel 4 granular fert FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 415 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Calibrating sensors To calibrate the sensors 1 Select the Tru Application Control plugin on the Configuration screen and then tap Calibrate Tru Application Control Calibration Es 2 Do the following To calibrate a See ground speed constant page 416 control channel valve for a planter granular seed granular page 418 fertilizer or liquid fertilizer flow meter constant control channel valve for anhydrous application spreader constant planter seed count Once you calibrate the system see Continuing page 427 Ground speed constant If you set either the primary ground speed sensor or the backup ground speed sensor to CAN Ground Digital Sensor or Reluctance Sensor you must perform a calibration to determine the ground speed constant To determine the constant the system must count the number of pulses that the sensor produces while driving at a constant
87. protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permit
88. provides the ability to variably apply agricultural chemicals in real time as the applicator passes over the crop The NDVI based variable rate algorithm and parameters may be selected in the field and all rate changes are then made on the go so there are no lengthy delays between evaluating the crop and application When applying fertilizer or other material the NDVI the target rate and the applied rate are logged Some rate controllers connected via serial cable to the FM 1000 do not respond with an As Applied value The RT200 GreenSeeker sensors emits light at two specific wavelengths and measures the reflected light The microprocessor in the sensor analyzes the reflected light and calculates the resulting Index value The data from each sensor is collected by the Interface Module which is processed and then transmitted to the FM 1000 integrated display in the cab The FM 1000 integrated display displays the NDVI in real time and sends the appropriate rates to the applicator s rate controller The rate controller may be an internal plug in to the FM 1000 integrated display such as the EZ Boom system the True Application Control TAC system or the Field IQ system Alternatively the application rates may also be sent via the Serial Rate Control option as a system plugin Definitions The following terms occur throughout this chapter and on the GreenSeeker plugin software Becoming familiar with the terms will make using the Green
89. radar output 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS receiver for any plugin using an internal GPS receiver and then tap Setup E Steer GPS Receiver Settings Settings SecureRTK Loaging Radar Output Corrections Network ID Cancel Vehicle Internal Autonomous 2 Select the Radar Output tab 3 From the Connector drop down list select Connector D to enable radar output Autopilot GPS Receiver Settings Settings Advanced Radar Output Connector Connector D T Radar Frequency Rate 27 60 Hzimph Cancel Vehicle Unknown WAAS OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 173 6 The GPS Receiver 4 Select the Radar Frequency Rate field Enter Radar Frequency Rate CH 5 Enter the required rate and then tap OK The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 6 Tap OK 174 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Implement Configuration In this chapter Introduction Creating an implement Selecting an existing implement Importing an implement from the AgGPS 170 Field Computer or the FieldManager display m Adjusting the implement settings Deleting an implement This chapter describes how to configure a vehicle implement For more information see Chapter 24 Advanced Configuration You must configure your implement so that the system can tell e which type of implement is attached how much area it covers how far offset it is Note So
90. record a line feature simultaneously with coverage logging To activate line feature mapping 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 107 4 Display Setup 3 Select the System option and then tap Setup 4 From the Display Setup screen select Feature Mapping and then tap Setup Feature Mapping 5 Tap one of the four feature buttons to create or select an active line feature and then tap OK 6 From the Record Line With Coverage drop down list select the required line feature and then tap OK The Display Setup screen appears 7 Tap OK 108 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Editing the Data Dictionary The data dictionary editor enables you to predefine the entry options defined below and then select them from a pick list during field and event definition Data dictionary entry fields Client Implement Target pests Farm Application method Custom 1 Field Wind speed Custom 2 Event Wind gust speed Custom 3 Operator Wind direction Custom 4 Operator EPA Sky conditions Material Harvest year Soil conditions Stoppage reason Farm location Soil type Vehicle Crop From the Home screen tap Q In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup se po p From the Display Setup screen select Data Dictionary and then tap Setup Data Dictionary Setup
91. responds as expected Steering angle Shows the required and actual steering angles The required angle is that which the system is trying to attain and the actual is where the system calculates the wheels are pointing PWM status Shows the current PWM signals being sent to the electro hydraulic valve This is an indication of whether the system is attempting to turn left or right o Engage button Engages Disengages the system and shows current engage status FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 643 26 Troubleshooting Vehicle Diagnostics Details screen Vehicle Controller Setup Details Guidance Steering Details Vehicle 12 0 V IMU Raw Scaled 2 50 Y 0 00 g 2 50 V 0 00 g 2 50 V Manual Override Raw o4V scaled Not Active Scaled Not Active A O mem mame psen o Diagnostics Vehicle and configuration specific diagnostics up to 9 diagnostics can be shown The raw voltage and scaled G force for each of the system s accelerometers Vehicle voltage The input voltage currently being fed into the Autopilot system from the vehicle s electrical system Gyroscopes The raw voltage and scaled degrees per second of each of the system s gyroscopes 644 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 Autopilot Faults screen The Autopilot Faults screen lists all faults on the Autopilot controller Autopilot Faults Two separate lists show e Any faults that are currently active e A hi
92. screen configure the display vehicle implement settings and then tap OK 3 From the Field Selection screen select the required client farm field event settings and then tap OK Liquid Strip Tillage Run screen Virtual section control box o riers Field IQ Plugin tab Tank Bin button a capacity warning level and current volume and access to the Refill Tank Bin button 330 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Feature Desert Implement Switch Status Green arrow down Indicates the implement is lowered Red arrow up Indicates the implement is raised Increase Decrease buttons Increases and decreases the application rate by the amount specified during setup Field IQ Status tab Shows the engage status of each row on the implement Green Engaged Gray Section closed due to overlap Red Not engaged or section manually turned off Logging button Green Logging enabled Red Logging Engage button Green Auto guidance engaged Gray Auto guidance can be engaged Red Auto guidance cannot be engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 331 10 The Field IQ Plugin Using the Diagnostics Tab From the Configuration screen select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Diagnostics Field IQ Diagnostics The Operations tab displays the current status of e Control Mode Auto or Manual e Rate Switch Mode Manual Rate 1 or Rate 2 e Master Switch Off On
93. select Internal Memory and then select Field Data from the list of available data types 6 Inthe Client Farm Field or Event drop down lists select the item to delete and then tap Delete 7 When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted Deleting all of the data from the internal memory A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 3 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears 4 Tap Delete Data The Delete Data Storage screen appears 5 Tap Delete All Events or Delete Everything 6 When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Deleting selected data from the USB memory stick A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup If necessary enter the administration password and then tap OK Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears Tap Delete Data The Delete Data Storage screen appears Select External USB Drive from the tabs and then select Field Data Select the item to delete from the Client Farm Field or Event list and then tap Delete When promp
94. select the straight line field pattern 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 64 3 Tap New Straight The Run screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 57 3 58 Getting Started 4 To create the start point of the line tap Set A 5 Drive to the end of the line The end B point must be at least 50 meters 160 feet from the A point 6 Tap Set B The new AB Line appears on screen To extend the line drive further along it and then tap Set B again 7 Tap Done To create a straight A line by selecting one point and the angle 1 From the Swath Management screen select the AB Line field pattern 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 64 3 Inthe A Heading window enter the angle that you want the line to be on or select a previous AB Line to use its heading The default angle is the same as the previous AB Line heading Tap New Straight The Run screen appears Drive to the start of the line and then tap Set A Tap Use A The new A line appears Sy oY SS Tap Done Creating a curved line 1 From the Swath Management screen select the Curve field pattern from the drop down list 2 Enter an access path if required See Adding an access path page 64 3 Tap New Curve The Run screen appears 4 Drive to the start point of the curve and then tap Set A To stop recording your exact path and create a straight section
95. similar to the one shown here You will need to modify your values to fit your circumstances and meet the local field and delivery system conditions FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Best practice The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 To ensure best performance from the GreenSeeker variable application system do the following Do not use high pressure spray on the sensors when rinsing the machine Even though all of the connectors and modules are fully sealed there is the potential of leakage from a pressurized stream Every time the spray tank is filled take a soft cloth and wipe the lenses of the sensors Try to check sensors at least once a day during full time operation Be more aware of cleaning the sensors directly behind the machine If you do not have ground protection devices on the boom such as gauge wheels or skids take extra care to not run the boom into the ground Also be aware of sensor vulnerability to stationary structures in the field Sensors are usually mounted on the front of the boom and do not have rigid protection Rinse the boom at the end of every day Do this to keep the system clean and remove to any corrosive materials Doing so will greatly extend the life of your machine Sensors should be re calibrated after approximately 1000 hours of use due to possible changes in light output This is generally done at the factory or authorized service center Sensors have an optimum operating range of 32
96. speed over e a400 ft distance when driving in US Imperial mode e a100 m distance when driving in metric mode 416 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 To configure the sensor 1 Position the vehicle where you can drive the required distance without stopping or changing speed 2 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen select Secondary Speed Sensor Calibration Tru Application Control Calibration Spreader Constant Calibration Channel 3 corn Control Valve Calibration Spreader Constant Calibration Channel 4 granular fert Control Valve Calibration Spreader Constant Calibration Ground Speed Sensors L Secondary Speed Sensor Calibration The Ground Speed Calibration screen appears Ground Speed Calibration Digital Freq Ground Speed Const Start Pulse Count Distance To Go Instructions Alla constant speed press tee Start button Conte dering alia constant sperd tor A00 tret 12192 pul 400tt 0 400 0 Note This screen shows the values for a system using US Imperial units 3 Begin to drive the vehicle at a constant speed 3 2 8 kph or 2 5 mph FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 417 11 418 The Tru Application Control Plugin When you are moving at a constant speed tap Start The Pulse Count field increases The Distance To Go field reduces as you get closer to the end of the stretch Drive at the sam
97. tap Setup The mplement Setup screen appears In the Operations tab select Strip Till and then tap OK For more information about setting up the implement see Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Field IQ setup for Liquid Strip Till with PWM or Servo control valve aaa icon The Configuration Selection screen appears 2 Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears 3 Select Field IQ and then tap Setup 286 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Features tab Field IQ Setup amp Liquid di Gi Gin Gn Gr a ar Gn Gr Gr Gn 1 Inthe Application Type drop down list ensure that Liquid is selected 2 Inthe Boom Switching drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Automatic Section Control is active and at least one Field IQ section control module must be installed 3 In the Rate Control drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Rate Control is active and at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module must be installed 4 Inthe Implement Lift drop down list select either Enabled or Disabled Select Enabled for the system to use the implement lift to start and stop coverage logging Select Disabled for the system to ignore the implement lift switch if installed You can manually control coverage logging from the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 287 10 The Field IQ Plugin Boom tab 1
98. target height it is within the On Grade Limit Small red arrow pointing up The blade is beyond the On Grade Limit value below the target height Large red arrow pointing up The blade is considerably below the target height more than double the On Grade Limit value Small red arrow pointing down The blade is beyond the On Grade Limit value above the target height Large red arrow pointing down The blade is considerably above the target height more than double the On Grade Limit value The arrow points in the direction that the blade needs to move for the blade to be on grade The size of the up or down arrow indicates the amount of movement required FieldLevel status text items Status text items describe factors in leveling models Note The FieldLevel status items all begin with P which denotes the Primary GPS receiver If you have the Tandem Dual plugin installed you will also have S status items available which denotes Secondary P Altitude The current GPS altitude of the blade P Blade Height The current height of the blade shown as a relative height or a GPS height depending on settings selected P Boot Depth The depth of the boot when installing tiles or the depth of the blade when cleaning surface ditches used with the Autoslope leveling model FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 223 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins P CMR Percent The percentage of data being successfully received from the base GP
99. the TrueTracker plugin and then tap Setup Configuration True Tracker 506 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Configuring the Vehicle tab Implement Controller Setup 1 From the Connector list select the port that the TrueTracker implement controller is connected to 2 For the Current Selection list tap Edit to change the vehicle profile location and implement model see Configuring the implement make and model page 510 3 From the Vehicle Color list select the color you wish your vehicle to appear on the display screen 4 Select the Engage tab FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 507 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Configuring the Engage tab Implement Controller Setup 1 Inthe Engage tab adjust the Operator Alert Timeout value The alert appears if the operator does not respond within the defined period of time If the operator still fails to respond the vehicle begins to drive in a tight loop 2 Set the Two Stage Engage status eel The Engage button requires multiple taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehicle steering The second tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering 3 In the Coverage Log list select either Manual or
100. the selected location to ensure that it is comfortably accessible from the driver s seat 6 Attach the other end of the RAM mount to the ball on the bar mount and then tighten the screw 40 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Connecting the display Note The FM 1000 integrated display connects to the Autopilot automated steering system The Autopilot system requires professional installation in your vehicle If the Autopilot system is not currently installed in your vehicle consult your local reseller 1 Connect one end of the Autopilot harness to the vehicle 2 Connect the Autopilot to FM 1000 cable to port C of the FM 1000 integrated display 3 Connect the implement switch if required Inserting a memory stick into the USB socket The USB socket is on the rear of the display CAUTION Do not remove the USB memory stick from the socket while the display is writing to or from the device This will corrupt the data gt CAUTION If required only use a USB hub that has an external power option connecting multiple USB devices to the display without this could damage the USB port gt To insert the USB memory stick 1 Rotate the display so you that can see the back of it 2 Insert the USB memory stick into the USB socket To remove the USB memory stick FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 41 2 Display Overview 1 Rotate the display so that you can see the back of it 2
101. while you create trigger points Ensure that the trigger points are sufficiently close to one another If the gap between the points is unacceptable repeat the calibrations FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 561 17 The Remote Output Plugin 562 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Serial Data Input Plugin In this chapter m Connecting serial data input m Configuring serial data input When serial data input is activated the FM 1000 integrated display can receive and log NMEA messages from an external device for example an infra red sensor This chapter explains how to configure the display to receive data FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 563 18 The Serial Data Input Plugin Connecting serial data input To connect a device to the FM 1000 integrated display connect the Variable Rate Control cable P N 67091 to the port D connector on the display The other end of the Variable Rate Control cable connects to a serial connector Note An additional adaptor may be required depending on the pin out for the serial device Configuring serial data input 1 Install the Serial Data Input plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 194 564 2 On the Configuration screen select the Serial Data Input plugin and then tap Setup Serial Data Input 9600 3 In the Port list select the port that the device is connected to It is usually P5 Serial I O Configuration settings
102. will be dependent upon components like the pump control valve nozzles and boom plumbing sizes The GreenSeeker plugin for the FM 1000 integrated display has features that allow for minimum and maximum rates to be set regardless of the crop algorithm prescription Once a nozzle set is chosen the minimum should be set at the lowest rate the nozzles will still give adequate pattern performance Maximum rates may be limited by rates that lessen atomization or drift Selecting a nozzle It is usually best to match nozzles to the lower midrange of the typical rates shown on the application graph Ultimately it is up to the grower or crop consultant to determine the minimum or maximum rates and nozzles which are most appropriate Example GreenSeeker Calibration i Calibration Algorithm Chart Output Rate Peak 20 00 gala Limit Ea Max Limit Min Limit If most of your NDVI readings in the area of the field not in the NRS are around 0 53 and your review the application graph shows at 0 53 NDVI you should be applying 15GPA then you should choose a nozzle that will have the ability to change rates above and below this NDVI reading You might choose a nozzle that puts out 12 5GPA at its lowest pressure e g 20psi and 21GPA at its highest pressure e g 60psi Since the penalty to under fertilize harm yield is usually greater than to over fertilize waste fertilizer it may be best to choose a strategy
103. 0 Integrated Display User Guide 395 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Configure the appropriate Row Sections settings Channel Configuration Channel 1 MUSTARD SEED f Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 00 0 Number of Rows Channel Rows 000s Channels as Sections Disabiea M 0 005 Description Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel Number of Rows The specific number of seed rows for the channel Channel 1 will always be assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area Channels as Sections When enabled the TAC system will turn the control channel on and off automatically based on event coverage logging data 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 396 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide
104. 0 feet long 4 At appropriate crop growth stage take readings of the NRS and an adjacent part of the field yet to be fertilized For most supplied algorithms the following is typical Wheat Feekes growth stage 4 6 Corn V8 V12 5 Find the area where the nitrogen rich strip is most apparent in comparison to the rest of the field this indicates greatest potential for the crop 6 Take sensor readings with RT200 or Hand Held sensor for input to your selected Crop Algorithm 7 Be sure to match nozzles and or rate control system to maximize response time and performance for each field s requirements For more information see Delivery System and Liquid Control page 489 for more details and be sure to consult your application equipment and rate control systems manuals as applicable Field preparations for user defined rate The RT200 system can be used to apply other materials than Nitrogen The GreenSeeker plugin for the FM 1000 integrated display permits a custom algorithm to be entered which is a table of product values versus the NDVI value These values are entered into the Custom Formula Application table see Defining a Custom Table page 485 Note The values in the table are only an example the grower consultant must develop these rates Also be aware of the rate range ability of your specific rate controller and nozzles used to achieve these results FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 477 12 The GreenSeeker
105. 0 integrated display Note To use this plugin you must have an Enalta CCT system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 567 19 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin Installation 1 Install the FM 1000 integrated display harness and GPS receiver See Installing the display page 39 2 Connect the Enalta sensors to a serial port on the FM 1000 integrated display harness Configuring the Productivity Monitoring plugin 1 Install the Productivity Monitoring plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 194 2 On the Configuration screen select the Productivity Monitoring plugin and then tap Setup Productivity Monitoring Setup 3 Inthe Port list select the port on the FM 1000 integrated display harness that the Enalta sensors are connected to 4 Adjust the port settings 568 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide item The Productivity Monitoring Plugin 19 Productivity Monitoring Setup Enalta Enalta CCT Support fEnabiea M Output GGA Enabled M Output VTG fEnabiea M Request CTT Log Download Now Test Ul In the Enalta list select Enable Enalta CCT to enable the Enalta system Select the NMEA messages that the systems will use to communicate You can select GGA Select Enable GGA VTG Select Enable VTG GGA and VTG messages Select both buttons RMC Enter the following settings Description Logging Rate While Field Open The rate at which data is logged when a field is o
106. 00 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 P Latitude The blade s current latitude P Longitude The blade s current longitude P Network ID The RTK network ID of the blade receiver s corrections P North The distance that the blade receiver is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point P Offset A separate plane that is parallel to the design plane The offset is defined by a single measurement which is the height that the offset plane is from the design plane P Offset X The Relative Position X offset from the master benchmark P Offset Y The Relative Position Y offset from the master benchmark P Satellites The number of satellites currently being received by the FieldLevel GPS receiver P Speed The speed of the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver P Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green P Up The height of the blade receiver relative to the field origin point a negative number means the blade is below the field origin point P VDOP The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver P Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver P H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the blade GPS position in 2 dimensions P HD
107. 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 7 Tap OK to return to the main calibration screen and then tap Flow Calibration The following screen appears Granular Calibration 8 Enter the following values Gate Height Setting Shaft Encoder Constant FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 311 10 The Field IQ Plugin 9 To calculate the calibration constant tap Calculate The following dialog appears Calibration Constant Calculator 10 Enter the Gate Width and Drag Chain Distance Per Rev The system calculates the Calibration Constant 11 Tap OK to return to the Granular Calibration Screen 12 Place a clean empty container under the spreader to capture the material dispensed during the calibration and then tap Calibrate N CAUTION Moving parts during this operation Ensure the implement is safe to operate 312 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 13 The Granular Calibration screen appears Granular Calibration 7 _s 14 Enter the following values Amount of Material to be Dispensed This is the amount dispensed during the calibration Target Rate Target Speed 15 To begin the calibration tap Start and then follow the on screen instructions FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 313 10 The Field IQ Plugin 16 Select the Limits tab Granular Calibration Rate Controller 5015561943 Calibrate Limits Info Minimum RPM M
108. 15 Tap OK Note Maximum and minimum settings will limit the rate commands given to the rate controller 16 Review the application chart for each job to determine the appropriate nozzle selections and or application equipment settings 17 Select the Output Tab GreenSeeker Calibration Calibration Algorithm Chart Output Material Type Granular M Cancel 18 In the Material Type list select either Granular or Liquid 19 Tap OK 484 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 Defining a Custom Table For growers or crop consultants having crop historical knowledge allows them to determine different crop input requirements based upon biomass size of the crop plant An example of this type of use would be variable rate application of defoliant in cotton or desiccant in potatoes For these cases the field is scouted or field calibrated to determine areas of the field that require different rates of defoliant The RT200 system or a GreenSeeker hand held can be used to obtain the NDVI values in representative areas of the field and then a table can be created with NDVI values corresponding to application rates To create a custom table do the following 1 From the GreenSeeker Calibration screen select the Algorithm tab GreenSeeker Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 485 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 2 Inthe Formula list select Custom Table GreenSeeker C
109. 2 3 and 4 if necessary After you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 415 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 379 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring liquid flow Entering materials Enter the solution material that the implement or sprayer will distribute 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears Material Setup with the new material in the list on the left of the screen a Chemical 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the product type to Liquid Flow The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Y Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 380 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 6 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup Material liquid Preset Rate s 10 00 gal a Default Low Flow Limit set Default Liquid rates are measured in the following units Unit Symbol Description Metric L ha Liters per hectare L min Liters per minute US Imperial gal a Gallons per acre gal min Gallons per minute 7 Enter the following values mem Beseiption oS The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you t
110. 2 2 2 0 eee ee ee 120 Configuring the Vehicle tab 20 6oei4 e 2a Fede bes endow barsaae 120 Configuring the Engage tab 2 2555045 bb bee bee ee wee eee be rer ensues 121 Configuring the Steeringtab 2 0 ee ee 121 Configuring the Advanced tab 0 eee ee 123 PeleciiNGe Mie VeEMICle 345444 6nteeeeee sees Gee eeeee Pee Geeee ee aes 123 A topilot CANDIAUON 2 42846 e4e tane tes Tipee eare tae ghodes 125 Notes on calibration sie echae garden hee ee eee ee 6 ee ee BE 125 Common calibration ICING 64a boos oe tas oe ewe aed oe Boe Be a es 125 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Contents Calibrating the Autopilot option o0 nkee ede atee nee sede eee nee a peed 126 Configuring the controller orientation sssaaa aa ee eee 127 Configuring the manual override sensitivity 0 0 0 128 Calibrating the AutoSense device 2 2 0 0 eee 130 Calibrating the steering angle sensor 0 eee eee eee 130 Calibrating the automated steering deadzone 2 0 0 e ee eeee 134 Calibrating the proportional steering gain 2 aaaea ee 136 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 140 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 0 0 00 eee eee 144 Calibrating a tracked tractor se weeeeeee cee ee ea eee Seek Se meus oun bee 145 PAVING a vehicle DIOMIC 44 4 fees e aed Peek eee bee be Shee hee eS 147 Configuring the GPS receiver 4
111. 20 214 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Step 1 Configuring the implement If you have not already configured the implement see Configuring the implement for leveling page 204 Step 2 Configuring the leveling model Install the FieldLevel II plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Setup 2 Select the leveling model from the drop down list Point and Slope Creates consistently sloped tile or surface drainage From the starting point the vehicle levels at a constant slope regardless of its direction See Slope adjust for Point and Slope leveling page 216 Autoslope Creates a tile or surface drainage design at an optimal depth within a set of constraints The slope will not be constant providing the most efficient tile or ditch design See Driving in Autoslope mode page 230 Flat Plane laser Levels the field to a design plane The plane can be configured in the onboard software using benchmarks and slopes or by creating a plane of best fit over a surveyed surface Autoslope It uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the leveling implement However the design heights are corrected to a plane surface to match your old laser leveled fields See Configuring settings for all leveling models page 217 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 215 9 The FieldLevel II
112. 467984250S1 optional Generic Extension Switch Module each module has 6 row section switches DJ467980330 AgGPS FieldManager display harness 67087 Terminator Tractor Power Harness DJ467980455 DJ467980126 Included with FMD Harness PN 64909 P eet DJ467985060S1 To Implement CAN Connect to switched DJ467980124 Harness 12VDC Master NOTE This wire Switch must be connected to switched 12VDC Ignition ey o O Ei RVS II Radar Kit Optional 1 Connect the power leads directly to the battery Connect the ignition wire to a switched 12 VDC 2 Connect the chassis ground lead to a bare point of the cab frame that offers a good chassis ground connection For the system to power correctly you must connect the ignition lead to switched 12 VDC 3 Connect the master switch CAN terminator and tractor ECU to their respective connectors on the cab harness FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 4 Connect the radar speed sensor if required If you connect the speed sensor to the WSMT do not connect anything to the speed sensor connector on the cab harness Installing the implement harness Planter monitoring only system diagram Implement CAN harnessing Planter Monitoring Only System Diagram Implement CAN Harnessing DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDA
113. 485 Note The formula selected for your last job will still be current so you are often just verifying that the correct formula is being used 9 Input the various fields as required The fields displayed will change based upon the formula selected some fields such as Nitrogen Use Efficiency have default values that are formula specific but all are able to be changed by selecting the field and using the screen keypad Note You may need to reference the specific algorithms instruction for more detailed explanation of the CumGDD E or similar fields For example the CamGDD F for the corn v1 3 GrtPlns GDD OKState is Cumulative Growing Degree Days Base 50F For specific algorithm instructions go to www GreenSeeeker com 482 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 Select the Chart tab GreenSeeker Calibration Calibration Algorithm Chart Output Rate Peak 271 0 bs a Max Limit 126 0 Min Limit 19 5 Cancel Adjusted RI 11 Inthe Limit list select Enabled or Disabled The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 12 Ifnecessary enter a Max Limit value based on rate controller or application equipment limitations Enter Maximum Rate Limit Range 0 0 Ibs a 0 00 Ibs a Cancel 13 Tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 483 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 14 Enter a Min Limit value Enter Minimum Rate Range 0 0 Ibs a 0 00 Ibs a ser aes kg ha m ox Cancel
114. 5015561948 Valve Calibration Flow Calibration l Pressure Calibration z Implement Lift 2 Tap OK 284 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 3 Raise the implement and then tap Next 4 Lower the implement and then tap Next 5 Tap OK to return to the Field IQ Calibration screen Operating in the field 1 From the Home screen press E 2 From the Configurations SElection screen configure the display vehicle implement settings and then tap OK 3 From the Field Selection screen select the required client farm field event settings and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 285 10 The Field IQ Plugin Field 1Q Liquid Strip Till with PWM or Servo control valve Before starting the Field IQ plugin setup on the FM 1000 integrated display ensure that e all components of the system are installed on the vehicle and implement e the Field IQ plugin has been added to the FM 1000 integrated display configuration From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Ensure that the Field IQ icon appears in the list If the icon does not appear tap Add Remove to add the plugin to the configuration e the Implement Setup has Strip Tillage as the selected operation From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the implement from the list on the left and then
115. 9 Calibrating the implement liftswitch 0 0 00 000000000004 270 Operating NeW sasse aree eee ee ead eee ee ESR Ge eee es fas 270 Planter RUN SClCc ie cin a 5 Gun one oe ee a ee ee a ers a ed 271 Field IQ spraying with Servo or PWM control valves 0 0 0 000022 eee eee 272 Field IO setup Or spraying 224 s4a08 28k bGe hea me Gee eee Seed ee wae 2 272 Calibrating the modules cee4 400478 deen ee eueeheeecadn eae doune ws 219 Calibrating the implement liftswitch 0 0 0 0 000000 ee eee 284 Operating m nC feld 4 422 664 65 Gane gee he eee Bone ee eae eo ees 285 Field IQ Liquid Strip Till with PWM or Servo control valve 000004 286 Field IQ setup for Liquid Strip Till with PWM or Servo control valve 286 Calibrating the modules os h245 242 b40 e eR eRe eee tee eh Ae eee be 293 Calibrating the implement liftswitch 0 0 0 0 00000 0 0004 298 Operanne mM theleld sessar woke Roe ee a eee Shee Aa be eee aes 299 Liquid Strip Tillage Run screen 4 s4 5 o2e ee eees ance dans G2 ESS5Ga BR HE OS 299 Field IQ Spinner Spreading for PWM Servo control valves 0000 301 Field IQ for spinner spreading with PWM and Servo control valves 301 Calibpratine the modules sersem rire petar a nE aaa e a 308 Operae MNEC seeren esee arepe oa Eee 315 Spinner Spreading Run screen 2 0 cee ee 316 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 11 Contents 11
116. 981 100S1 Module a i my Hamess Saed Monitor a LLG Order and install Peace DJ467981201 if using Seed Manager SE style harness Each Tru Count Harness Planter Output Module will support up to 8 rows sections Add up to 3 additional harness planter output module bundles to support up to 24 rows sections Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus DJ458411080 16 ROW aaa DJ467751312S1 Seed Manager STANDARD HARNESS J c SE HARNESS 16 Row Harness comes in many different variations F j St andard Dj PM Styl including 2 4 6 8 12 16 row versions includin E tyle Existing Harness if SeedManager SE is being utilized Planter Hamess 5 by customer Trimble does not offer this harness for sale several models for specific planters FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 349 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Planter monitoring and control system diagram Implement CAN harnessing Planter Monitoring and Control System Diagram Implement CAN Harnessing DJ458411080 16 ROW STANDARD HARNESS ac i eof Connect to Cab eo Harness fos b eos DJ46798013X ec CAN Hitch Ses es Pa p Standard Dj PM Style o Plant
117. Adjusting the implement settings page 178 To configure varieties 1 From the Field Selection screen tap Variety Setup Variety Setup 2 To add anew variety tap Add The virtual keyboard appears 3 Enter a name for the variety and then tap OK The Variety Setup screen reappears with the new variety name in the list Variety Setup Corn FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 71 3 Getting Started 4 6 ff 8 9 To configure the variety select it and then tap Edit Variety Attributes To change the color that represents this variety on the Run screen tap the Coverage Color color block Variety Attributes The Select Color dialog appears Tap the new color Enter any relevant record keeping information Tap OK The Variety Setup screen appears To add additional varieties repeat Steps 3 through 9 Now that the varieties are configured assign them to segments of the coverage To assign one variety to the entire implement l 2a Select it from the list and then tap Assign The Set row range for variety screen appears Ensure that the Start Row field is set to 1 72 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 3 Inthe End Row field enter the number that appears at the high end of the range Enter End Row Number 4 Tap OK The variety is assigned When you enable coverage logging and set the Mapping information tab drop down list to Variety this va
118. CAUTION You must configure the correct front back offset If you are using an Autopilot system alone set the front back offset to the distance from the rear axle of the vehicle to the implement If you are using any of the plugins that include switching Field IQ Serial Rate Control Tru Application Control or EZ Boom set the front back offset to the distance from the antenna to the implement Enter Front Back Offset a Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the offset is measured in b Enter the offset distance c Tap either Back or Forward to select the direction of the offset A forward offset that indicates that the implement is located ahead of the antenna position d Tap OK The Implement Setup screen appears The image of the vehicle shows the offset that you just set Note The screen is scaled to the swath or application width whichever is larger If any offset is greater than this the tractor image may pass the edge of the screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 181 7 Implement Configuration 3 Ifthe implement is offset to one side enter the left right offset setting by tapping the L R Offset field Enter Left Right Implement Offset a Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the offset is measured in b Enter the offset distance c Tap either Left or Right to select the direction of the offset A
119. Cancel 5 Select the Valve tab and then select the appropriate value for each field Select one of the following options Pump Servo The Pump Servo setting controls an electric motor which actuates a hydraulic valve As the valve actuates it adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly PWM The PWM pump setting controls an electric solenoid valve which adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly Fast Servo 4 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a DICKEY john servo Mid Tech servo or Raven Fast Valve Servo 2 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a Raven standard servo Hardi bypass scenario Most commonly used on Hardi sprayers equipped with 3 way section valves that return flow to tank when the boom section is off Inline Valve is in the solution line going to the boom The valve opens to increase application rate Bypass Valve is in the Return to Tank line The valve closes to increase the application rate Close When all sections are off the control valve returns to the closed position Lock in Last Position When all sections are off the control valve remains in the last position This setting allows the system to return to the target rate faster If you have an Auxiliary Valve installed select one of th
120. Drack l soso es Ge ooh ee Cee eee ee eee ee eee ee ee 474 Caeand maintenan e oA 10 24 ee hen eee ta te be hoe heen eee ta te ex 475 Field preparations for Nitrogen application 0 000 e eee ee ee ee 475 Ricld MOPMANON 24276 6Gnn panes eeeeeaee sees eee et eeus eae ees 475 hc ae aa a ee ee ae a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 476 Field preparations for user definedrate 0 0 eee ee eee 477 Operating the GreenSeeker Plugin 2 2 2 0 eee ee ee 478 Greenoceket PUEN SClceNe are genet aeheseseger au eee ee ees aa ee ge 479 Grecnseeker diagnostics eee ee eee a pe eee EOE Sees e heehee eae oe ee eRe 488 Application information 4 lt 4 u doue o gh bee ebade ee ee b eG bone Set ado aus 489 Delivery System and Liquid Control 20 0002 eee ee ee 489 DelCCING A MOWIC nomen shoe ke Roe ee Bea Seek Geer han bee eee aes 490 DSPC UC es oer enue ehh eee eee EG he Pee ee Oe ee ee eee amp eee 491 The TrueGuide Plugin 2 493 Connecting the TrueGuide implement guidance system nananana 494 Configuring the TrueGuide implement guidance system assan 495 TrueGuide implement setup noana 54440m be 5 0 O45 496 Setting up the TrueGuide system anaana woe PR Eee eER Seo oe Ga 497 Calibrating the TrueGuide implement guidance system anana anaa aaa 498 Engaging and disengaging the TrueGuide system 0 0000040 499 Operating the TrueGuide system su 42 noob co eG neGa we eth ete ent ee
121. Enter a value in the Swaths between access paths field This value must be equal to or higher than the Swaths in first group setting The next access path will appear this number of swaths beyond the first access path and will continue to repeat after this number of swaths Note You must fill in both of these fields 64 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 3 Enter a value in the Path width field This is the width of the access paths 4 Enter a value in the Swaths between access paths field The access path will appear after this number of swaths including the master line 5 Enter a value in the ABs place in the first group left to right field This setting enables you to specify where the master line appears in the first group from left to right 6 Select whether the guidance will be based on swaths or access paths from the Provide Guidance to drop down list and then tap OK Swath management Several options are available on the Swath Management screen You can delete swaths rename swaths or shift them to the left or right To access these features select the Swaths tab You REE f Line Features FreeForm cannot delete rename or shift line features or FreeForm curves Deleting a swath To be able to delete swaths you must have entered the Administration password 1 From the Run screen tap the Swath button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the list on the left selec
122. Features tab Field IQ Setup Lbs Actual N kgs n a Glin Gla Ga a Ga Gn Ga Gr M In the Application Type drop down list ensure that Anhydrous is selected In the Boom Switching drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Automatic Section Control is active and at least one Field IQ section control module must be installed In the Rate Control drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Rate Control is active and at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module must be installed In the Implement Lift drop down list select either Enabled or Disabled Select Enabled for the system to use the implement lift to start and stop coverage logging Select Disabled for the system to ignore the implement lift switch if installed You can manually control coverage logging from the Run screen From the Anhydrous Units drop down list select one of the following Lbs actual N Lbs NH3 318 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Boom tab The Field IQ Plugin 10 1 Select the Boom tab Field IQ Setup 2 To control whether the system sends a high or a low signal to close a section valve select one of the following options from the Section Signal drop down list Air Clutch Electric Clutch Boom Valve Liqui Block N CAUTION Selecting the incorrect value causes the system to operate opposite of the required result 3 Inthe Turn Off When Stopped drop down list sel
123. GPS receiver The FieldLevel system uses its own GPS receiver to record the exact position of the leveling blade To configure this receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver option that is associated with the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Setup Field Level GPS Receiver Settings Frequencies 2 From the Receiver drop down list select which GPS receiver you will use for your FieldLevel system Trimble recommends that you select Internal Primary when configuring the display as a stand alone FieldLevel II system but you can use an external GPS receiver If you are also using the Autopilot system Trimble recommends that you use nternal Secondary as the Autopilot system will be occupying the Internal Primary receiver 3 From the Corrections drop down list select RTK for all FieldLevel II applications 4 Set the Network ID to the same network ID that is set in the base station receiver 5 Tap OK The FieldLevel II plugin is now configured and ready to use Operating the FieldLevel II plugin Run screen The FM 1000 integrated displays Run screen changes when the FieldLevel II plugin is installed It can also change depending which leveling model is selected 220 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Rem Description pemp Virtual lightbar Provides guidance with illuminated LEDs When using the FieldLevel II Contour leveling model the virtual lightb
124. Geaeen 500 TrueGuide system aggressiveness settings 2 2 0 eee ee ee 502 The TrueTracker Plugin 1 0 ee eee ee ee 503 About the rue Tracker system a 0448 6seheo ye bade ed Reg e Eee Ge Ree YOR ORE 504 Ahaa e ye yew eaeeae ETE EEE ETE ETETE sees yee ee E eed 504 Benefits of the TrueTracker system 2 00 0 eee eee eee 505 Requirements of the TrueTracker system 0 00 pee eee eee ee eee 505 Installing the TrueTracker system 1 2 ee ee 505 CONNCULALOM oo wee lt eG aac eee ee eG eae Pa ee eee ee eee Gees 505 Activating the TrueTracker system 2 2 0 eee ee 506 Configuring the implement settings lt 4 004od0 4 64405 545 49 UE O54 SE ee eR 506 Configuring the Vehicle tab atcecendoucaso 0 65 Bay eee oe eae ee 507 Configuring the Engage tab ees aoe eee da eo eee eee eee ous 508 Configuring the Steering tab an oe tee be Con oS EGE eG eed bees Os 509 Configuring the implement controller 2 0 000000 200 510 Pie ACCU ON a 2 4 44 es eae ea ee ee hae ed Gee oe eee eee ee ee 511 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 15 16 17 Contents Configuring the implement o46u0 ness aeee ge Otes es hee eee es eee eae ees 512 Calibrating ici pleMICNh s44 eneucned pode Ghee ee ae eee ee e464 oe 513 Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction 521 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 00 00 e eee 525 Using the True
125. II Plugins Configuring the implement for leveling 1 From the Configuration screen select Implement and then tap Setup Edit Implement Current Implement Additional Settings New implement Settings 20m swath width 21m application width 32 rows 2 Doone of the following Tap New and then enter a new implement name Select an existing implement from the list 3 Tap Settings Implement Boom Setup 4 Enter the details of the leveling implement a Enter the appropriate implement width and offsets 204 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Fora multiplane survey set the Swath Width field to the width that you will use for collecting interior points When you are not using FieldLevel GPS set the front back offset F B Offset to 0 b Inthe Rows field enter 1 5 Tap OK Operating the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin Run screen When the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin is installed the following tab appears on the main guidance screen the Run screen Delete Benchmark Creating a survey Benchmarks Before you can create a survey you must set a benchmark a point at a known location When you are leveling you can use benchmarks to do two things e Return to a point in the field with known coordinates to re calibrate your exact position This may include setting the bucket on the ground or on a solid surface that will not be disturbed w
126. Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The LB25 External Lightbar In this chapter This chapter describes how to configure the LB25 external lightbar to operate with the FM 1000 m Configuring the lightbar integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 601 23 The LB25 External Lightbar Configuring the lightbar 602 L Oo oe amp bh Connect the LB25 lightbar to port B on the rear of the FM 1000 integrated display From the Home screen tap K In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup From the Display Setup screen select Lightbar and then tap Setup In the Light Bars Configuration screen the virtual lightbar from the FM 1000 integrated display is shown along with any detected external lightbars Light Bars Configuration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The LB25 External Lightbar 23 6 Select an external lightbar and then tap Setup Light Bar Settings 7 Enter the required settings and then tap OK The Light Bars Configuration screen appears 8 Tap OK The external lightbar is now configured FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 603 23 The LB25 External Lightbar 604 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Advanced Configuration In this chapter Configuring remote coverage logging m Changing the password m Saving the vehicle configuration m Saving a PDF version of the
127. Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 404 _ FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 10 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level In this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the fertilizer weight in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 11 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that the planter spreader holds when full 12 Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the weight of fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that the planter spreader can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work 13 Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the weight o
128. Lay the implement harness along the frame of the implement to each of the seed sensors You are unlikely to require extensions 2 Route the sensor wires to where they will not be damaged by parts of the implement 350 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 3 Connect the implement CAN breakaway extension to the mating connector of the cab harness 4 Secure the implement harness to the toolbar with tie straps 5 Coil and secure any unused sensor connections 6 Route the implement harness along the implement hitch to the master module harness if additional length is required use an implement extension harness 7 Secure the implement harness as needed 8 Connect the master module harness to the mating connectors of the implement CAN harness and then connect the module to the implement harness The member module uses a 48 pin connector with a jackscrew to secure the connector to the module The WSMB uses a pair of 12 pin connectors 9 Secure the module harness as needed CAN terminators For the system to communicate correctly you must install CAN terminators on cable ends 1 Install one terminator on the cab harness P N 64909 2 Install one terminator plug into the implement harness of the last module connected to the CAN bus FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 351 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Installing additional equipment Additional equipment is avail
129. NING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 5 Safety A N WARNING The display contains a single use Lithium sulfide LiSO2 battery Do not expose the battery to temperatures greater than 71 C 160 F as the battery may explode 6 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Contents SUG cad ce eee eh Rea eee ee wee Se wee aaa 5 WV CUIMIIOS co Se a a Sse Suh oS Sa ee th ee ee a ee a cee ee wo ee ee eg 5 1 4 IntrogducHOn s sce cus RRS ene HR ee we ee we 19 About the prod Ct seca sak 6a eee Oe eae eee os oe Rhee eh be eee eee 19 Uone tis manal 6 16 08 pedo Pere hee eae hoe obo be ke eee Be BS es 19 Related I MOrmMauOU emet ee Aone eee ee a oo ee eS ow ea ee eee eee es 19 Tecnnical aosi ta a eae ee ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 20 OU COMMITS NG e e e gee a5 eG eh eh Oe Ge A ae ah Pe ee ee ee a 20 2 Display Overview 1 21 Dy SlCMUCOM POUCH 25 44 Boon cen ow ehh S OEE eee Bee aE Eee he es EO Rs 22 Pack ontecon enS seges sirae e a S T 22 POON 24 a eR REEE E E SE 23 ee EEEE TSETERE EEEE EE TEET 24 Yee SOWIE e e e es n a e Eae
130. NL Safety A A Warnings A gt P P pP p Always follow the instructions that accompany a Warning or Caution The information they provide is intended to minimize the risk of personal injury and or damage to property In particular observe safety instructions that are presented in the following format WARNING This alert warns of a potential hazard which if not avoided can cause severe injury CAUTION This alert warns of a hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided can cause injury or damage Note An absence of specific alerts does not mean that there are no safety risks involved WARNING Incorrect adjustment of the Manual Override Sensitivity calibration setting could cause this critical safety feature to fail resulting in personal injury or damage to the vehicle Any adjustment to this setting should only be made by an experienced user WARNING During the Deadzone calibration the system moves the vehicle s steering wheels To avoid injury be prepared for sudden vehicle movement WARNING When you tap the liquid flow calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WARNING When you tap the control valve calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death WAR
131. Next 5 Tap OK to return to the Field IQ Calibration screen Operating in the field 1 From the Home screen press E 2 From the Configuration Selection screen configure the display vehicle implement settings and then tap OK 3 From the Field Selection screen select the required client farm field event settings and then tap OK Liquid Strip Tillage Run screen ate 15 00 gal a oo 1500 gata Virtual section control box o peono Field IQ Plugin tab Tank Bin button a a capacity warning level and current volume and access to the Refill Tank Bin button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 299 10 The Field IQ Plugin Feature Desert Implement Switch Status Green arrow down Indicates the implement is lowered Red arrow up Indicates the implement is raised Increase Decrease buttons Increases and decreases the application rate by the amount specified during setup Field IQ Status tab Shows the engage status of each row on the implement Green Engaged Gray Section closed due to overlap Red Not engaged or section manually turned off Logging button Green Logging enabled Red Logging Engage button Green Auto guidance engaged Gray Auto guidance can be engaged Red Auto guidance cannot be engaged 300 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Field 1Q Spinner Spreading for PWM Servo control valves Before starting the Field IQ plugin setup
132. Number Mount Point User Name Password 5 Enter the required settings as provided by your Trimble VRS Now or Network RTK operator as described below Internet base setting Description Server Name Address RTK VRS CORS base station broadcast name Server Port Number Base station port number Mount Point Base station mount point FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 595 21 The Ag3000 Modem User Name Assigned username 6 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears The Ag3000 modem is now configured Note SIM tab fields In the USA the Ag3000 modem has an AT amp T or Jasper Wireless SIM card you do not need to enter the details Outside of the USA you must obtain details of the SIM card from the card provider and then enter them 596 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The EZ Remote Joystick In this chapter m Requirements m Installation m Enabling the EZ Remote Joystick This chapter describes the EZ Remote joystick which is a programmable external device that controls the functions of the FM 1000 integrated display If you use the EZ Remote joystick you do not need to tap buttons on the FM 1000 integrated display This improves your accuracy when you select buttons and gives you faster reaction times FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 597 22 The EZ Remote Joystick Requirements e FM 1000 integrated display e EZ Remote joystick Installation For instal
133. OP The current Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the blade receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better P Heading The current heading of the blade in degrees from direct north FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 95 4 Display Setup Category Item Description en II S The current height Lecce eee the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS Tandem Dual receiver S Blade S Blade Height The current The current height of the blade of the blade A a CMR Percent The percentage A e ace eee ee radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the blade GPS receiver S Correction Age The time since the GPS corrections were last received from the FieldLevel GPS receiver S Correction Type The correction type used by the blade receiver S Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is shown the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is shown the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height S Design Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height
134. Once a design is completed and before you exit the AutoPlane design screen select the topographic height map or the cut fill color theme to transfer it to the Run screen with the design Options on the screen OO a Cut Fill Ratio When you move dirt compaction or expansion can change the volume that it covers The Cut Fill Ratio is the amount of cut dirt that equals one volume of fill dirt For example the default Cut Fill Ratio is 1 20 This means you lose 20 of your cut yards to compaction when you put the cut yards back down in the fill areas Section If you set up sections when you defined the field you can select one from the list Left Right list The section to the left of the section line or the section to the right of the section line The design slope values show the angles and heading of the slope Description North gt South Slope The angle of the design slope from North to South East gt West Slope The angle of the design slope from East to West Composite Slope The true angle of fall of the design This is the angle of the slope when the two angles above are combined Slope Heading The heading direction of the slope when the two slopes are combined The icon beside each slope option shows the direction of the slope 16223 m N East gt West Slope 1 6223 5 Because this is a negative slope it drops from East to West The Stats table at the top left of the screen shows field information
135. One Qype engage EZ Stecr Minimize offline distance by adjusting the seting on this tab Optiinize syste prito mance using Online Aggressiveness then change to the nest tab Status Connected cunnt Waning Lait engage Ez Steernot calibrated The Aggressiveness setting fine tunes how aggressively the system holds the 5 line If the setting is too low the vehicle will not hold the line if the setting is too high the vehicle may over correct and make S turns Adjust the Aggressiveness setting to get the vehicle as close to the line as possible without going into S turns To make Do the following More aggressive turns Increase the Aggressiveness value Less aggressive turns Decrease the Aggressiveness value To adjust the Freeplay Offset settings select the Step 3 tab E Steer Steering Performance PVeeogeGoRTeG000000000059 lesing Speed Ofine Brelerice Preme Dine Step 1 Step 2 Step J Freeplay Offset Online Agqqressrcness must be optimized prior to Lms brace Fer HISH Aa Frapin sel engage EZ Steer Minimize offline distance hy adjusting the seting on this tab Optiinize syste prio mance using Freeplay Ofset then GE to shore hhe settings changing Freeplay Aset With the vehicle online nudge lef ar right then cor A Status Connected cunnt Waning Lait engage Ez Steernot calibrated FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 159 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Add a Freep
136. Plugins 216 Leveling model Description Flat Plane GPS Levels the field to a design plane The plane can be configured in the software using benchmarks and slopes or by creating a plane of best fit over a surveyed surface Autoslope It uses a high accuracy GPS receiver mounted on the leveling implement See Configuring settings for all leveling models page 217 Multiplane design Uses more complex surface designs imported from the MultiPlane design software See Working with MultiPlane designs page 227 Contour Uses the FM 1000 integrated display virtual lightbar or an LB25 external lightbar to guide the vehicle along contours to keep the vehicle at the same elevation This can be used for levee marking and applications that require guidance to elevations See Configuring settings for all leveling models page 217 The FieldLevel II plugin Setup screen has five tabs Settings Blade Settings Relative Heights Valve Setup and Height filter The Settings tab is the same for all leveling models except for Point and Slope which includes an extra field for Slope Adjust The other four tabs are the same regardless of which leveling model you choose and are described in the following sections Slope adjust for Point and Slope leveling When you select Point and Slope leveling the Slope Adjust setting appears in the first settings tab of the FieldLevel II Setup screen Description Slope Adjust The Slope Adjust field co
137. Pull the USB memory stick out of the USB socket The display automatically detects when a memory stick is inserted or removed External Lightbar s The FM 1000 integrated display also supports one or more LB25 external lightbars Purchased separately from the display the LB25 lightbar can be mounted directly on the display horizontally or vertically using the hardware that is supplied with the lightbar or mounted separately from the display in another part of the vehicles cab using the supplied suction cup mount The lights on the external lightbar replicate the operation of the lights on the display s virtual lightbar For more information on installing and configuring the LB25 external lightbar see Chapter 23 The LB25 External Lightbar 42 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Getting Started Introduction to field features This chapter explains the basic usage and Starting a field concepts of the FM 1000 integrated display Closing a field The Run screen layout Introduction to coverage logging Prescriptions FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 43 3 Getting Started Introduction to field features You can place field features in the field to define points of interest or areas to avoid There are three types of field feature Configure field features that you will want to add to your fields and then assign up to four of them to buttons These buttons appear on the Mapping tab on the Run s
138. Q Rate and Section control module installed 1 From the Configuration screen select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Calibrate 2 From the Field IQ Calibration screen select the Rate and Section Control Module to be calibrated The message Not calibrated appears at the end of the modules that need calibration The following screen appears Field IQ Calibration 308 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide For this field Valve Type Plumbing Valve Behavior on Sections Closed Auxiliary Valve Pump Disarming Switch The Field IQ Plugin 10 3 Tap Valve Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration Control Valve Type Plumbing Valve Behavior On Sections r Ciosed fock in Last Position w Auxiliary Valve pisabied v Pump Disarming Switch pisabied M Cancel 4 Select the Valve tab and then select the appropriate value for each field Select one of the following options Pump Servo The Pump Servo setting controls an electric motor which actuates a hydraulic valve As the valve actuates it adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly PWM The PWM pump setting controls an electric solenoid valve which adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly Fast Servo A 4 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for exampl
139. R IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND BY EITHER TRIMBLE NAVIGATION LIMITED OR ANYONE WHO HAS BEEN INVOLVED IN ITS CREATION PRODUCTION INSTALLATION OR DISTRIBUTION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NONINFRINGEMENT THE STATED EXPRESS WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF TRIMBLE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PRODUCTS OR SOFTWARE BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON DURATION OR THE EXCLUSION OF AN IMPLIED WARRANTY THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU NOTICE REGARDING PRODUCTS EQUIPPED WITH TECHNOLOGY CAPABLE OF TRACKING SATELLITE SIGNALS FROM SATELLITE BASED AUGMENTATION SYSTEMS SBAS WAAS EGNOS AND MSAS OMNISTAR GPS MODERNIZED GPS OR GLONASS SATELLITES OR FROM IALA BEACON SOURCES TRIMBLE IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE OPERATION OR FAILURE OF OPERATION OF ANY SATELLITE BASED POSITIONING SYSTEM OR THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY SATELLITE BASED POSITIONING SIGNALS Limitation of Liability TRIMBLES ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION HEREIN SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE LICENSE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL TRIMBLE OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE OR LEGAL THEORY RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THE PRODUCTS SOF
140. RD HARNESS Sea goon eo ea Geos Optional lengths 6 10 15 20 30 40 or 50 Se Customize depending on specific planter Gon ee j Standard Dj PM Style Planter Harness Lis Wp DJ467980850 WSMT Module Hamess WSMT Module DJ467980835S1_ 1 Pianter Drin Control Order and install DJ467980851 if using Seed Manager SE Style Hai mess a Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus CEE joo com I i TRU COUNT HARNESS DJ467983505 Mosie Kar ece or Extension Harness Iy 6 Pin WP z Ist 4 Rows Connects to Tru Count Implement Clutch system at DJ467980 14X Tha Optional lengths 5 10 20 25 or 40 Customize depending on specific planter Planter Output Module mt N DJ467982000S1 C A B Each WSMB module module harness supports up to an additional 18 rows Al for seed monitoring Add up to 8 N D additional WSMB harnesses module bundles to support up to 148 rows DJ467981200 VaN WSMB WSMB Module DJ467
141. Receiver Settings Settings SecureRTK Logging Radar Output Description status Expiry Empty nia Empty nia Empty Empty Empty x 3 Inthe Key field enter the base station access code provided by your base station service provider FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 169 6 The GPS Receiver The Status and Expiry fields change to show the current status of the security feature 4 Optional In the Description field enter the name of the base station 5 Tap OK If SecureRTK is enabled on the base station rovers with authorized access codes can use corrections from that base Note Rovers without a SecureRTK access code are unable to access a secure Trimble RTK base station Autoseed fast restart technology Autoseed fast restart technology greatly reduces the time needed for OmniSTAR HP XP VBS convergence Once the OmniSTAR signal has initially converged you can turn off the receiver When you turn the receiver on again accuracy levels will be similar to those experienced before shutdown To benefit from Autoseed technology e you must use OmniSTAR HP or XP corrections e shut down the receiver e donot move the vehicle before you turn on the receiver again e the GPS receiver must have a clear view of the sky Note Vehicle movement will result in unsatisfactory performance including longer convergence times and positional offsets To enable the Autoseed technology 1 On the Configuration scre
142. Record the results in Table 12 on page 524 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right 11 Repeat Step 5 through Step 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 12 on page 524 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run 12 Average the results of the three runs Total the offset distances from the three passes and divide by three Use the following table for recording the roll correction results Test run Offset distance Offset direction 1 2 3 Total Total 3 Average offset value Entering the roll offset 1 Enter the average offset value in the Roll Offset field See Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction page 521 2 Select one of the offline direction options depending on whether the roll offset distance is to the left or right 524 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 1 Select Line Acquisition from the calibration list Autopilot Line Acquisition Adjust the line acquisition aggressiveness slider The slider controls how aggressively the implement approaches the guidance line using a scale from 50 to 150 The optimal value for each profile is not necessarily 100 it varies for different implement profiles FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 525 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Using the TrueTracker system When y
143. Remote Joystick Configuring the guidance options Selecting Guidance enables you to configure advanced guidance settings If you are setting up the system for the first time you should not need to adjust these settings Enabling the Limit Field Selection filter L 2 3 4 la From the Home screen tap R In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup From Display Setup screen select Guidance and then tap Setup Guidance Setup From the Limit Field Selection drop down list select the preferred option If you selected Yes at Step 5 the Selection Radius dialog appears Enter the required radius value and then tap OK In the Display Setup screen tap OK To review the settings or if you have any guidance lines originally generated with an AgGPS 170 Field Computer or an FieldManager display see Advanced diagnostics page 638 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Configuring sounds 1 2 3 4 From the Home screen tap R In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup From the Display Setup screen select Sounds and then tap Setup Sounds Setup External Speaker There are two ways that the display can produce sounds FM 1000 through an optional external speaker Sonalert through an optional Sonalert alarm To enable a sound select the required option from the d
144. S Diagnostics Screenshots folder A warning sound indicates that you have created a screen snap Note The screen snap is of the lowest level folder under each button So if you take a screen snap while in the Implement Setup screen the snap is of the Configuration screen The screen snap feature is most useful for capturing images of the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 Forcing the system to turn off A CAUTION Do not do this unless absolutely necessary If the display is writing to the USB memory stick this method of shutting down the system could corrupt the data on the card If possible use one of the other shutdown methods See Turning off the display page 31 Ifthe display stops responding hold down the Power button for 10 seconds to force the system to turn off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 647 26 Troubleshooting 648 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide
145. S receiver P Correction Age The time since the last GPS correction was received from the GPS base station P Correction Type The solution type for example RTK Fixed or RTK Float etc P Cut fill The difference between the blade height and the target height When Cut is displayed the current ground height is above the target height and the height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to moved down to reach the target height When Fill is displayed the current ground height is below the target height P Design Height The originally planned or designed height at the current location P Design Slope When using the Autoslope leveling model this displays the design slope with respect to the current location along the section line P Distance Travelled For use with Point to Slope mode this is the distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled The difference in the East component from the Local Tangent Plane LTP P GPS Status The solution type for example RTK Fixed or RTK Float etc P H Error The current estimate of the error in the horizontal component P HDOP The horizontal dilution of position P Heading The current direction that the vehicle is heading in The latitude as recorded by the GPS receiver P Longitude The longitude as recorded by the GPS receiver P Network ID The network ID that the GPS receiver is set to which needs to be the same as the base receiver network ID P
146. SHX File Data Base ESRI Shapefile SHY File TRY File Data Base ESRI Shapefile SHX File TRX File Data Base ESRI Shape file SHY File TRY File The TaskData directory contains yield data collected in the ISO11783 BIN format which is read by Farm Works and other precision Agriculture software titles Files on the USB memory stick Field boundary and AB Line files There is one set of boundary and AB Line shapefiles for each field called e Boundary Swaths 622 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Information stored in the Boundary shp file for fields with boundaries includes a boundary polygon Fields without boundaries do not contain a boundary file Information stored in the Swaths shp file for fields with boundaries includes AB polylines Units are always metric in files created by the FM 1000 integrated display The following information is stored in the boundary and ABLine attribute files Column Field deseription NOR Verion Boundary orABtine ttibutefiewerson J 1 ABinenvmber DT Name Nameasignedtothe AB Ue Field perimeter distance Boundary only Length Length of the AB Line Swathsin eme o Unless a field has a boundary the size of the field is not defined Therefore for fields without boundaries the _Complete in the EventHistory dbf file is always zero Note If you browse the dbf files using an Excel spreadsheet date fields may appear in a different f
147. Seeker plugin much easier Definition Growing Degree Days A measurement of heat units since planting above a prescribed base temperature Nitrogen fertilizer Normalized Difference Vegetation Index Commonly used to measure plant health and vigor NDVI NIR_reflected Red_reflected NIR_reflected Red_reflected Nitrogen Use Efficiency A percentage of nitrogen taken up by the plant For example an NUE of 60 means that 6 Ibs of nitrogen fertilizer is expected to be used by the plant that year for every 10 lbs applied For more information go to www nue okstate edu Nitrogen Rich Strip This reference strip area allows for determining the amount of nitrogen being made available to the plant by the environment mineralization etc and importantly this year s expected maximum yield potential and response to additional nitrogen Response Index Provides an indication of how the crop will respond this season to additional N Vegetation Index A value that is calculated or derived from sets of remotely sensed data that is used to quantify plant health stress and vigor Variable Rate Application Based on information supplied to a rate controller the rate of fertilizer or other chemical applied FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 GreenSeeker primary components GreenSeeker RT200 with FM 1000 integrated display components GreenSeeker sensors SS CF a Trimble Trimble part number numbe
148. Sensor 1 Low Alann Delay RPM Constant A a ee High Alarm If the RPM sensor detects a shaft RPM that is higher than this a warning appears If the RPM sensor detects a shaft RPM that is lower than this a warning appears High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in shaft RPM speed do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning does not appear until the High Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in shaft RPM speed do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning will not appear until the Low Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time RPM Constant This is the number of pulses that the shaft soeed sensor generates in one revolution of the monitored shaft Typically this is the number of teeth sense points on the gear attached to the monitored shaft For example for a gear with 12 teeth enter 12 00 If the sense gear is not directly attached to the monitored shaft enter 0 01 To disable the Shaft Speed function enter 0 00 RPM Filter The RPM filter value applies a filter to the signal from the RPM sensor Typically no filtering is required so the standard value is set at 0 If the RPM readout on the Run screen oscillates in excess of 10 increase the filter value to filter the signal to reduce the oscillation For a true RPM value set this number to 0 Disable on Low ENABLED All of the control channels shut down if the RPM value of the selec
149. Setup 4 5 Select the Virtual Lightbar and then tap Setup Lightbar Settings Look ahead time LED spacing Display Mode Show Correction Ct w Cancel Configure the following settings Default This setting determines setting Look ahead EZ Guide Plus 0 seconds the distance ahead of the vehicle that the time lightbar lightbar will use for LED guidance and offline distance LED spacing Virtual lightbar 3 cm per the distance represented by each LED on and EZ Guide LED 1 per the lightbar Plus lightbar LED Display Mode Virtual lightbar show error how the LEDs respond to offline distances and EZ Guide __ chase mode When Show error is selected the display Plus lightbar shows the direction that you need to move in When Show correction is selected the display shows your current distance offline To set the look ahead time or the LED spacing 1 Tap the appropriate number field 2 Inthe dialog that appears enter the required values To set the display mode 1 From the Display Mode drop down list select the required option 2 Enter the virtual lightbar settings and then tap OK The Lightbars Configuration screen appears 3 Tap OK The virtual lightbar is now configured FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 111 4 Display Setup 112 Configuring the EZ Remote options For more information on installing and configuring the EZ Remote joystick see Chapter 22 The EZ
150. TWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS REGARDLESS WHETHER TRIMBLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS AND REGARDLESS OF THE COURSE OF DEALING WHICH DEVELOPS OR HAS 4 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide DEVELOPED BETWEEN YOU AND TRIMBLE BECAUSE SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY OR FULLY APPLY TO YOU PLEASE NOTE THE ABOVE TRIMBLE LIMITED WARRANTY PROVISIONS WILL NOT APPLY TO PRODUCTS PURCHASED IN THOSE JURISDICTIONS E G MEMBER STATES OF THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA IN WHICH PRODUCT WARRANTIES ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LOCAL DEALER FROM WHOM THE PRODUCTS ARE ACQUIRED IN SUCH A CASE PLEASE CONTACT YOUR TRIMBLE DEALER FOR APPLICABLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Official Language THE OFFICIAL LANGUAGE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IS ENGLISH IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN ENGLISH AND OTHER LANGUAGE VERSIONS THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE SHALL CONTROL Registration TO RECEIVE INFORMATION REGARDING UPDATES AND NEW PRODUCTS PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER OR VISIT THE TRIMBLE WEBSITE AT www trimble com register UPON REGISTRATION YOU MAY SELECT THE NEWSLETTER UPGRADE OR NEW PRODUCT INFORMATION YOU DESIRE Registration To receive
151. Tap Next in the two screens that appear next 5 Test various gain settings while you monitor the vehicle performance and the values in the Slew Time and Overshoot fields for the Turn Left phase a Adjust the New Gain field if required b Turn the front wheels completely to the right to begin the test The test is for the stop to stop position 138 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 c Tap Turn Left Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration Ce Note The optimum gain setting has short slew time short millisecond reading and low overshoot percentage less than 5 8 6 Repeat Step 5 with Turn Right Both turn buttons are unavailable while the wheels slew 7 When you locate the best gain value do one of the following Tap OK to save the value in the Autopilot controller memory Tap Cancel to restart the calibration procedure FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 139 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Configuring the antenna position and roll offset correction Note Antenna offsets are provided when the antenna cannot be placed directly over the working point of the implement Trimble recommends that these offsets should be minimized whenever possible 1 Select Roll Antenna Correction from the calibration list See page 125 Autopilot Roll Antenna Compensation Right of the line 2 Before changing these settings complet
152. The FM 1000 integrated display can load prescription files created by a Geographic Information System GIS The method you use to create the prescription depends on which GIS package you use Once you create the prescription store either the three prescription files in ESRI shape file format or the single gdx file in the AgGPS Prescriptions folder Then when you are within the proximity criteria the prescription is available to load When you map a new field or select an existing field you can also select any shapefile shp or AgInfo GDX gdx prescription file created in AgInfo version 3 5 44 0 or later that is within the following limits For this type of field Prescriptions must Boundary overlap the field boundary AB Line overlap the AB Line Proximity be within 1 km of the field If you load a shapefile prescription select the rate column If you use complex contoured prescriptions loading the prescriptions can take some time The FM 1000 integrated display shows progress bars while it loads and converts prescriptions You can configure the status sliders on the main navigation screen the Run screen to show the target rate specified in the prescription file and the applied rates returned from the controller for the active channel When a field is open a prescription is loaded and a controller is connected the target rates read from the prescription and applied rates received from the controller can be
153. USER GUIDE FM 1000 Integrated Display E Revision A CASE ff AGRICULTURE December 2010 Agriculture Business Area Trimble Navigation Limited Trimble Agriculture Division 10355 Westmoor Drive Suite 100 Westminster CO 80021 USA trimble_support trimble com www trimble com Legal Notices Copyright and Trademarks 2010 Trimble Navigation Limited All rights reserved Trimble the Globe amp Triangle logo AgGPS EZ Boom EZ Guide EZ Steer and Tru Count are trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited registered in the United States and in other countries Autopilot Autoseed AutoSense EZ Office FieldManager Field IQ FM 1000 FreeForm VRS VRS Now T2 Tru Application Control TrueGuide and TrueTracker are trademarks of Trimble Navigation Limited GreenSeeker is a registered trademark of NTech Ltd For STL support the software uses the Moscow Center for SPARC Technology adaptation of the SGI Standard Template Library Copyright 1994 Hewlett Packard Company Copyright 1996 97 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems Inc Copyright 1997 Moscow Center for SPARC Technology Microsoft Windows ActiveX Excel and Internet Explorer are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Portions Copyright c 2009 Nokia Corporation and or its subsidiary ies Portions Copyright c 2003 Bitstream Inc All other trademarks are the property of
154. UTION Moving parts during this operation Ensure the implement is safe to operate 7 Tap Test d The system asks if you would like to prime the system Tap Yes To to ensure that the seed disk is full the system turns the seed disks one revolution Turn on the master switch to prime the system and then when prompted on screen turn off the master switch In the Number of Seed Meter Revolutions enter a value and then tap Start The higher the number of revolutions the more accurate the calibration Trimble recommends 5 to 10 revolutions Follow the on screen prompts of operating the master switch After the system turns the specified number of revolutions enter the number of seeds dispensed per row and then tap Continue The next screen shows the minimum and maximum speeds for the target rate specified Tap OK and then either press Test to repeat the calibration or tap OK to continue FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 8 Select the Limits tab to show an overview of the limits that are set Planter Calibration 9 Tap OK 10 Repeat Step 1 through Step 9 for other Rawson Control Modules that need calibration Hydraulic test The purpose of this test is to exercise the hydraulics to establish whether there is sufficient oil flow to run the system 1 From the Field IQ Calibration screen tap Hydraulic Test N CAUTION Moving parts during this operation Ensure the implement is safe to
155. User Guide CHAPTER The FieldLevel Il Plugins In this chapter m FieldLevel Survey design plugin m FieldLevel Il plugin m Tandem or dual leveling plugin The FM 1000 integrated display has three FieldLevel II plugins e FieldLevel Survey Design e FieldLevel II e Tandem Dual This chapter describes the function of each plugin followed by a detailed description of how to configure and use the FieldLevel II plugins to create and manipulate field surveys FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 199 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins FieldLevel Survey design plugin 200 Traditionally farmers level their fields for uniform drainage The consistent water flow over the crops improves crop yields and crop consistency which improves profits Description The FieldLevel system is designed in three parts e The FieldLevel Survey Design plugin enables you to use a high accuracy GPS receiver on the leveling implement to create a topographic survey of the layout of your field The three dimensional data shows the surface topography of the land Note If you are working in a field that has already been leveled you may not need to perform a survey and you can go straight to leveling with the FieldLevel II system Once you complete the survey you can use it to design the optimum drainage slope that can be graded with minimal dirt movement e After you create a survey of the field and a design for how to modify it you can use t
156. Valve Calibration Seed Channel Test Channel 3 com Control Valve Calibration Seed Channel Test aE The Seed Channel Test screen appears Seed Channel Test Channel 1 CORN Number of Revs 5 Start Ground Speed 5 00 mph Row to Monitor 1 seed Count Test Target Rate 34 05 kS a instructions Ensure implement amp raised With brakes hochei and transmission in PARE position start engine Engage hydraulics and pun engine at nennal speed until Wydrauic Md is at operating temperature Press Siert button Press and holl Aemaise Test kutiw 2 Select the number of revolutions that you want the disk to turn through The default is 5 3 Select the ground speed that the system will simulate 4 Select the row to monitor You can select from the rows that are assigned to this channel so the first row may not be 1 5 Select the target planting rate 6 Make sure that the hopper contains seed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 7 Place a container under the planter tube to catch the output material 8 Tap Start and then tap the test switch The disk turns and dispenses seed for the specified number of revolutions and then stops The Seed Count value increases as the seed is dispensed 9 Count the number of seeds collected to ensure that the quantity matches the Seed Count value Continuing The sensors are now calibrated Select one of the followi
157. Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Configuring the GPS receiver When you install the Manual Guidance option the GPS Receiver option is also installed For instructions on configuring the GPS receiver see Chapter 6 The GPS Receiver Run screen for manual guidance When you use the Manual Guidance option the Run screen looks similar to when the Autopilot option is installed except that e there is no Autopilot tab on the right e there is no Engage button You can still access the Mapping plugin to add field features or create guidance lines Since there is no Autopilot system to control steering you must steer the vehicle manually while you watch the virtual lightbar for guidance FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 119 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Autopilot automated steering system guidance Prior to configuration the Autopilot option must be installed on the FM 1000 integrated display For more information see the FM 1000 integrated display Plug ins Guide There are two stages to configuring the Autopilot option e Configure the vehicle select the current vehicle make and model e Calibrate the Autopilot automated steering system for your vehicle Note The following configuration steps are usually done when the system is professionally installed Configuring the Vehicle tab 1 From the Home screen tap H 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the Autopilot option and then tap Setup
158. When Engaged 4 Select the Steering tab 508 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Configuring the Steering tab Implement Controller Setup Vehicle Engage Steering Advanced Nudge Increment End of Row Warning Dist Valve On Speed Normal In the Steering tab enter a value in the Nudge Increment field Use this increment to set the amount by which the Nudge buttons move the line back to the correct path or by which the Trim buttons move the vehicle position The guidance line can move off target requiring Nudge as a result of GPS position drift when you return to the field for guidance for example after you pause or turn off the system GPS satellite constellation changes as you drive in the field The vehicle can steer offline requiring Trim as a result of Uneven drag on a vehicle from an unbalanced implement Uneven drag on a vehicle from soil conditions Note The Nudge buttons become Trim buttons in RTK mode Di 3 Adjust the distance associated with the End of Row warning Longer vehicles that take longer to turn need an earlier warning and so a greater distance Set the Valve On Speed For vehicles that operate at normal speeds select Normal Additional settings are supported only with NavController I firmware versions 5 10 and later For vehicles operating at very slow speeds select Low or Ultra low Speed thresholds that you can select f
159. a a a Virtual section control box Field IQ Plugin tab Tank Bin button Shows capacity warning level and current volume and access to the Refill Tank Bin button Fill Meter Fill Meter button Turns the seed meter one revolution e Switch Status Green arrow down Indicates the implement is lowered Red arrow up Indicates the implement is raised Increase Decrease buttons Increases and decreases the application rate by the amount specified during setup Field IQ Status tab Shows the engage status of each row on the implement Green Engaged Gray Section closed due to overlap Red Not engaged or section manually turned off Logging button Green Logging enabled Red Logging Engage button Green Auto guidance engaged Gray Auto guidance can be engaged Red Auto guidance cannot be engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 271 10 The Field IQ Plugin Field IQ spraying with Servo or PWM control valves Before starting the Field IQ plugin setup on the FM 1000 integrated display ensure that e all components of the system are installed on the vehicle and implement e the Field IQ plugin has been added to the FM 1000 integrated display configuration From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Ensure that the Field IQ icon appears in the list If the icon does not appear tap Add Remove to add the plugin to
160. a a a E a i E e DE es Bee 25 CoOL DOUNON e a eae a E E A 26 Touchsereen elements se serees rrapi haranaren aa pia e oe ae ee 26 Foker Nier O yee e a eB Bee Ge Ree Eee ae eo hee ee ass 29 Using the FM 1000 integrated display 0 0 eee ee 31 Turning on the display scaceeeeeati teen eeeheeedeeteh se eee ba 4 oe oe 31 Turning offthe display seese GuagcdoepanderG ag iwa dya ea eee ea eee es 31 ie o e a cn aes E eS A Oe ee ee E EEEE A EEEE ee 32 ConneouraLonsCreeN 3 4 4 5acaseeag ye etGuag ees us ote Renee e es eeee ce 33 INUIVSCICEI 4 4 eat oe ea hae een eeeen ae eee th eea es peewee ane ea ee ee es 34 Zoom and Pan functions 43 5 eek boa eee eee ew ee Oras Foes a ee 36 Context sensitive h lp ses 05 oo4 084 oO 4 ooo ESSE D SSeS OSES EROS ee 38 stalina the Cisplays 2 2 aie pee eae eh eee eee oe ah eee ea peas eee ee ede 39 COMMECUNE ING CISDIAY segera gaaende nee sgateapeeyte Gh eaeeeeete se eeees 41 Inserting a memory stick into the USB socket 0 0 0c eee ee ee 4 Eterna Lio NDA Eses 4a soho ima E Gee ee eed BARRO hee 42 3 Getting Started c25 swe deh hide She OE wR RED SE Ow ee eS 43 Introduction to field features 24424648 63 04 oe Oe Ee ROMs Fh OS Oe ee oes 4 2 G H 44 Seng 0618s os eer a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 45 Cicae a CIC snes ea eeee eee ee eed ete eee ee ee eee ee ea ees 46 Additi nal settings s ss aaa eeeuse ea tee seee eee edas radeni gaa eee 47 Close Geld a4 bee eee Gee eee eae ee ea PEGS E eee eee e
161. able rate controller giving the controller time to reach the required rate at approximately the same time that the vehicle arrives at the projected position You must choose an appropriate lead time This depends on the controller type and configuration the type of materials being applied and the nature and specifications of the delivery equipment Last default or zero rate When the vehicle moves outside the area covered by the prescription file no target rate is available There are three options for controlling the output rate e Continue to use the last rate being output when the vehicle moves off the prescription Use a default rate Use a zero rate Specify the required option in the Select Prescription screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 e Prescriptions can now be selected even when the vehicle is a great distance away from the field enabling operators or managers to load a prescription before driving to the field Select Prescription ce Troy_Pres2 shp Default Rate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 77 3 Getting Started 78 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup In this chapter m Accessing the system configuration settings m Calibrating the touch screen m Configuring the display CHAPTER This chapter describes how to configure the basic settings and appearance the display Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a fie
162. able to enable specific row section control For more information on installing a Tru Count Air Clutch or boom section valves contact the specific manufacturer Switch boxes You can install switch boxes to control sprayer BSM boom switching module and planting CSM clutch switching module applications These are boxes with switches that enable you or the system to turn individual sections on and off You can connect up to 4 switch boxes together so you have up to 24 switches Install the switch boxes in a convenient place in the cab where you can comfortably reach them The system uses TCOM modules to control the switch outputs Other components To install flow and application control components for example control valves or flow meters refer to the instructions that are included with them Configuration All models 1 Install the Tru Application Control plugin See Adding or removing a plugin page 194 2 Configure the implement For more information on configuring the implement see the chapter Adjusting the implement settings page 178 3 Configure the spray boom For more information on configuring the spray boom see Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display page 531 352 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configuring the plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tru Application Control plugin and then tap Setup 4 Channel Plan
163. ach the EZ Steer controller to the dash Use the provided bracket 152 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Calibrating and configuring the EZ Steer system The calibration configures the T2 roll calibration and the EZ Steer system Angle per Turn Aggressiveness and Freeplay settings Before you calibrate the vehicle do the following Ensure that the vehicles hydraulic oil is up to operating temperature Refer to the vehicle documentation Ensure that the tire pressure is correct Perform initial calibration without an implement or with the booms folded in on a high clearance sprayer After initial calibration is completed you can fine tune the settings with the implement or booms folded out Choose a field with the smoothest possible surface and perform calibration at the normal operating speed for the vehicle The EZ Steer calibration process requires a straight A B line If you do not create an A B line before you begin the calibration the system prompts you to open a field and create one Calibrating the EZ Steer system To calibrate the EZ Steer system to work with the FM 1000 integrated display you must complete the following l 2 3 4 Enter the vehicle settings See page 154 Calibrate T2 roll compensation See page 155 Calibrate the EZ Steer system See page 158 Angle per Turn Aggressiveness Freeplay offset Confirm the calibration settings Note You may h
164. ake sure that you update this field with the correct material density 304 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Tank Bin tab i Select the Tank Bin tab Field IQ Setup Disabled Note The Tank Bin tab is only visible if at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module is installed 2 3 ITS ITS In the Tank Bin Capacity field enter the total capacity of the spreader In the Warning Level field enter the level at which you will receive notification when the capacity level drops below the assigned value In the Current Volume field enter the current volume of the tank If you have a spinner speed sensor installed enter the calibration factor into the Spinner Pulses Per Revolution field Tip Tap Refill Tank Bin to set the current volume to the tank bin capacity Tip To empty the tank bin contents tap Manual Flush This engages the Variable Rate Drive continuously without moving the implement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 305 10 The Field IQ Plugin Hardware tab 1 Select the Hardware tab Field IQ Setup 5015561943 n fin Glin Gm Gn Gn Gn Gn Gr Gn Gr Note The numbers beneath each switch indicate the number of the sections assigned to that switch So switch 1 controls section 1 switch 2 controls section 2 switch 3 controls section 3 and so forth You cannot change the numbers as they are automatically assigned Ifyou are not using the
165. al memory to the USB memory stick 1 From the list select the item to copy Ifthe item is in the USB list the lt Copy button becomes available Ifthe item is in the nternal Storage list the Copy gt button becomes available 2 Tap Copy The data is copied to the other column To copy data from the current USB memory stick the source to another USB memory stick the destination 1 Copy all of the data from the source to the internal memory 2 When copying is complete remove the source from the USB slot and then insert the destination FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 631 25 Data Management 632 3 Copy all of the data from the internal memory to the destination Deleting data If you need to create more space you can use the FM 1000 integrated display to e Delete any unused clients farms fields events or all of the data in the internal memory e Delete any unused clients farms fields events or all of the data on the USB memory stick Deleting selected data from the internal memory A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data 1 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup 2 Ifnecessary enter the administration password and then tap OK 3 Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears 4 Tap Delete Data The Delete Data Storage screen appears 5 Inthe Delete Data storage tabs
166. al dispensed through the application rate sensor The value entered defines the pulses from the feedback sensor per ft of material discharged Each material and gate setting as applicable has its own spreader constant For best results the value must be as accurate as possible FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 423 11 424 The Tru Application Control Plugin This value may be set manually However using the spreader constant calibration sequence is recommended for the most accurate results Note This calibration requires scales to measure the amount of material collected To calibrate the sensor l O Op Pe pe e te Make sure that the hopper contains material Place a container under the spreader tubes to catch the output material Raise the implement Apply the tractor brakes and lock them in the applied position Put the transmission in park or in a locked neutral position Start the tractor and engage PTO if used to drive the hydraulic system Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature A N WARNING When you tap the fill disk Output Shaft button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 10 ll 12 Tap Output Shaft to rotate the shaft through one full rotation Adjust the Target Meter RPM value This is the speed at which the seed met
167. alibration Calibration Algorithm Chart Output Formula Custom Table k Number Of Check settings i Rows 6 NDVI 0 20 0 0 Ibs a amp 0 25 0 0 Ibs a 0 0 Ibs a 0 0 lbs a w 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 Stepped Pa NDVI 3 Select the Number Of Rows field Enter Number of Rows Range 2 100 Cancel 4 Use the on screen keypad to enter a value and then tap OK The number of available NDVI and Rate fields are dictated by the value entered in the Number Of Rows field Typically the number of rows for the custom table are two more than the number of filed calibration areas sampled This allows for starting at zero and ending at 99 NDVI 486 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 5 Select a NDVI field to enter a custom value Enter NDVI Value Range 0 0 1 00 a Lo ee 6 Tap OK 7 Select a corresponding Rate field to enter a custom value Enter corresponding targe Range 0 0 Ibs a 8920 9 Ibs a BC ee oo L oj Cancel OK 8 Tap OK a 7 9 Inthe Method list select either Stepped or Interpolated FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 487 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 10 Select the Output Tab GreenSeeker Calibration Calibration Algorithm Chart Output Material Type Granular M Cancel 11 Inthe Material Type list select either Granula or Liquid 12 Tap OK
168. and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification
169. annel will operate High RPM Limit The highest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate Spreader Constant Each material has its own constant that is the number of application rate sensor pulses per liter cubic ft of material Ensure that this is as accurate as possible If you know the spreader constant enter it but using the Spreader Constant Calibration wizard is recommended See Spreader constant page 423 The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 399 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 To adda target rate Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kg ha or Ibs a as appropriate c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate Range 0 0 kSva 150 0 kSfa d Enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 11 Enter the Product Level Alarm time When the product drops to this level a warni
170. appears tap OK The copied directory appears in the list of directories on the left side of the Data Files screen Working with MultiPlane designs When the leveling model is set to Multiplane Design and the FM 1000 integrated display opens a field it scans the AgGPS Designs folder and any MultiPlane gps control files that are close to your current position are displayed Select Design Highlight the design to use with this field Select the appropriate control file and then tap OK The control file will be loaded displaying a color cut fill map of the field red cut blue fill FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 227 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins When you use a MultiPlane design control file the FieldLevel II system remains in Auto mode if you drive off the design but maintains the design height it had when you left the design If you disengage Auto mode when you are off the design the display will not allow you to re engage the FieldLevel II system until your position is back over the color cut fill map 9900000000000 00R700000000000000 Leveling model specific information You have different leveling options depending on the leveling mode that you selected see Step 2 Configuring the leveling model page 215 For information specific to the leveling model e For Point and Slope mode see below e For Autoslope mode see page 230 e For Flat Plane Laser mode see page 236 e For Flat Plane GPS mode s
171. ar can be used for levee marking Also in the Autoslope leveling model it will guide you onto the design alignment when installing tile or cleaning a surface ditch 2 Cut fill map Shows the difference between the design plane and the survey Green areas are on grade blue areas require fill and the red areas require cut Status items tab Open to view a variety of text information regarding the operation of the FM 1000 integrated display Primary cut fill Primary cut fill indicator When the blade is below grade indicator the up arrow is red thin is close thick is a long way off When the blade is above grade and cut is required the down arrow is red When on grade the center is green See Blade position indicators page 223 Secondary cut fill For use with tandem and dual scrapers For dual scrapers it indicator is the right side For tandems it is the rear scraper See Blade position indicators page 223 Cut fill status panel This scale bar displays the number value assigned to each color You can choose to display either cut fill or height Primary Auto This button engages the automatics to the hydraulic valve controlling the blade When using dual scrapers this is the left side of the blade When using tandem scrapers this is the front scraper scrapers this is the right side of the blade When using tandem scrapers this will control the rear scraper 8 Secondary Auto This button engages the automatics t
172. ar on the implement Implement with sections alae For a description of how you can view the guidance window see Run screen view modes page 35 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 55 3 56 Getting Started Selecting a swath pattern To obtain guidance with the FM 1000 integrated display you can use e One of the four standard swath pattern types e The FreeForm guidance pattern See Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern page 61 Use the standard patterns to create different shaped guidance lines on the display Straight Curved guidance guidance lines lines Guidance Pivot guidance lines lines enclosed in headlands To select a swath pattern 1 Onthe Run screen select the Mapping tab Swaths Skip rae FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 2 Tap Swaths Swath Management Item Description Cla Guidance patterns La Line management buttons Existing guidance lines E Guidance type buttons 3 Select the appropriate pattern from the drop down list on the right of the screen Creating a new line The type of line that you can create depends on the swath pattern that you selected Creating a straight line There are two ways to create a straight line e AB Line Define the start and end points e A Line Define a point on the line and the heading direction To create a straight AB Line 1 From the Swath Management screen
173. aried according to the active boom sections Note When you use a variable rate controller and you are logging the FM 1000 integrated display shows the active boom width This may result in nothing being shown if all boom sections are off Limitations Since not all controllers can provide information on the active boom sections the width and placement of the coverage depends on what information is available e Ifthe controller provides no information on the active boom sections then the coverage width is the Application Width as defined in the Implement Setup screen e Ifthe controller provides information on the total active boom width but not which boom sections are on or off the coverage width is also the Application Width e Ifthe controller provides both active width and offset information this is reflected accurately in the coverage drawing If you have a non Trimble variable rate controller with a central boom section that is turned off and boom sections remain on either side of this central section this is not reflected in the coverage logging Logging variable rate data Data describing the status of various variable rate parameters is logged to ESRI shape files Positions and associated data are logged at 5 Hz The FM 1000 integrated display logs an average for each polygon the size of which changes based on a number of tests When all boom sections are off logging is stopped Data is recorded in metric units
174. ate an internal A line tap Use A Tap Back to HL The buttons on the Mapping tab Ta change back to their original appearance Siksi ll rl HL When you complete the headland circuit the system will draw a straight line from the vehicle back to the start point so drive the vehicle to a position on the headland circuit where a straight line back to the start will not cut off part of the pattern Tap Close HL The new headland appears Creating a pivot l From the Swath Management screen select the Pivot field pattern from the drop down list Tap New Pivot The Run screen appears Drive to a point on the outermost rut of the pivot and then tap Set A Follow the pivot rut around to the end and then tap Set B The Enter Distance to Pivot Field Edge screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 59 3 Getting Started 5 Enter the distance or the number of rows from the current path to the outside of the pivot and then tap OK The pivot appears Adjusting the outer edge radius The pivot has an outer edge radius that is used to calculate coverage area Once you create a pivot you can adjust the outer edge radius 1 From the Run screen tap Swaths The Swath Management screen appears 2 Select the pivot to be adjusted from the list of available pivots Note The default is the AB curve 3 Inthe Outer Edge Radius window adjust or enter the value that represents the distance from the pivot ce
175. ate the image to match the orientation of the controller in the cab or enter the orientation angles directly by choosing the Direct Entry tab The image represents the position of the controller looking down from the top with the nose of the tractor pointing to the top of the screen An image represents the current mounting orientation of the controller The image is shown as though You are looking down on the vehicle from above The top of the screen points to the nose of the vehicle 2 Use the buttons to select the orientation of the controller If the controller is set at a sloped angle the vehicle profile will set the NavController orientation Note Install the NavController as described in the vehicle install instructions If custom angles are used the on screen image of the controller does not appear 3 Tap OK to accept the new orientation or tap Cancel to exit FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 127 5 Vehicle Guidance Options 128 Configuring the manual override sensitivity Manual Override sensitivity calibration is valid only for platforms that employ a pressure transducer for the manual override function The software automatically detects whether or not the vehicle configuration includes this type of sensor and provides this option if required One way to disengage the Autopilot system is to turn the steering wheel This is called the Manual Override When you turn the steering wheel there is a vol
176. ated Summary Created Latitude Longitude Field Area Total Boundaries Area Total Time Operator EPA License ee Harvest ea Farm Location a Crop material a Target Application Method Layer 1 UNKNOWN E es thr 24m 40 o Offset o o Application Agta a MOTE Totals are approximate Values and may not be acceptable for customer invoice Consult local laws and regulations for customer invoicing procedures some regions require official weighing FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 609 24 Advanced Configuration The Event Summary file may include the following images of the field Thisimage Showa Overlap coverage and any overlaps vertical height of the GPS position Applied rate volume at which the spray boom applied solution GPS quality quality of the GPS signal Average XTE coverage layer degree of implement drift The file also shows information about The event e The vehicle setup Tap the appropriate buttons to show or hide coverage area and or area features If any Prescriptions are available a prescriptions button is also available To view a summary report on an office computer 1 Remove the CompactFlash card from the display and then insert it into an office computer 2 Select the folder AgGPS Summaries and then open the file Index html 3 Select the appropriate field from the list Note If you use the Microsoft Internet Explorer internet browser you may need to allow Activex tec
177. ated planter set this option to No so that you can continue Stopped planting even when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise select Yes Valve On Latency There can be a delay between the time when you send a command to the sprayer and the time when it begins spraying Set the Va ve On Latency setting to the number of seconds that the system takes to respond when a command is sent Valve Off Latency There can be a delay between the time when you send a command to the sprayer and the time when it ends spraying Set the Valve Off Latency setting to the number of seconds that the system takes to respond when a command is sent FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 533 15 The EZ Boom Plugin EZ Boom Setup Features Boom Sections Rate Number of Sections The number of main sections that your are running not including Fence Nozzles Section widths The section widths can be individually set but they have to equal the Swath Width value set during the implement setup Fence Nozzles If the vehicle is equipped with fence nozzles controlled by the EZ Boom system you can add Left Right or Both Note The Fence Nozzles being enabled will decrease the number of main sections you can have For example if you enable both fence nozzles you can only have 8 main sections instead of 10 534 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Rate1 default This is the volume that the sprayer supplies when the Rate s
178. ation Adjust Scales the displayed population by a percentage 100 no scaling Population Filter Stabilizes the monitored population display 0 no filtering 99 maximum filtering 5 Tap OK When you operate the plugin in the field the system does not show rate information To disable Monitor only mode 1 Select the Channel Setup screen 2 From the Channel list select Monitor 3 Set the Material list to None A warning message appears 4 Tap OK 5 Re assign materials to the channels FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 459 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Obtaining diagnostics information about the Tru Application Control device To obtain diagnostics information regarding the current status of the Tru Application Control device and the sensors from the Configuration screen select the Tru Application Control plugin and then tap Diagnostics In the Tru Application Control Diagnostics screen the Channels tabs shows the following information Tru Application Control Diagnostics Description WSMT and TECU firmware versions The pulse count The pulse accumulator which appears on the table as Pulse Count counts the number of pulses that the system makes You cannot reset the pulse accumulator value 3 The View Fault Log button Tap this button to view the Tru Application Control plugin faults 4000 The WMST module type 460 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Applica
179. ation Control Plugin You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup Setup Status Config Sections Acoumulators Rate Snapping Enabled To access the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 431 2 Tap the button Channel Product Level Channel 1 com Accumulated Level 0 00 kS Reset to 0 Current Level 0 00 kS Capacity 0 00 kS Reset Level 0 00 kS Partial Refill 0 00 kS To reset the material accumulator and the air cart level tap Reset to 0 452 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Operating an anhydrous unit WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running an anhydrous unit with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen Description Anhydrous tab see page 456 Logging on off button Row Information tab Additional sensor readings The sensors show the percentage of capacity Turning the anhydrous on or off Implement lift switch installed Ifan implement lift switch is n
180. atitude longitude and height Line with attribute ID Area features Area polygons with attribute ID Series of polygons Track Series of 3D points with attributes Summary Point features 616 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Fiela For more information see Field folder page 620 Swaths shp Swaths dbf Swaths shx Boundary shp Boundary dbf Boundary shx Event history Event information EventHistory dbf PointFeature shp PointFeature dbf PointFeature shx LineFeature shp LineFeature dbf LineFeature shx AreaFeature shp AreaFeature dbf AreaFeature shx Event For more information see Event folder page 622 Coverage shp Coverage dbf Coverage shx Track3D_ lt date time gt shp Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf Track3D_ lt date time gt shx AgGPS sSummaries lt Client_Farm _Field_Event gt For more information see Event folder page 622 lt eventname gt _Summary txt Data Management 25 Date Description les fOr Diagnostic Folder files ProgramLog txt Diagnostics ProgramLog old FM 1000 integrated display logs FaultLog txt Autopilot faults EZ BoomFaultLog txt EZ Boom faults service messages messages_ gz messages_ gz 1 9 Operating system logs core gz Debug data lt Date gt Yield points with TaskData xml TaskData attribute ID TLG lt xxxxx gt bin TLG lt xXxxxx gt bin as Autopilot config Vehicle cfg Diagnostics Autopilot a Screenshot_ lt
181. ave to perform the EZ Steer calibration more than once to achieve optimal results FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 153 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Entering vehicle settings 1 Install the EZ Steer system plugin for more information see the FM 1000 integrated display Plug ins guide 2 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Setup Configuration Bal System New System E Steer New Vehicle 2 Cy GPS Receiver ee ee Save Conti Ba implement New Implement Swecontig e Switch Config Add Remove Lock Config OK The EZ Steer Settings screen appears EZ Steer Settings Vehicle Engage Steering Advanced Vehicle Type racer 2WOMPAWD FF Axle To Antenna Offset Antenna Height m Wheelbase Vehicle Color Cancel 3 From the Vehicle Type drop down list select the vehicle type 4 Inthe Axle To Antenna Offset field enter the horizontal distance between the axle and the antenna Ifthe antenna is in front of the axle enter a Forward distance 154 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Ifthe antenna is behind the axle enter a Back distance Note Trimble recommends that you measure the offset distance as accurately as possible within 3 an incorrect offset may cause poor steering performance 5 Inthe Antenna Height field enter the height of the antenna measured from the ground to the
182. aving the vehicle configuration 44 4 02464 4S spe us Se owe ERE EER HERES EG SH Dae ees 608 Saving a PDF version of the current field 0 0 2 eee 609 Upgrading the FM 1000 integrated display firmware 00 000s 610 Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware 611 Unlocking additional devices y4a0 e heeded F486 4G GGR Ge REESE EDO RSE PAGES 612 Data Management 2 02 eee eee 613 Transferring data to an office computer 1 2 2 ee ee 614 Data MORMAUS 20644 066444564 ROE eee eke eae hee hese Eh hG ee a bee eee 614 BGUIMGIICS 64546500 a Ge hehe ete ea E SH eRe REGS ER 615 Generating fles im CNS OMICe on ye we nae eee ee ee hee ee eS ee eee ee 615 Folders on the USB memory SliCk 24 2 5444446 4 045546544656 465R 245464 616 ICAGGESTOGCh igeea enews h eee ea ee etude ee ee beech een eo beans a 618 Ca e eee ee re eo ee ee ee ee ee ee eres ee ee ee 619 PAON aa a a a re ee a ee a a ee ee ee ee ee ee 620 PELOT ee a ee ee ee E ee ere er ee ee eee a 620 PVCULIOIOCE gy ocao hee ceag 44 oe eee ee hey hee ee hee ae eee 622 TaskData fold f r e ra 4s den Geen ee he pe eee eae Bh Gap ee de A eee es 622 Fileson the USB memory stick ss 42 lt s44ehGee Hee eee ehe se bere esa ae PAR ees 622 Field boundary and AB Line files c24e 50605 tea keSa See BER ee eee 622 Coverage logaing dala o esaesa eaa a baa EEEa each ees oa EE 623 Track logging MICS 24 6 a5 ae OP Oe eae oe peepee
183. aximum RPM Cancel 17 Enter the following values Minimum RPM Maximum RPM 18 Select the Info tab to view the systems operational limits based on the RPM limits target rates and application width Granular Calibration Rate Controller 5015561943 Calibrate Limits Info Speed Limits Rate Min Speed Max Speed Target Rate 1 200 0 Ibs a 0 00 mph 929 92 mph Target Rate 2 100 0 Ibs a 0 00 mph 1859 84 mph Jump Start Min Rate Max Rate 0 00 Ibs a 30990 Ibs a Cancel 314 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 19 Tap OK Operating in the field 1 From the Home screen press E 2 From the Configuration Selection screen configure the display vehicle implement settings and then tap OK 3 From the Field Selection screen select the required client farm field event settings and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 315 10 The Field IQ Plugin Spinner Spreading Run screen Apietnee 200 0 bee Au none g anuar renze fre o Field IQ Plugin tab Tank Bin button Shows capacity warning level and current volume and access to the Refill Tank Bin button Gate Opening button Sets the current value of the gate opening Increase Decrease buttons Increases and decreases the application rate by the amount specified during setup 0 Coverage Logging tab Select the coverage logging attribute to be displayed on the screen Logging button Green Logging enab
184. ay or during applicator re fill check the GreenSeeker sensor detector and light source windows for dust and dirt and wipe clean with a soft rag e The GreenSeeker system should not be left outdoors during extreme weather conditions Wide temperature variations are hard on electronics and fluid seals and may reduce the operating life of the system e DO NOT store a GreenSeeker system with the sensors facing upward Doing so may allow water to collect around the windows and gaskets causing seal failures in those areas Also direct sunlight can in some cases focus enough energy into the sensor to damage the detector Note There are no field serviceable components of the electronic system do not attempt any field repair of a malfunctioning interface module or sensors If you experience operating problems contact your local dealer or Trimble representative Field preparations for Nitrogen application Note The following instructions apply to the most common Nitrogen applications Check algorithms for specific instructions For updated specific algorithm instructions go to www GreenSeeker com Field information Before the GreenSeeker applicator can be utilized to apply nitrogen N across a field a nitrogen rich reference strip NRS or calibration area must be established prior to or shortly after planting This reference strip is used to determine the amount of nitrogen being made available to the plant by the environment min
185. b becomes available on the main Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 527 14 The TrueTracker Plugin The TrueTracker tab enables you to adjust the implement steering independently of the vehicle steering For example if you can see that the implement is consistently to one side of the guidance line but the vehicle is correctly online you can apply Trim to the implement to correct it When turned on Zero Steering commands the steering to zero degrees left right centering the steering device on the implement This option can be turned on in the field keeping the coulters pointed straight or just at the ends of the field to center the steering Note Disengaging the TrueTracker system automatically turns off Zero Steering Note If the implement is consistently offline there may be a roll calibration issue Recheck the roll calibration Configuring the Engage button You can configure the Engage button to work in two different ways Te Single press The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehicle steering The second tap disengages automated steering Two stage press The Engage button requires two taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages automated steering To configure how the Engage button works see Configuring the implement controller page 510 528 FM 1000 Integrate
186. base of the antenna 6 Inthe Wheelbase field enter the wheelbase measurement horizontal distance between the front and rear axles Note The Engage Steering and Advanced tabs on this screen are populated automatically with starting values based on the vehicle type selected 7 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears Calibrating T2 roll compensation The EZ Steer system contains sensors that use T2 terrain compensation technology to provide roll compensation when the vehicle is on a slope or drives over a bump For roll compensation to work correctly the controller must be calibrated 1 Select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Calibrate E Steer Steering Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 155 5 Vehicle Guidance Options 2 Select Controller Orientation E Steer Roll Calibration Orientation Set the image to match the controller onentation in the cab E2 Steer connectors point towards the rear of the vehicle 3 From the Orientation drop down list select the orientation of the SCM steering control module and then tap Next E Steer Roll Calibration Roll Offset Park the vehicle and mark the inside position of both sets of wheels Previous 4 Park the vehicle mark the inside position of both sets of wheels and then tap Next The display records the roll offset in the first direction This takes approximately 20 seconds Do not move the vehicl
187. be laid out in two ways Description ABCDEF The letters appear in alphabetical order QWERTY The keyboard is laid out like the Qwerty keyboard on a computer Select your preferred option from the Keyboard Layout drop down list The default option is ABCDEF Restoring factory default settings To restore the settings of the FM 1000 integrated display to the factory default settings select Default Settings and then tap Restore Configuring feature mapping 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the System option and then tap Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 101 4 Display Setup 4 From the Display Setup screen select Feature Mapping and then tap Setup Feature Mapping Record Line With Coverage Selected Features Fence F Rock River J Fence Area Mapping Location Point Features Boon Center v Line Area Features Boon Center v The four large buttons represent the field feature buttons that appear on the Mapping tab on the Run screen see The Run screen layout page 49 In the Mapping Location group select Boom Left Boom Center or Boom Right as the point on the vehicle where the feature will be created Fora Point feature select from the Point Features drop down list Fora Line or Area feature select from the Line Area Features drop down list Select one of the four feature buttons to assign a feature to
188. below Implement lift switch indicator icon 0 00kS a eS Master switch Logging On Off button Description Implement switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is Off Implement switch is Off The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the planter is not applying Master switch is On seed Implement switch is On The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not planting seed or logging coverage Master switch is Off verage Implement switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage Master switch is On FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 429 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 430 Implement lift switch not installed For the planter to plant seed you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change to show this FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Master switch Logging On Off button sats Deseription Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 The planter channel product tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on a planter at
189. ble with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not cov
190. cal Support If you need to contact Trimble Technical Support 1 Goto the Trimble website www trimble com 2 Click the Support button at the top of the screen The Support A Z list of products appears 3 Scroll to the bottom of the list 4 Click the submit an inquiry link A form appears 5 Complete the form and then click Send Alternatively you can send an email to trimble_support trimble com 20 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Your comments Your feedback about the supporting documentation helps us to improve it with each revision Email your comments to ReaderFeedback trimble com CHAPTER Display Overview In this chapter The FM 1000 integrated display is a touch sensitive screen that runs field m System components management software Using the FM 1000 integrated i This chapter introduces the FM 1000 integrated display display and some of the basic operations Installing the display Also covered is the usage of the FM 1000 m Connecting the display integrated display s mapping and guidance Inserting a memory stick into the features The chapter explains how to set up and USB socket use the field features and how to perform steering navigation m External Lightbar s FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 21 2 Display Overview System components Pack out contents The box contains the following components The FM 1000 integrated display The mount bracket and screws GNSS a
191. card reader that is attached to an office computer 2 Rename the text file delete the section of the name following the password number For example Password 4850576341 FM 1000 2DGPSto2GLONASS TXT becomes Password 4850576341 TXT 3 Copy the password text file from the office computer into the AgGPS Firmware folder on the memory stick When you next insert the USB memory stick in the display and turn on the display the plugin is automatically activated Option 2 Activating manually through the display 1 Turn on the display and then tap Unlocks in the Home screen Advanced Functionality Access Note The Advanced Functionality Access screen features a Tips button that when selected provides more information about the unlock features of the FM 1000 integrated display 196 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Overview of plugins 8 2 Tap the icon for the plugin that you want to activate and then tap Unlock Enter Password to Activate Implement Steering 3 Inthe screen that appears enter the activation password that your local Trimble reseller provided and then tap OK Ifyou enter a correct password an Enabled message appears The plugin is now activated Ifyou enter an invalid password an error message appears Enter the password again If it still does not work contact your local Trimble reseller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 197 8 Overview of plugins 198 FM 1000 Integrated Display
192. cation Control Plugin The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 416 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel 6 Tap Configuration Configure the appropriate Valve Settings Channel Configuration Channel 1 Urea Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Drive Type Drive Frequency Input Filter Flush Drive Type Select the granular fertilizer drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly
193. cessary 3 Additional hopper sensors 3 Verify correct hopper setting for each detected module Hopper Sensors Hopper sensors are not installed Installed sequentially on a module Incorrectly 1 Incorrect hopper sensor 1 Verify hopper sensors are connected connections sequentially on all modules 2 Defective hopper sensor 2 Inspect hopper sensor for damage or replace 3 Defective module or damaged 3 Inspect module and or module harness module harness for damage Replace if necessary Pressure Sensors Pressure sensors are not installed Installed sequentially on a module Incorrectly 1 Incorrect pressure sensor 1 Verify pressure sensors are connected connections sequentially on all modules 2 Defective pressure sensor 2 Inspect pressure sensor for damage or replace 3 Defective module or damaged 3 Inspect module and or module harness module harness for damage Replace if necessary RPM Sensor Low The RPM has dropped below the Limit Exceeded Low Alarm level and the Disable With Control Control On Low Alarm setting is Channel Shutdown enabled on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Defective RPM sensor 1 Inspect RPM sensor for damage Replace if necessary 2 Damaged module harness 2 Inspect module harness for damage Repair or replace 3 Defective module 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary Channel Delay or Channel ae or Precharge is ie r alarm to activate control P
194. ches on before they need to be turned on 5 Inthe OffLatency field enter a value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 303 10 The Field IQ Plugin By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch this can happen on larger systems In this case increase to compensate the clutch delay and Field IQ will turn the clutches off before they need to be turned off Rate tab 1 Select the Rate tab Field IQ Setup Disabled Note The Rate tab is only visible if you have at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module installed 2 Inthe Rate 1 field enter a value This is the application rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 1 3 Inthe Rate 2 field enter a value This is the application rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 2 4 Inthe Rate Increment field enter a value This is the increment to be used each time the Increment Decrement switch is pressed 5 Inthe Rate Snapping drop down list select an option Select Enabled to show the applied rate the same as the target rate ifthe applied rate is within 10 of the target rate Select Disabled to show the actual applied value 6 Inthe Density field enter the density of the material that you are applying Note that the system uses this value to ensure accurate product application If you change the material m
195. combine series In the Port Connection drop down list choose Connector B Select the Stop Head Height field and then enter a height this value must be at least 1 number lower then the John Deere Stop Head Height In the Grain Flow Delay field enter the time in seconds that it takes the grain to travel from the header to the clean grain tank Select the Crop tab In the Crop Type drop down list select the crop type In the Standard Moisture field enter the market value In the Crop Weight field enter the market value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 577 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Note The Standard Moisture and Crop Weight values are not the calibration values 13 14 15 16 17 18 Select the Theme tab Yield Monitor Configuration In the High Yield field enter a value In the Low Yield field enter a value In the High Moisture field enter a value In the Low Moisture field enter a value Tap OK Configuring the YM 2000 Yield Monitor P Install the Yield Monitoring plugin For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 From the Configuration screen select the Yield Monitoring plugin and then tap Setup The Yield Monitoring Settings screen appears Select the General tab In the Yield Monitor drop down list select Ag Leader YM 2000 578 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 5 Inthe Port Connection drop down list choose
196. compensation make sure that the TrueTracker system is completely set up the Autopilot software is properly configured the correct GPS corrections are enabled Read this section carefully before you attempt the configuration Setting the antenna height above the ground 1 Place the tractor and implement on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the base of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value in the Antenna Height Above Ground field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 521 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Setting the antenna distance from the center line 1 Place the tractor and implement on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the centerline of the implement to the center of the GPS receiver or antenna _ E Dar E Boo BE 3 Enter this value into the Antenna Distance from centerline field and indicate whether it is left or right of the centerline Values to the left of the centerline are displayed as negative numbers The nose of the vehicle is considered the forward direction Configuring the roll offset correction Use one of the following methods to calculate the roll offset and then enter the roll offset correction to compensate for it Coulter wheel track offset method e Flag offset method Choose the method that best matches the conditions Calculating the roll offset coulter wheel track offset method 1 Drive the tractor to a relatively f
197. condary right side implement height indicator These operate in the same way as the single receiver FieldLevel height indicators See Blade position indicators page 223 Auto buttons With a tandem dual configuration the Autopilot Engage button is replaced with two FieldLevel Auto buttons rosone e With a tandem configuration the P Auto button controls the automatics of the primary front implement and the S Auto button controls the automatics of the secondary rear implement e With a dual configuration the P Auto button controls the automatics on the primary left side of the implement and the S Auto button controls the automatics on the secondary right side of the implement Note To control both sides of the implement simultaneously when using a dual configuration you must tap both buttons FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 251 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins 252 Note With the addition of an external GPS receiver you can use the Autopilot system with tandem and dual systems An Engage button appears next to the P Auto and S Auto buttons The FieldLevel Il tab dual mode The standard FieldLevel II tab in dual mode has a single set of up and down buttons These buttons control the height of the whole implement t Use them to raise or lower both sides of the implement Desan t Coarse 0 0 simultaneously For example if the blade is on an angle tect ry and you raise it with the up a
198. creen You can then use the buttons to add field features to your map while driving 7900090900 oo oo CRF e200000000000000 Overlap T Covered Overlap item paseaneee Feature button set up to represent a river Feature button set up to represent a fence Feature button set up to represent an exclusion oe Area feature drawn with the Boundary feature button Note For more information on setting up the Feature buttons see Configuring feature mapping page 101 44 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Starting a field This is the screen where you either re open an existing field or create a new field You must select a Client Farm Field and Event in that order Note The first time that you use the Field Selection screen there are no existing fields so you must create one SS oO e amp 8 Do one of the following Create a new client See Creating a client page 46 Select an existing client from the Client list The Farm list now contains only the farms associated with that client Select the appropriate farm or create a new one Select the appropriate field or create a new one Select the appropriate event or create a new one To add more information for record keeping tap Event Attributes The Event Attributes screen appears See Adding record keeping information page 47 To add and edit information on the variety of products that can be distributed f
199. ct the On grade Limit field and then enter the limit Limit This sets the distance the blade can move before the green blade height indicators change to thin red arrows At twice this distance the height indicators become thick red arrows See Blade position indicators page 223 Disengage When you disable Auto while scraping a field you can set a time value that Raise will automatically raise the blade For example if you set 0 5s the blade will raise for half a second when you turn off Auto mode Remote Input You can attach a remote for enabling and disabling Auto mode This remote Auto is controlled with the Remote Input Auto setting Configuring relative heights for all leveling models By default relative heights are enabled meaning coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark For field leveling or data collection you can set relative offsets so that the coordinates are recorded relative to the offsets set for the master benchmark You can set offsets in any of the following directions e The X axis e The Y axis e The height The Relative Heights tab of the FieldLevel II Setup screen shows the following items Relative Select Enabled to use relative heights from the master benchmark Choose Heights Disabled to use GPS heights at all times Relative X If relative heights are enabled this is the X coordinate that will be applied to the master benchmark Relative Y If relative heights are enabled this is the
200. current field Upgrading the FM 1000 integrated display firmware Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware Unlocking additional devices Once you complete the basic configuration you can e Use this chapter to configure more advanced features for higher accuracy or better performance e Begin driving See Getting Started Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When the display prompts you to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 605 24 Advanced Configuration Configuring remote coverage logging You can configure the FM 1000 integrated display to control coverage mapping by using a switch on the implement instead of the button on the Run screen Installing the logging option To connect an implement switch to the FM 1000 integrated display and configure the display to use the switch to control the logging do the following 1 Install a switch on the implement to allow for correct switch activation when the implement is raised or lowered For example a switch similar to the Trimble P N 60477S shown below can be used to activate the coverage logging The switch must make and break the connection on pins 10 and 11 on the FM 1000 port connector For example to use the 6047758 switch a Connect pin A of the switch to
201. cy Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 387 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 10 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the sprayer volume in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen l1 12 l3 14 15 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that the implement sprayer holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons that the implement sprayer can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the volume in Liters or gallons
202. d Display User Guide CHAPTER The EZ Boom Plugin In this chapter EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system EZ Boom tab m Additional information about the EZ Boom system EZ Boom system implement diagnostics Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller This chapter describes how to configure the EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system to work with the FM 1000 integrated display to provide sprayer boom switching and rate control Note You can install only one variable rate control plug at once You cannot run the Serial Rate Control plugin or the Tru Application Control plugin at the same time as the EZ Boom plugin FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 529 15 The EZ Boom Plugin EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system The EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system is a variable rate and automated boom switch controller It enables you to control application rate sprayers on either self propelled vehicles or towed sprayers This figure shows the front panel of the EZ Boom controller Status light Rate a Rate adjustment switch Master ie switch A a AE AD A noom Senon O00000 ae Le et ON switches Trimble Installing the EZ Boom controller For information on installing the EZ Boom controller refer to the EZ Boom 2010 Automated Application Control System Getting Started Guide C
203. d Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 then the colors will be spread evenly across your cut fill map If you change the cut fill color range to 1 foot then the colors will become more focused around the neutral area providing more detail closer to the grade 5 Select the Relative Heights tab Survey Setup Settings Relative Heights Relative Heights Relative X Relative Y Height Offset Force Re bench 6 Select Enable from the Relative Heights drop down list By default coordinates are recorded relative to the master benchmark Setting the relative positions establishes the coordinates of the master benchmark when it is set These coordinates are then used for field leveling and topographic mapping every time the field is opened You can set the relative position using these values the X axis coordinate Relative X the Y axis coordinate Relative Y the height Height Offset 7 Enter the appropriate offset in each field and then tap OK to return to the Survey Setup screen Tip To view relative offset values on the Run screen set the offsets as status text items on the slide out tab 8 Select whether or not the system will force you to rebench each time that you reload the field Note If you configure the Force Rebench setting to No the RTK base station must be placed in exactly the same position for the field to be correct FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 203 9 The FieldLevel
204. d Monitoring Plugin 20 Operating the Yield Monitor plugin Run Screen Instant Moisture 21 1 o Instant Yield 186 87 bu a Wet Weight Per Bin 180 0 Ibs Actual Cut Width 30 00 Crop Type Corn Empty Bin Run screen item Oe Information screen button Plugin tab Coverage tab Yield monitor status tab FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 581 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Plugin tab Instant Moisture 21 1 Instant Yield 186 87 bu a Wet Weight Per Bin 180 0 lbs Actual Cut Width 30 00 Plugin tab item o Instant moisture Instant yield a a Crop type KE Empty bin clears the wet bin weight Coverage map layers User defined minimum and maximum levels with seven ranges e Yield Moisture Yield Monitor status buttons Auto width detection aids accurate area calculations by automatically reducing the cut width when entering or exiting point rows and other previously harvested areas Ifyou are harvesting a row crop with pre configured rows then the width reduces on an overlap by one row at a time The yield monitor buttons at the bottom of the map screen allow you to manually reduce the cut width each button reduces the cut width by one sixth of the head width 582 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 2O 0 8 8 O The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 This is useful for areas with no crops or areas where another combine may have harvested
205. d comes from on the planter This can be a single section or can belong to a section that also controls other rows Units of measure The units of measure differ depending on the type of material Type oe o Symbol Description Seed Metric kS ha Thousands of seeds per hectare Granular seed Metric kg ha Kilograms of seed per hectare a ee ee Liquid application Metric L ha Liters per hectare Granular fertilizer Metric kg ha Kilograms of fertilizer per hectare cee osmosis rns etree o Anhydrous Metric kg ha Kilograms of nitrogen per hectare ee isampa lie ronson perae o 338 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Benefits of the system Product control To control the product that is output the system uses valves and feedback sensors This gives you precise control over product application at varying speeds The values read by the feedback sensors are shown on the display Independent row or section switching Planting seeding and application equipment has traditionally been limited to fully on or fully off operation However with the following additional components you can now control individual rows and sections for precise product application e the FM 1000 integrated display Tru Application Control plugin e one or more Tru Count Air Clutches or boom section valves e a CSM Clutch Switch Module or a BSM Boom Switching Module This gives you two additional options e manual secti
206. d speed speed a Direction ee travel with respect to true a degrees North Swath Num Num Current Current swath headland number number FieldName Thenameotthefed pooo Trg Thetrgetrateatthecurentpontion Pech hep a E Yaw Theyaw Theyaw The target application rate when serial M control TAC or Field IQ are used 624 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Column Field description Units notes As applied The actual rate applied by the rate control system when serial rate control TAC or Field IQ are used NDVI The NDVI values recorded when using the GreenSeeker plugin Note Not currently implemented Total_Qty Total volume of material as applied for the current field Only supported for the Aerial Flow Controller Autocal Flow controller and Crophawk Flow Meter Event History file The EventHistory dbf file contains information on every event carried out in the field Description PA Date the field was opened r overtime Features files When features are recorded in the field each type of feature is saved in three feature shapefiles in the Field folder as follows These features Are saved in these files FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 625 25 Data Management Line LineFeature One row of data is stored in the lt type gt dbf file for each feature of that feature type recorded in the field The following information is stored
207. d when the Field IQ master switch box Master switch is put in the jump start position 3 Inthe Minimum Override Speed field enter a value This setting maintains the application rate when the implements actual speed drops below the value entered It is used to ensure consistent material flow during slow speeds that may reach the physical limitations of the system 292 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Calibrating the modules The Field IQ Calibrate option only appears on the Configuration screen if you have at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module installed 1 From the Configuration screen select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Calibrate 2 From the Field IQ Calibration screen select the Rate and Section Control Module to be calibrated The message Not calibrated appears at the end of the modules that need calibration 3 Select Valve Calibration The following screen appears Field IQ Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 293 10 The Field IQ Plugin For this field Valve Type Plumbing Valve Behavior on Sections Closed Auxiliary Valve Pump Disarming Switch 4 Tap Valve Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration Control Valve Type Servo v Plumbing Inine wv Valve Behavior On Sections Ta Ciosed fock in Last Position w Auxiliary Valve pisabied v Pump Disarming Switch pisabied M
208. derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for d
209. display To import an implement l 2 oS t Op Pr a p Copy the implement file into the AgGPS folder on the USB memory stick Insert the memory stick into the FM 1000 integrated display and then turn on the display From the Home screen tap R In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure If necessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 81 In the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup Select Data Files and then tap Manage Select Implement from the list on the left of the screen and then tap Copy The implements from your AgGPS 170 Field Computer or FieldManager display now appear in the Implement Configuration screen Deleting an implement To delete an implement that you no longer require l From the Edit Implement screen select the appropriate implement from the Current Implement list Tap Delete When prompted tap Delete to confirm the deletion FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 189 7 Implement Configuration 190 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Overview of plugins In this chapter Introduction to plugins Adding or removing a plugin Configuring a plugin Entering the password to activate a plugin This chapter explains the FM 1000 integrated display plugin and how to configure plugins Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the R
210. dit the Design plane create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 205 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height raise the blade by the Blade Step amount lower the blade by the Blade Step amount engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill move the blade by the Coarse Blade Step amount To do this press the or button delete the benchmark at the current location Note You do not have to drive over a benchmark to delete it log the coverage so that you can see on your map where you have been dependent on your implement width A shape file is created with cut fill and height information 236 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Defining a plane Element Pivot Benchmark Primary Cross Composite You can define a plane in the Plane Editor on the FM 1000 integrated display To do this use at least one point as a pivot point and extra information based on direction and slope requirements The following figure show the required elements Description The single benchmark where the plane is defined All slopes will pivot around this point The first axis upon which the slope is defined It has a Primary Slope and Primary Heading component The Primary Slope is defined as a negative number where water will fall along the primary axis The second axis upon which the slope is defined The Cross Heading wil
211. dividual vehicle The Autopilot system calibration process records additional details about your vehicle which helps the system to steer the vehicle more accurately For high accuracy systems you must have all the settings correct The vehicle calibration screen tools are similar to those in the Autopilot Toolbox I software Notes on calibration e Before you perform vehicle calibration select the vehicle make and model on the Vehicle Setup screen See Selecting the vehicle page 123 e No calibration is required if the system is installed on a Cat MT 700 800 series equipped with the ISO option Common calibration items You can calibrate several aspects of the vehicle The calibrations that are available depend on which components are installed in the vehicle and system Four calibration options appear for all types of vehicle Note You must perform the Controller Orientation and the Roll Correction calibrations Description Controller Orientation Correctly associate the outputs of the Autopilot controller sensors with the direction of the vehicle Manual Override Required for platforms that employ a pressure transducer for the manual override function Change the default only if the operation of the manual override function is unacceptable Roll Antenna Compensates for antenna height and static roll caused by minor Compensation variations in the Autopilot controller and the GPS receiver mounting Line Acquisition How
212. down on the vehicle from above The top of the screen points to the front of the vehicle 2 Use the buttons to select the orientation of the controller Ifthe controller is set at a sloped angle tap Direct Entry and then enter the yaw pitch and roll angles of the controller Note If you use the Direct Entry method to set custom angles the on screen image of the controller does not appear 3 Tap OK to accept the new orientation or tap Cancel to exit Calibrating the Implement Steering Sensor Perform steering sensor calibration to convert the voltage output of the steering sensor into an equivalent steering angle measurement Note Complete this calibration before you attempt to calibrate the steering deadzone or roll correction procedures You must ensure that you e Perform this procedure on a level surface that is free of obstructions e Follow the instructions on each page e Run the engine at full throttle 514 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 e Raise the implement To run the steering sensor calibration 1 Select the Steering Angle procedure from the calibration list Implement Steering Sensor Calibration 2 Tap Start 3 Perform the calibration The value in the Volts field is updated as the wheels are steered Calibrating the Implement Automatic Deadzone The Implement Automatic Deadzone calibration procedure runs a series of tests on the valve and steering hydrau
213. ds displayed based on a pre defined distance from the current GPS position For more information on configuring the filter see Enabling the Limit Field Selection filter page 112 Adding record keeping information To add the following categories tap Event Attributes CN ee ea Operator name The name of the vehicle operator Operator EPA The vehicle operator s EPA license number for spreading restricted use or state restricted pesticides or herbicides The year that the crop is going to be harvested Farm Location The country or region where the farm is located The vehicle used in the operation Implement The implement connected to the vehicle Application Method The application method used for example spraying seeding or harvesting Wind direction The average wind direction A description of the soil type in the field If spraying the pest that the spray targets Material The material being applied FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 47 3 Getting Started Closing a field Once you finish using a field tap Q to close it The following dialog appears return to the currently open field close the current field and return to the Home screen Open another close the current field and open a new field Saving an event summary When a field is closed the system saves an HTML summary for the event To reduce the time it takes to close a field saving the summary file can be disabled To turn Save Summaries off do the f
214. e E Defective module 3 Inspect identified module for damage or replace Ground Offset 1 Damaged shorted Actuator 1 Inspect Actuator Harness for damage Voltage Out of Harness around the PWM and Servo valve Range connections Repair or replace harness 2 Defective PWM valve driver or 2 Inspect PWM or Servo valve drivers for Servo valve driver damage and replace if necessary 3 Defective module 3 Inspect identified module for damage and replace if necessary FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 469 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 470 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The GreenSeeker Plugin In this chapter Introduction m GreenSeeker primary components m Care and maintenance Field preparations for Nitrogen application m Operating the GreenSeeker Plugin m Application information Best practice This chapter describes how to configure and operate the GreenSeeker RT200 variable rate and mapping system plugin on the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 471 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin Introduction Term GDD NVDI NUE NRS RI VI VRA 472 The GreenSeeker RT200 Variable Rate Application and Mapping System is a tool for variably applying agricultural chemicals based on real time measurements of the crop The sensors measure normalized difference vegetation index NDVI of the plants while traversing the field The applicator
215. e Z Steer Steering Performance screen appears 160 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 This screen is for advanced users who understand how to adjust EZ Steer performance If you are not an advanced user Trimble recommends that you follow the numbered tabs to adjust the steering parameters See Calibrating and setting the EZ Steer parameters page 158 E 7 Steer Steering Performance O O O O O O O O O 9 O 9 9 O O 9 9 9 9999 Cross Track Error History Heading Speed Offline Distance Average Offline Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Advanced 4 0 0 Angle Per Tum Online Aggressiveness Freeplay Offset Nudge Increment Status Connected Current Warning Can t engage EZ Steer not calibrated 3 In the Advanced tab make the required changes and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears Operating the EZ Steer system with the FM 1000 integrated display Engage options The Engage Options tab enables you to control the systems engage and disengage behavior if you need to change the automatically populated settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Setup The EZ Steer Settings screen appears 2 Select the Engage Options tab The following options appear oon Deseriptiom oO Minimum speed Minimum speed at which the system can engage If the system is engaged and the speed drops below this limit the system disengages Maximum speed
216. e Choose Pivot screen appears c From the Choose Pivot screen select the benchmark to be used as a the pivot for the new slope from the screen d Tap OK The Plane Editor screen appears 240 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 10 Select the Primary Slope Cross Slope or Height Above Pivot areas to edit the slope values as required Bi 99 8 O2F B2 95 24F Primary Primary Slope 0 000 ding 131 67 Cross 5 Slope 0 100 Flip 221 67 Height Above Pivot ne ox Note The cut fill values in the Benchmarks table will update automatically 11 The plane is now defined Tap OK The Run screen appears Note The FieldLevel II system will search for a survey on the field If there is a survey a cut fill map appears as the new design plane Driving in Contour mode When you drive in Contour mode the FieldLevel II tab appears as follows a A Item Description Up Hill Left Select whichever of these buttons is appropriate Up Hill Right e If you are driving around the contour with the uphill slope on your left and the downhill slope on your right select Up Hill Left e If you are driving around the contour with the uphill slope on your right and the downhill slope on your left select Up Hill Right FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 241 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Item Description Coarse When selected the Up and Down arrows change the blade heigh
217. e Enter material name screen appears Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears Material Setup with the new material in the list on the left ofthe m screen Urea In the Type list on the right of the screen set the type of material to Granular Fertilizer The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 6 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup Material Urea Preset Rate s Low RPM Limit spreader Constant Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Junie Symbot Beseription kg l density Kilograms of fertilizer per liter Ib a Pounds of fertilizer per acre Ib ft 3 density Pounds of fertilizer per cubic foot 7 Enter the following values The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen channel tab you increase or decrease the granular fertilizer target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The weight per volume of the material to dispense Low RPM Limit The lowest shaft speed at which the control ch
218. e FM 1000 integrated display Press the Power button on the rear of the display to turn on the FM 1000 integrated display and then wait for the Home screen to appear Tap Upgrade Firmware Upgrade EZ BOOM Select the appropriate plugin from the Firmware list Any available firmware upgrade files appear in the lower left list Select the appropriate firmware file Once the upgrade is complete tap OK The system restarts The components firmware is updated FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 611 24 Advanced Configuration Unlocking additional devices You can purchase enhanced features for the FM 1000 integrated display from your local Trimble reseller Note When you purchase an EZ Boom or Tru Application Control system you receive a text file containing the unlock password Place this file in the AgGPS Firmware folder on the CompactFlash card You can now skip the following steps To enable the additional features do the following 1 Turn on the FM 1000 integrated display The Home screen appears 2 Tap Unlocks Advanced Functionality Access True Tracker 3 Tap the button for the feature that you want to unlock The Enter Password to Activate screen appears 4 Enter the password and then tap OK The feature is enabled The password is saved to the card for future use 612 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Data Management In this chapter This chapter describes the fil
219. e Rate Column box does not appear 5 Set the prescription scale factor Selecting Prescription Scale Factor will give a list of scale factors for certain units Select the scale factor for whatever units are used in the prescription file 6 Set the lead time See below 7 Inthe When off prescription use list select the target rate for when you are outside the area that is covered by the prescription file See Last default or zero rate page 76 8 Tap OK to load the prescription file FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 75 3 76 Getting Started A prescription works only when the EZ Boom Rate switch is in the Rate 1 position If the switch is in the Rate 1 position the Increment Decrement switch is disabled If the Rate switch is in the Rate 2 position the prescription is disabled but the Increment Decrement switch does work Controller lead time Lead time is the average time required by the controller before it can react to a requested rate change This value can be defined in the Select Prescription screen For example a value of 5 0 means that on average it takes the controller around five seconds to change from one rate to a new rate The lead time value is used by the FM 1000 integrated display to project the position of the vehicle into the future The direction and speed of the vehicle are combined with the lead time to project a future position The target rate at this projected position is sent to the vari
220. e UNIT Sec Some Raven controllers may forget settings if power is disconnected You must then reconfigure the controller Application width When the FM 1000 integrated display is connected to a Raven controller the total boom section width must be set to match the Application Width setting in the Implement Boom Setup screen CAUTION The first boom section width set on the Raven controller must be greater than 0 If you set it to 0 the display will not communicate with the controller FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 549 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 550 The FM 1000 integrated display varies the width of the coverage polygons according to the number of boom sections but it does not know the absolute width of each boom section it only knows the relative width of each boom section with respect to the total boom section width When recording coverage polygons each section is considered to be a percentage of the Application Width set in the FM 1000 integrated display Implement Boom Setup screen For example if you create an intentional overlap to avoid gaps in the application coverage by making the application width greater than the swath width This proportionally changes the recorded width of each boom section Using the controller To allow the rates being sent by the FM 1000 integrated display to be used by the Raven controller the channel must be set to Rate 1 SCS4XX SCS6XX or to Product X Auto SCS7XX
221. e a DICKEY john servo Mid Tech servo or Raven Fast Valve Servo A 2 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a Raven standard servo Hardi bypass scenario Most commonly used on Hardi sprayers equipped with 3 way section valves that return flow to tank when the boom section is off Inline Valve is in the solution line going to the boom The valve opens to increase application rate Bypass Valve is in the Return to Tank line The valve closes to increase the application rate Close When all sections are off the control valve returns to the closed position Lock in Last Position When all sections are off the control valve remains in the last position This setting allows the system to return to the target rate faster If you have an Auxiliary Valve installed select one of the following Master Valve closes when the system is turned off Dump Valve opens to dump flow to return line when the system is turned off Enable Select this option if you have a Pump Disarming Switch installed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 309 10 The Field IQ Plugin 5 Select the Control tab Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration 6 Enter the following values Allowable Error Gain Minimum Response Note For information about the appropriate values for your sprayer see the Support Note Field IQ Crop Input Control System For Sprayers and Spreaders 310 FM
222. e ae tee meets eee a ae cee ee a rent eae cree a 415 COMDIAL G senson a 25 gem 60 Maries ats Ret a a eG a Be BT Saks 416 Operaune a planter Oran cia cee Back ed be Seda Roe ok eee ne 6 Eek ee oe 428 Turing the planter OmOr Ol e0 n074 oe 944 ee OS ee Se ee eS 428 The planter channel product tab overview mode 000 eee eee 431 Detailed channel information button 20 00 0 eee eee eee 431 ROW MMOnMa OM DAM pk a Anais Mneued Be orden ee oot tee cok OS archaic 433 MatenialaccumiuaiOls s ann 4 tite Gk Rad Goa dod ee Fa ee ee a aes 434 Operating a sprayer liquid flow cta03 RON Ee a he ee SE re he ee 436 THEM GCS OLAV CUO OF OU Yan a aaa Gg Star ges A ania RS Beds AS tae So Bees Gee Go ens 437 The Sprayer tab overview mode 1 00sec eee eee ees 437 Detailed channel information button 4 s s aaaea a ee ee edhe aes oS See Ss 438 SeCHOM I Orna ON Abts way oo Oe Bee ee Heed Pe eee 439 Operating an air seeder granular seed ox 2 ad shaw He Re as GA eS 440 Turning thealr SecdenOn OF OF 44 taera ee See os bo wae eR Re Dee 440 The air seeder product channel tab overview mode 00 00 ee ee 443 Detailed channel information button ze 4 4 16 ade tack AG oem gas eRe ES neh eS 443 ROW IMoMmmanOn tabs 4 54 40 testi p erada Rerers ees Phe head and Shake 445 Vereen tale CU UT AON ess ne Marne Ee a Geode A ek iy Be es ieee PS Gah ye Sie ode aca ve ent 446 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer bw eee
223. e application rate sensor to the seed meter shaft RPM This is the number of revolutions the application rate sensor turns for each revolution of the seed meter FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 377 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 8 Configure the Rows Sections as appropriate Channel Configuration A Channel 1 com Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Channel Settings Channel Width 490 0 Number of Rows Channel Rows Coverage Settings Off Latency 0 00 s Channels as Sections Disabtea M On Latency 0 005 Channel Width The combined width of the rows assigned to this channel Number of Rows Enables entry of a specific number of seed rows to the control channel Row assignment is given a priority based on the channel and is assigned sequentially thereafter Channel 1 is always assigned to the first set of rows Channel 2 to the next set of rows and so on Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel off earlier to ensure that the system is off at the proper location when entering a covered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on earlier using the on latency value to ensure that the system
224. e following Master Valve closes when the system is turned off Dump Valve opens to dump flow to return line when the system is turned off Enable Select this option if you have a Pump Disarming Switch installed 294 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 6 Select the Control tab Enter a value for each of the following Allowable Error Gain Minimum Response Note For information about the appropriate values for your sprayer see the Getting Started Guide Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 295 10 The Field IQ Plugin 7 Tap OK to return to the main calibration screen and then tap Flow Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Control Flow Calibration Raven A N CAUTION Moving parts during this operation Ensure the implement is safe to operate 8 Tap OK Enter a value for each of the following Flow Meter Type select an option from the drop down list Flowmeter Calibration enter the number from the flow meter tag MinFlow enter the required minimum flow rate for the system Use this setting to keep the control valve and flow meter above the minimum operating level 9 Tap Run Calibration and then follow the on screen instructions 10 Ifused select the connector that the pressure sensor is connected to and then enable the sensor 11 Tap Run Calibration and then follow the on screen instruction
225. e gauge Enter the pressure value in the Actual Pressure field Tap Send Calibration The screen updates to show the current pressure Tap OK EZ Boom tab The EZ Boom tab on the Run screen shows your Rate 1 Rate 2 and Manual rates The rate that is currently active is animated The and buttons enable you to manually increase or decrease the flow These function the on the EZ Boom controller LAW takes you to the Tank tab for Refill Setting up the EZ Boom system for automatic section control only To disable the variable rate control of the EZ Boom system and just use the automatic boom switching function l From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Calibration screen appears Tap Valve Calibration The EZ Boom Valve Calibration screen appears From the Valve Type drop down list select None FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 541 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Additional information about the EZ Boom system 542 Varying the active boom sections Some variable rate controllers report to the FM 1000 integrated display which boom sections are active at any given time For these controllers the width of the coverage polygons displayed on the Run screen vary according to the currently active boom sections The coverage polygons that are logged to the coverage Shape file are identical to those shown on screen that is the logged coverage width is also v
226. e material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the main guidance screen 446 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup Setup Status Config Sections Accumulators Reset D 2 ETS Rate Snapping Enabled To access the Channel Product Level screen from the main guidance screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 431 2 Tap the button Channel Product Level Channel 1 com Accumulated Level 0 00 kS Reset to 0 Current Level 0 00 kS Capacity 0 00 kS Reset Level 0 00 kS Partial Refill 0 00 kS To reset the material accumulator and the air cart level tap Reset to 0 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 447 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Operating a spreader granular fertilizer WARNING When the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running a spreader with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen Item Description a Atonatsensorreadings 448 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Applicati
227. e not using the 12 section switch box a virtual switch box with six sections is shown Note Modules appear in the order they are installed on the implement viewed by standing behind the implement and looking in the general direction of travel X Tip To change the order of the modules on the Hardware tab tap the icon of the module you want to move and then tap the directional arrows to move the icon 2 Adjust the width value for each rate control module by tapping the Width box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 3 Adjust the sections value for each Rate and Section control module by tapping the Sections box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 322 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Override tab 1 Select the Override tab Field IQ Setup 2 Inthe Jump Start Speed field enter a value This setting controls the control speed to be used when the Field IQ master switch box Master switch is put in the jump start position 3 Inthe Minimum Override Speed field enter a value This setting maintains the application rate when the implements actual speed drops below the value entered It is used to ensure consistent material flow during slow speeds that may reach the physical limitations of the system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 323 10 The Field IQ Plugin Calibrating the modules The Field IQ Calibrate option only appears on the Configuration screen if y
228. e optional remote control e Press the optional remote engage foot pedal Disengaging the system Turning the steering wheel manually disengages the EZ Steer system Trimble recommends that you check this setting before you start using the system in a new installation by engaging on a line and then turning the wheel until EZ Steer disengages To adjust the amount of force required to disengage the system change the Override Sensitivity in the EZ Steer Setup screen The EZ Steer system automatically disengages when e The vehicle is outside the engage limits configured in the Engage Options screen e The system is paused e GPS positions are lost e The Minimum Fix Quality setting is set to a high accuracy correction method and the system receives low accuracy positions for example no corrections e To manually disengage the system do one of the following Tap the engage button on the main guidance screen or press the engage button on the optional remote control Turn the steering wheel to override the electric motor 162 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Press the optional remote engage foot pedal When the system is not in use hinge the motor away from the steering wheel and then secure it with the lock pin EZ Steer plugin screen The EZ Steer tab on the Run screen shows the current nudge increment and online aggressiveness values e Tap either the lt or gt button to incr
229. e part number 1 FM 1000 integrated display 93100 01 FM 1000 power cable 66694 FM 1000 basic power cable 67258 8 amp mGPSTNC TNC RT angle cable 50449 AG25 GNSS antenna 68040 005 O Display to DE9 RS232 cable 67091 Connecting the Ag Leader YM 2000 1 Ensure that the antenna is correctly installed and run the antenna cable into the cab for best desired fit 2 Plug yield monitor cable P N 67094 into port A or port B and run the cable to the YM 2000 3 Plug the yield monitoring cable P N 67091 into the serial connector on the YM 2000 4 Connect the yield monitoring cable to the FM 1000 cable P N 75407 which must be connected to port A or port B on the rear of the FM 1000 integrated display 574 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 Configuration Configuring the FM 1000 integrated display to perform yield monitoring Units of measure Select the unit of measure to be used in the Language and Units screen in the FM 1000 integrated display setup For more information see the Selecting the language units of measure and keyboard layout page 100 Display units Feet and inches bushels per acre Note For hundred weight select Feet and Inches and then set the bushel weight to 100lbs General tab Field name Description Yield monitor type _ Select the type of monitor that will be gathering and sending the yield data Combine series Indentify sensor type and
230. e speed until the Distance To Go field reads 0 The number of pulses counted appears in the New Ground Spd Const field To ensure accuracy repeat step 3 through step 5 two more times To save the new sensor constant tap Save To leave the Ground Speed Calibration screen tap OK If you did not save the sensor constant that you calculated it is not used Control channel valve calibration Planter granular seed granular fertilizer or liquid fertilizer The control channel valve calibration sets the vehicle hydraulic system parameters Perform this calibration for each control channel that you set up The hoppers can be empty for this calibration If they contain material it will fall on the ground To calibrate the valve 1 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen tap the appropriate Control Valve Calibration item Tru Application Control Calibration 7 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 The Valve Calibration screen appears Valve Calibration CE Note The Limit Output button does not appear for planters 2 Raise the implement Apply the tractor brakes and lock them in the applied position 3 4 Put the transmission in park or in a locked neutral position 5 Start the tractor and engage PTO if used to drive the hydraulic system 6 Run the engine at normal operating speed until the hydraulic fluid is at normal operating temperature CAUTION
231. e system to manually apply continuously without moving the implement 290 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Hardware tab 1 Select the Hardware tab Field IQ Setup 5015561943 n fin Glin Gm Gn Gn Gn Gn Gr Gn Gr Note The numbers beneath each switch indicate the number of the sections assigned to that switch So switch 1 controls section 1 switch 2 controls section 2 switch 3 controls section 3 and so forth You cannot change the numbers as they are automatically assigned Ifyou are not using the 12 section switch box a virtual switch box with six sections is shown Note Modules appear in the order they are installed on the implement viewed by standing behind the implement and looking in the general direction of travel Tip To change the order of the modules on the Hardware tab tap the icon of the module you want to move and then tap the directional arrows to move the icon 2 Adjust the width value for each rate control module by tapping the Width box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 3 Adjust the sections value for each Rate and Section control module by tapping the Sections box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 291 10 The Field IQ Plugin Override tab 1 Select the Override tab Field IQ Setup 2 Inthe Jump Start Speed field enter a value This setting controls the control speed to be use
232. e the boundary Drive through the field to define the section line and then cross outside the boundary again The section is defined e Record a section line inside the boundary The ends of the line will extend to meet the boundary For example sections can be useful after you finish working on the field for the day Define the area that you completed as a section when you return to the field you can level the remaining area to a second best fit plane See Operating the FieldLevel II plugin page 220 Field design Once you define the field points the AutoPlane button becomes available To create a design for the field tap the button The field points are processed and then the AutoPlane screen appears Cut Fill Ratio 1 20 Section None ce Best Fit Composite Slope 3 3536 Slope Heading 165 03 4 South gt North Slope 3 2923 i West gt East Slope 0 6382 o gt T This screen shows field information and enables you to create the design for your field The AutoPlane functionality uses the topographic survey of your field to estimate the field surface elevations Once completed you can establish a design either by manually editing the slopes or by using the display to calculate a best fit plane The best fit FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 209 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins calculation optimizes the height and slopes of a design plane to minimize the amount of dirt that has to be moved
233. e the following procedures Notes on configuring the antenna position e Before configuring the antenna compensation make sure that the Autopilot system is completely set up the Autopilot software is properly configured the correct GPS corrections are enabled you read this section carefully e If multiple GPS technologies will be used for example RTK and SBAS use the technology with the highest accuracy when you perform the Roll Correction calibration 1 Setting the antenna height above the ground 1 Place the tractor on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the ground to the base of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value in the Antenna Height Above Ground field 140 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 2 Setting the antenna distance from the fixed axle 1 Place the tractor on a flat level surface 2 Measure the distance from the fixed axle to the center of the GPS receiver or antenna 3 Enter this value into the Antenna Distance from Fixed Axle field Enter a negative value if the GPS receiver antenna is to the rear of the fixed axle The nose of the vehicle is considered the forward direction 3 Configuring the roll offset correction Use one of the following methods to calculate the roll offset and then enter the roll offset correction to compensate for it e Tire track offset method e Flag offset method Choose the method which best matches the
234. e while the offset is being read 156 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 5 Turn the vehicle around ensure the wheels are parked over the marks created in Step 4 and then tap Next E Steer Roll Calibration The display records the roll offset in the second direction This takes approximately 20 seconds Do not move the vehicle while the offset is being read 6 The T2 calibration results will appear in the Roll Offset window The Roll Offset value should be between 0 and 4 7 Tap OK The EZ Steer Steering Calibration screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 157 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Calibrating and setting the EZ Steer parameters To calibrate the EZ Steer system and set the correct steering performance parameters the following steps must be completed with the vehicle moving forward along the A B line 1 From the Z Steer Steering Calibration screen select Steering Performance The EZ Steer Steering Performance screen appears 2 To configure the Angle per Turn settings select the Step 1 tab E Steer Steering Performance PVVeo9eGRRTeC00000000005 ims lrark Hinr Hinton lesing Speed OMe erlie Porenage Dine 0 00 0 0 mph 4 9 62 49 82 tep Step 2 Step 3 Angle Per Turn shart by opening afield and setting an AB lint While still on the AB line nadge lett r riglit ther engage EZ Steer Minimize offline distance hy adjusting t
235. ease or decrease the Nudge Increment setting by the distance set P Nudge in the Steering Settings setup screen x 0 0 0 e Tap either the or button to increase or decrease the Online Aggressiveness setting by 5 Online Aggr The default value is set in the 100 Steering Settings setup screen Vehicle specific performance Before you use the EZ Steer system Trimble recommends that you consider the following vehicle specific performance suggestions Vehicle type Performance hint 2WD tractor For an EZ Steer system installed on tractors that have SuperSteer for example New Holland TG If the tractor has a SuperSteer front axle for best performance Reduce the Online Aggressiveness value Line up close to the swath and make certain that the front wheels are straight before engaging the EZ Steer system To get smoother performance when the vehicle is pulling an implement over tilled ground enable the Diff Lock This prevents the machine from pulling sharply to the left or right If you are calibrating on a hard surface turn off Diff Lock 4WD tractor The EZ Steer system can be installed on Case IH STX tractors with Accusteer For optimal performance disable Accusteer using the switch in the cab if possible FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 163 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Vehicle type Performance hint Sprayer It is common for these vehicles to have slow steering To compensate for this use high aggressi
236. ecrease the overshoot This This provides rapid responses but can cause the improves the stability but can introduce significant delays steering to exhibit signs of instability for example a in the steering response and can cause the vehicle to tendency to excessively overshoot oscillate from side to side Notes on performing the proportional steering gain calibration e Perform the Automatic Deadzone calibration immediately before you run the PGain calibration even if the Automatic Deadzone calibration has been performed in the past FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 517 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Perform this calibration on a level surface that is free of obstructions e Run the engine at full throttle e Raise the implement Increase the proportional gain up to the point just before any one of the following occurs e Slew times no longer decrease a low value is required e Overshoot exceeds 10 depending on the Tracker unit e Steering coulters noticeably shake near end stops To calibrate the proportional steering gain 1 Select the Steering Gain procedure from the calibration list Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration 2 Tap Run Slew Test A warning message appears 518 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 3 Tap Next Autopilot Steering Gain Calibration CAUTION The steering coulters can move abruptly during the Proportional Steering Gain procedure while the
237. ect an option Selecting Yes turns off sections when the GPS speed is zero 4 Inthe On Latency field enter a value By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch or valve this can happen on larger systems In this case increase the On Latency value to compensate the delay and Field IQ will turn on before they need to be turned on 5 Inthe OffLatency field enter a value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 319 10 The Field IQ Plugin 320 By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch or valve this can happen on larger systems In this case increase to compensate the delay and Field IQ will turn off before they need to be turned off Rate tab iF Select the Rate tab Field IQ Setup Enabled Note The Rate tab is only visible if you have at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module installed 2 In the Rate 1 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 1 In the Rate 2 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 2 In the Rate Increment field enter a value This is the increment to be used each time the Increment Decrement switch is pressed In the Rate Snapping drop down list select an option Se
238. ect one of the following orientations to mount the WSMT on the vehicle Facing down preferred Facing left acceptable Facing right acceptable BERRERERRRRRREE SS SSS e a te r i m Note Do not install the module in any other orientation The connection wires must not point upward or dust and rain may enter the module Installing working set member WSMB modules To mount the working set member modules WSMB on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the module If you must install the module in a remote or hard to reach area on the implement you can use an extension The acceptable mounting orientations are the same as those for a master module See Installing the working set master module page 341 Mount the module with the label facing out FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 341 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 2 Doone of the following e To bolt the module to the implement a Use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes A N CAUTION Do not use the member module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure b Remove the module and then drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Attach the module to the frame with two 14 x 20 bolts or a threaded U bolt e To tie strap the module to the implement a Ifmounting holes on the implem
239. ectare OEE usmere ee irosottertiarneroce o Installing the Field IQ hardware For information on installing the Field IQ crop input control system on your implement refer to e Field IQ Platform Installation Instructions Tru Count Air Clutch Installation Instructions Rawson Installation Instructions For the latest versions of these documents go to www trimble com agriculture FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 255 10 The Field IQ Plugin Field 1Q master switch box functions Increment decrement switch Increases the applied amount by a set amount the amount set in the Setup screen Rate tab Rate switch Choose to use preset Rate 1 preset Rate 2 or Manual rate eis indicator Red Unit is powered but not communicating with the FM 1000 Green Unit is powered and communicating with the FM 1000 Yellow Unit is initializing communications with the FM 1000 Automatic Manual section switch Automatic mode The FM 1000 integrated display automatically opens and closes sections when entering areas of overlap non apply zones or crossing boundaries Manual mode The sections are controlled by the user using the Field IQ system Tip You can switch from Automatic to Manual mode while traveling 5a Jump start position The same functions as in Master On are active plus the system is overridden to use a preset control speed the speed is set in the Setup screen Ov
240. ections field Configuring the variable rate controller If you specified a variable rate controller type the FM 1000 integrated display initiates communications with the controller each time that you open a field Communications are terminated when you close the field 548 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Control Plugin 16 If the FM 1000 integrated display cannot communicate with the controller e A message appears identifying the problem If the specified controller type has a configurable baud rate the error message includes details of the baud rate that the FM 1000 integrated display requires the controller to use e The Applied rate disappears from the Run screen e Variable rate logging is suspended while the controller is disconnected Raven To use a Raven controller with an FM 1000 integrated display the controller must e be GPS ready e use Ravens latest communications protocol which was introduced in 1996 If your controller is not GPS ready or does not use the latest protocol contact Raven for an upgrade pack To use a Raven controller you need a special adaptor cable Trimble P N 69729 to connect to the FM 1000 cable P N 67091 which is connected to port D on the display Configuring the controller For a Raven controller to operate correctly with an FM 1000 integrated display the following Data Menu settings are required e BAUD 9600 e GPS Inac e DLOG ON e TRIG 1
241. ed Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 You can reset this value on the application setup screen or by selecting the Channel Product Level screen from the Run screen 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup Setup Status Config Sections AccUMUlalors Rate Snapping To access the Channel Product Level screen from the Run screen 1 Show the details of one of the channels See Detailed channel information button page 431 2 Tap the button Channel Product Level Channel 1 com Accumulated Level 0 00 kS Reset to 0 Current Level 0 00 kS Capacity 0 00 kS Reset Level 0 00 kS Partial Refill 0 00 kS To reset the material accumulator and the tank level tap Reset to 0 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 435 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Operating a sprayer liquid flow 436 A WARNING When the master switch is in the On position the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are controlling a sprayer with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen em perp a Serayersecion ardsersors norman
242. ed the end stops Retry and if the problem persists instead of centering the steering at the start of each cycle try turning the steering in the opposite direction to that which is being tested so that the calibration procedure has a greater range to test over Error Valve Connectors The calibration test sensed the steering turning in the opposite Could Be Swapped direction to what was expected Retry and if the problem persists either the valve connectors have been accidentally swapped or the steering sensor calibration was performed incorrectly Error No GPS A GPS receiver must be connected and outputting positions before the software can run the calibration procedure Error No Steering During the calibration cycle insufficient movement was sensed Response Detected for the calibration to complete If the problem persists the hydraulic installation could be faulty Error Unable To Determine A problem occurred when trying to compute dead zone Retry DZ Try Again and if the problem persists contact Technical Support Error Software Problem The software was unable to complete the calibration due to Detected insufficient movement of the vehicle If the problem persists contact Technical Support Calibrating the proportional steering gain Note Complete the steering sensor calibration before you perform the proportional gain calibration Perform the proportional steering gain calibration only when the Autopilot syst
243. ee 641 Vehicle Diagnostics Guidance screen 2 2 00 eee ee eee 642 Vehicle Diagnostics Steering screen e risentia ee wis aie ates PR eae ee 643 Vehicle Diagnostics Details screen 4 4 dx eed wie ASS Sh Ee we EE Oe Gk eS 644 Autopilot Faults SCLCCML esaea hs dntes Ba a Bde Sard a MSR SOS Ewe RRS 645 VIEW Vane SEICE oo ofa tanita eee SA Rte on Oa ae Bah ee ie ale BE 645 EO labs SClCCW a hyn to ied a ae Se Oe Ae ah ee A oe ee 646 DOE CC SIN AIG ah teste ee wes Oth ohh tn i ea BS A ceri he ate lane Uh by Beh ee ate 646 Forcing Ne Systen TOTUL Olle gs ond hae e eee ba ket aes ORES PERG oe Sea Ge 647 18 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Introduction This manual describes how to install configure and use the available plugins for the Trimble FM 1000 integrated display version 4 00 Even if you have used other Global Positioning System GPS products before Trimble recommends that you spend some time reading this manual to learn about the special features of this product If you are not familiar with GPS visit the Trimble website www trimble com for an interactive look at Trimble and GPS About the product The FM 1000 integrated display which consists of both software and hardware is an easy to use advanced field management system The software runs on a 30 cm 12 touch sensitive color LCD screen The FM 1000 integrated display is the companys highest level display for agricultural purposes It is compa
244. ee ee Ane Geen es eae eee eee eee ee 568 Configuring the Productivity Monitoring plugin 0000048 568 OperdOn etes tu ese est eu teeeee eee See eae eh eee eee ee eee ee 570 The Yield Monitoring Plugin 1 2 annann 571 Ppor ed PAO otuhoe te aus Ae Ge eee ss heen ees Ba ee Ge St ae ts 572 M AOs cetbetiguesc dees eo sedencu see ube seeeeeeeas eee ss eee oben D72 FM 1000 John Deere 9x60 or 9x70 yield monitor s an 572 FM 1000 AgLeader YM2000 yield monitor aasa aaa 574 CONMSUIAMON 445564 hae eae bur en oe E begs hee Ges OS e a 575 Configuring the FM 1000 integrated display to perform yield monitoring 575 Configuring the John Deere Yield Monitor 0 0000 576 CAUDO eee ee ae ee ee ee a 580 Calibrating yield monitoring ound on ge ee Re eek bo eS eee Ree ee eS 580 Operating the Yield Monitor plugin 44 2 0 o5 255544462 o oe G4 Gas OSG Sed eee eS 581 RU DCreCUicg eerie cud hegeseeese5 atheros tentang tuteasees ante ee 581 Puo 4 eans oe eee eee e Ones ee Poe ee abe eee eae ee nee e eee oes 582 Coverage map AV Cls s ec Geee rereana sieke eee hee ee ee eee Sue 582 Yield Monitor status buttons 2 448 a3256 4540 6400 444 64454866 oboe eas 582 Miorma lonse E 6445 9 c 066 a gear eee So area era dao eee ye eee 583 OF CSSA TCG 6544 54Geeheee ob SRR Ee ee ae Pea eS me oS 584 Third party display instructions 5 0 4 2 4 4294 fee Se S46 oo dee ae eRe Ee A RO RO 586 Configuring the St
245. ee eens hae 6 48 Savine ane Vent SUMNIATY B62 b 6 44 tone mg eee ee eee ee eae Ge ae es 48 The Rin scree IavOUl a4 apo e eeeay eae bee eee Ge eee ak oe oe Pee eee 49 Selecting a swath pattern cc4saehee eh o05 eH REG HESS PERE EE EE HOES G A 56 Crea mie a ewe eases ae eh eae dee be aR eee eee eee G ee 57 We hecord DUTON s 6 4 5 Same 2a ee ee ew te tae RR ae ees pS ee es 60 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 7 Contents 5 8 Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern 0 0 00 61 PCAN ANC 2 Ges cage ne Pee eas yee eee ee ee eee eee Gee Bee eee ee 63 Adding anaccess palh a4 ae mbes ee ae oe eee OR ERY eee ooo ee ox 64 Swath management e4454 ee5h6e 444 004 Ea eR OREO EE ESSE oH e 65 Using the Guide to tabs 644 4 44he6 5 oo 95 HOSS Se OO4 9 EES GOR 66 Using Skip to fine tune navigation 2 aaa ee 67 Placing field features ONSCrEEN 4424 hea 4 Oba a eh ede we SS eee eS 67 Pause budan Es aoa ha oe ROE Ae GS ERAS a A eee aes 68 Adjusting the status text Size 25 pau ee hehe GG eon e ee Ra eS Ges bee e ho ess 69 Introduction to coverage logging 1 ee 70 DOCSIS VACHS oss cee tee ee as oe BEG ESO debe eG aes Bee a ee 70 PICsCHOUONGs 255 y0eebe sae oe Poe raae 73 Display Setup 2 ee 79 Accessing the system configuration settings 2 2 eee ee 80 Password aCCOSS 26s eet boee ode he eRe e Gwe hae EEE EER ee aaa ee 81 Calibrating the touch screen tana ks Gana e eee es Ped Oe oe
246. ee em a aa 624 PVCU UStORV UIC 2448s oe ook oe ee cone ore ooh eee ae eae eo oes 625 Peatures MICS oo A sos eee eee ae eee ee eee eae ee eee eee 8 oe eS ss 625 Program Log message file ius 444 4 eee PRR EE RAE RSS CE SEERA GHEE 626 Importing AB Lines or boundaries o 452404 eeean8 vee bebe ee beens te Pare ewes 627 The Prescriptions folder 1 2 ce eee 629 Copying or deleting data files 2 6 6446 49 fae koe Se be etd Cee OER Ge Bees 630 Accessing data files from the Home screen 2 0 00000 eee eee eee 630 Accessing the data files through the Configuration screen 631 COP Wine dds s 229642245 boa eases Been eee eee oe hen ee ae ee 631 Dee OAs eee err teased hak eeee teed eek ee ge eta ee nee eee 632 Data dictionare lt n cy tee ee te pee oe ak ee epee ene ee te bee eee 634 Troubleshooting 2 0 00 eee eee ee 637 Aavanced diag NOStiCS e is s 445 ni 64 oe soe eee ees does ae ae oes sone ee i 638 Viewing raw senal data 22208066 Saada bbe Behe ees ee eee ee 48 oe Ee as 639 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 17 Contents kestornne derul SeN Goa aaa sree ge yen Bear ook 8 cm Bie Warne Bee Behe a we Gee eh es 640 Viewing FM 1000 integrated display diagnostic information 000 641 Display configuration information 0 6 8 cars See SM ee oe we OL Gb ae 641 USB memory Stick informations eresi 6 924408 0484 EE 22 42 oR Sw edo 641 Viewing vehicle diagnostic information 0 0 000 eee
247. ee page 236 e For Contour mode see page 241 228 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Driving in Point and Slope mode When you drive in Point and Slope mode the FieldLevel II tab appears as follows Tap Edit button button Bench or Rebench Delete Benchmark Up Arrow Down Arrow Auto Coarse Logging To Edit the design slope Increase the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Decrease the design slope by the Slope Adjust amount Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 205 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Delete any benchmark on the field Note You do not have to drive over a benchmark to delete it Raise the blade by the Blade Step amount Lower the blade by the Blade Step amount Engage automatic blade height control e starts the slope calculation e resets the height e resets the cut fill Use the Up and Down arrows to change the blade height by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables you to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Log the coverage so that you can see on the map where you have been dependent on your Implement Width A shape file is created with cut fill and height information The slope is defined as the percentage vertical drop against horizontal travel A positive slope goes upwards and a negative slope goes downward For example if the slope is set to 1 the slope will drop 1 ft for eve
248. een FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 69 3 Getting Started Introduction to coverage logging Coverage logging records the area that you have covered when you carry out an operation for example applying fertilizer to a field The covered area appears on the Run screen as a translucent yellow area that shows skips as well as single double and triple coverage Single coverage Double coverage Triple coverage To activate coverage logging tap the Logging button on the Run screen so that it changes from gray to green Tap the button again to stop coverage logging Logging varieties By default coverage logging appears as a solid yellow block see above However you can set up varieties that make it easy to see the difference between different types of coverage This enables you to e Change product part way through a field so that you can later identify which parts of the field are covered in which product 70 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 e Plant or apply two or more different products side by side and record the locations in your field For example you could put corn seed in the left side hoppers on your planter and clover seed in the right side hoppers and track where each set of seeds is planted The varieties are assigned to rows on your implement Specify the number of rows on your implement when you configure it For more information see
249. een and then tap Shutdown e Hold down the power button on the reverse of the display for approximately half a second Note There is sometimes a short delay between the time when you tap the power button and when the display turns off This is because the display is saving settings FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 31 2 32 Display Overview Home screen The Home screen lists the following information about the display e The display build date firmware and hardware version e The Autopilot controller version date and serial number e The GPS receiver version correction source and subscription information e The selected vehicle make and model Note lf you connect two Autopilot NavController IT controllers the Home screen shows a summary of both controllers If you connect a single controller the Home screen appears as shown below Support System Information ersion 4 00 0 Aug 2 2010 12 22 Connecting to Autopilot Hardware Desktop Demonstration Part Number n a iit Configuring Receiver Step 9 of 27 om Connecting to Field IQ Powered by Trimble 2008 2010 Trimble Navigation Limited All rights reserved This productis protected by US and international copyright trademark and patent law as described in the Legal Notices topic in the product FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Configuration screen The Configuration screen enables you to create ed
250. een appears Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration Control Valve Type Servo v Plumbing Inine wv Valve Behavior On Sections Ta Ciosed fock in Last Position w Auxiliary Valve pisabied v Pump Disarming Switch pisabied M Cancel 5 Select the Valve tab and then select the appropriate value for each field Select one of the following options Pump Servo The Pump Servo setting controls an electric motor which actuates a hydraulic valve As the valve actuates it adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly PWM The PWM pump setting controls an electric solenoid valve which adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly Fast Servo 4 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a DICKEY john servo Mid Tech servo or Raven Fast Valve Servo 2 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a Raven standard servo Hardi bypass scenario Most commonly used on Hardi sprayers equipped with 3 way section valves that return flow to tank when the boom section is off Inline Valve is in the solution line going to the boom The valve opens to increase application rate Bypass Valve is in the Return to Tank line The valve closes to increase the application rate Close When all sections are off the control valve returns
251. efiles that are recorded during the event called Coverage See Coverage logging data page 623 e Track logging shapefiles that are recorded during the event called Track3D_ lt date time gt The following figure shows how an Event folder and its files are organized E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field Planting File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q O search i Foes 3 gt X WD FF Address C E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field Planting Folders Jee se Type EP Desktop G My Documents El Fi My Computer Local Disk C 4 DVD RW Drive D El H SanDisk ImageMate E El C AgGrs fem AB Lines I Autopilot E i Data E C Smith Farms E 3 Meadowbrook E C South Field fae Planting gt Spraying E C3 Diagnostics 3 Autopilot 3 Screenshots i Firmware 2 Prescriptions Cc Summaries 3 upgrade TaskData folder Ej Coverage dbt kd Coverage shp Coverage shx Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 dbf Track3D_2006 08 17 01_21_36_557 shp Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01 21 36 _557 shx Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01 21 36 557 trx Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 dbf Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 shp Track3D_ 2006 08 17 01 22 20 199 shx fs Track3D_2006 08 17 01_22_20_199 trx Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 dbf Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 shp zs Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 shx E Track3D_2006 08 17 12_49_00_786 trx Data Base ESRI Shape file
252. ehicle e Stable implements Implements that are unstable such as sprayers with large flotation tires will cause rocking in the antenna that will be greater than the performance improvements on the ground FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 495 13 The TrueGuide Plugin e Both the Autopilot option and the TrueGuide plugin activated on the FM 1000 integrated display For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 True Guide TrueGuide implement setup Before using the FM 1000 integrated display with the TrueGuide system plugin select and configure a new or existing implement For more information see Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Note You can update existing saved implements with implement geometry to support TrueGuide implement guidance Note Antenna offsets are provided when the antenna cannot be placed directly over the working point of the implement These offsets should be minimized whenever possible Settings on the Geometry tab are required for implement modelling When configuring an implement for the TrueGuide system the following antenna offsets are required Hitch to ground contact Measured from the tractor hitch pin to the soil engagement point that the point implement rotates around Antenna front back Measured from the implement working point to the center of the GPS antenna if mounted Antenna left right Measured from the center of the implement to the center of the GPS anten
253. eld monitoring information from John Deere combines and Ag Leader displays This chapter describes how to configure the FM 1000 integrated display for use with various yield monitoring platforms FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 571 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Supported Platforms The FM 1000 integrated display supports yield monitoring information from the following combines Mae Model SOP John Deere JD 60 series 73 Ag Leader YM 2000 Installation FM 1000 John Deere 9x60 or 9x70 yield monitor This figure shows how to connect the FM 1000 integrated display to the John Deere 9x60 or 9x70 yield monitoring system Item Description Trimble part number 1 FM 1000 integrated display 93100 01 FM 1000 power cable 66694 FM 1000 basic power cable 67258 8mGPSTNC TNC RT angle cable 90449 AG25 GNSS antenna 68040 005 572 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide item Description The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 Trimble part number FM 1000 to CAN cable with port replicator 75407 Display to John Deere 9x70 all or 9x60 non ATR ready 76509 Display to John Deere 9x60 ATR ready 77692 Connecting the John Deere 60 series combine Note The John Deere 60 series combine must have moisture sensor version 1 20c installed for yield monitoring to function correctly For more information see Updating the Moisture Senso
254. em performance is less than satisfactory The proportional steering gain PGain setting enables you to reach a compromise between rapid steering response and stability Modifications to the PGain setting affect two steering characteristics Slew Time The amount of time that the front wheels take to move from the far left to the far right position and vice versa e Overshoot The percentage by which the front wheels exceed the commanded angle before they settle on the correct value 136 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 To correct slight variations caused by valve current response friction and hydraulic fluid viscosity alter these settings High PGain values Low PGain values Decrease the slew time and increase the Increase the slew time and decrease the overshoot This provides rapid responses but overshoot This improves the stability but can can cause the steering to exhibit signs of introduce significant delays in the steering instability for example a tendency to response and can cause the vehicle to oscillate excessively overshoot from side to side Notes on performing the proportional steering gain calibration e Perform the Automatic Deadzone calibration immediately before you run the PGain calibration even if the Automatic Deadzone calibration has been performed in the past Perform this calibration on a hard level surface that is free of obstructions e Maintain
255. en page 32 Touch screen elements The following interactive features appear on the touch screen e Virtual buttons e Virtual keyboard e Virtual number pad e Drop down boxes e Slider bars e Lists For more information see Slide out tabs in Configuring the Status Items page 88 Virtual buttons The most common way to interact with the display is to use the virtual buttons Treat a virtual button as you would a normal button To press the button tap the area of the screen where it appears 26 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Some FM 1000 integrated display buttons have a direct action while others change to show that a feature is enabled or disabled This button is currently selected Virtual keyboard Use the virtual keyboard to enter text and numbers o ooo p erase a letter that you have typed by the lt lt backspace button mistake clear all the text you have entered the CLEAR button finish entering text the OK button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 27 2 Display Overview 28 Virtual number pad The virtual number pad works in the same way as the virtual keyboard For example the following screen appears when you edit the width of an implement in the Implement Boom Setup screen Select the Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet button to change the units Tip When you change units the number value in the window is automatically converted
256. en select the GPS Receiver option and then tap Setup The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 2 Inthe Corrections drop down list select either OmniSTAR HP XP or OmniSTAR HP XP VBS The Autoseed button becomes available 3 Select Autoseed and then tap OK Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software The FM 1000 integrated display has a virtual AgRemote interface for manually adjusting GPS receiver settings This is recommended for advanced users only To access the virtual AgRemote interface 170 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver 6 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver option and then tap Diagnostics The GPS Status screen appears Tap AgRemote The virtual AgRemote interface appears For more information on the correct use of the AgRemote interface refer to the AgRemote Software Guide for AgGPS Receivers on www trimble com Enabling NMEA message output The NMEA message formats are a standard format through which GPS receivers can communicate If you have an external device connected to the Autopilot controller you can enable NMEA message output from the controller so that the device receives NMEA GPS positions The messages are output through the NavController harness laptop connector Some GPS receivers can output NMEA messages to an external device To do this 1 2 On the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver option and then tap Setup The GPS Rece
257. en you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and
258. ension must be txt 2 Enter the body text 3 Copy the txt file to the AgGPS Data Dictionary folder on the displays USB memory stick On screen for example in the Client screen the file entries appear as shown below 634 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management To access the entries in the dictionary l 2 3 4 In the Field Setup screen tap New To view the available items tap the down arrow Select the appropriate item from the list Tap OK 25 You can still enter new information as before but these entries are not added to the data dictionary To add items to the data dictionary edit the txt file on an office computer FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 635 25 Data Management 636 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting In this chapter Advanced diagnostics Viewing raw serial data Restoring default settings Viewing FM 1000 integrated display diagnostic information GPS Status screen Screen snaps Forcing the system to turn off CHAPTER This chapter describes how to analyze problems that may occur with the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 637 638 26 Troubleshooting Advanced diagnostics the System options Diagnostics mode enables you to configure advanced guidance settings Most users will not need to adjust these settings 1 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Diagnostic
259. ent are required use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes b Drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Feed a long tie strap through the two mounting holes on the module and then through the holes on the implement d Securely tighten the tie strap e Install a second tie strap around the module at the label end of the enclosure for additional support 3 Connect a WSMB harness to the module Insert both connectors until the connector locking tabs engage The WSMB module harness can accept a standard DICKEY john style planter harness Harnesses are available for a number of row configurations 4 Repeat these steps for any additional member modules Note For correct system operation you must install a CAN terminator on the last module harness Installing output modules To mount the output modules on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the module If you must install the module in a remote or hard to reach area on the implement you can use an extension The acceptable mounting orientations are the same as those fora master module See Installing the working set master module page 341 Mount the module with the label facing out 342 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 2 Doone of the following e To bolt the module to the implement a Use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bol
260. er shaft turns while the calibration is performed Adjust the Number of Revs value This is the number of revolutions the meter will turn during the calibration This constitutes the length of the test The higher the number the more accurate the calibration Tap Start Tap Master or turn on the external master switch in the cab The calibration begins FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 The system runs the dispensing unit meter conveyor at the specified RPM for the specified number of meter revolutions and then automatically shuts down Spreader Constant Calibration 13 Weigh the material dispensed and then enter the value into the Amount Dispensed field Remember to subtract the weight of the bucket or other receptacle 14 Tap Continue and then tap Save to save the new spreader constant Otherwise tap OK to exit Planter seed count This test uses the test switch It enables you to run the system without lowering it In this test you run the planter for a known number of disk rotations and then count the seeds to ensure that they match the systems count FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 425 11 426 The Tru Application Control Plugin 1 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen select Seed Channel Test Tru Application Control Calibration C Channel 1 liquid _Control Valve Calibration _Liquid Flow Calibration Channel 2 com Control
261. er Harness os gm Sep im Son A D an ew DJ467980850 Planter Control Module Harness Optional lengths 6 10 15 20 30 40 or 50 Extension Customize depending on specific planter Harness WSMT II f DJ467980835S1 Module Planter Drill Control Order and install DJ467980851 if using Seed Manager SE amp __ Style Harness Application Rate Sensor amp Flow Meter x 4 Channel 1 4 Feedback OEE om Coron Eli tb Connect to next module harness or implement extension harness Connect CAN terminator if this is the last module on the CAN bus PWM Solenoid Valves Channel 1 4 Control i i From Previous o Module Harness Liquid Servo _______ lg DJ467980160 or Extension Control Valves Hamess Pe 4 Channel H Control Harness og J UW Diy j nN L _ Air Pressure E i l Sensor Hopper Level Sensor 7 Implement _ TRU COUNT HARNESS ote B n DJ46798014X mplemen DJ467983505 Lift Harness Optional lengths 6 10 20 25 or 40 Sensor Customize depending on specific planter j eae Fan Shaft pS Sensor i C Radar Fl Speed Sensor
262. eralization etc and importantly this year s expected maximum yield potential and response to additional nitrogen The ideal NRS would run the length of the field but it should at least be 400 feet long Establishing a calibration reference area Establish the NRS in a representative reference portion of the field i e not in high spot or low spot The rate of N necessary to establish a NRS is crop and region dependent and should be equivalent to the highest rate necessary to satisfy crop needs throughout the growing season The rest of the field is referred to as the Non Reference Non Ref portion It may also be referred to as the N limited area or farmer practice region For best results the RT200 should be used to read the NRS and apply N at growth stages dependent upon the crop algorithm used For most supplied algorithms this is typically FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 475 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 476 e Wheat Feekes growth stage 4 6 e Corn V8 V12 For updated specific algorithm instructions see www GreenSeeker com In order for the sensors to accurately determine NDVI for topdressing or sidedressing plant coverage should be at least 50 The RT200 system with RT Commander can use the sensor mounted booms to read the NRS or the GreenSeeker Hand Held sensor can be used to determine field conditions To collect sensor readings for the NRS the boom mounted sensor or handheld sensor should be passed o
263. ered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library y
264. erial Rate Control plugin For instructions on installing the Serial Rate Control plugin see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 195 Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display Configure the spray boom as described in Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Enabling and configuring the variable rate controller in the FM 1000 integrated display 1 From the Configuration screen select the Serial Rate Control plugin and then tap Setup Edit Variable Rate Controller settings Note The fields that appear on the screen depend on which controller you selected 2 Select the controller make from the Controller drop down list 3 Select the display port the controller is connected to from the Port drop down list 4 Ifthe Active Channel field appears enter the active channel name 5 Inthe Send Rate As list select the unit of measure 6 Inthe Rates tab enter the default rate and step size for the controller in the Default Rate and Step Size text fields FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 547 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 7 Inthe Rate Snapping list select Enabled or Disabled Edit Variable Rate Controller settings Sections Default Rate 13 90 gala Step Size 0 11 gal Rate Snapping 8 Tap OK Edit Variable Rate Controller settings Comm Rate Sections Number of Sections G E 9 Inthe Rates tab enter the number of sections in the Number of S
265. erride tab 5b On position The sections and rate are ready to be commanded by the FM 1000 integrated display 5c Off position Sections are closed and rate is set to zero Tip Use the jump start function if you lose a GPS signal or you want to start applying before your implement is up to speed Note All systems are required to have a Field IQ master switch box 256 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Field IQ 12 section switch box optional 7 10 12 vill UU UU UL USUEe Only one section switch box can be used on each system Each section switch is automatically assigned to the corresponding section The sections are read from left to right For example switch 1 assigns to the section furthest on the left when standing behind the implement For more information see the Hardware tab in Setup screen of the Field IQ plugin The section switches have different functions depending upon the status of the master Automatic Manual section control switch on the master switch box When the Automatic Manual section control switch is in the Automatic position e Ifthe section switch is in the on up position the section s assigned to it are commanded automatically by the FM 1000 integrated display e Ifthe section switch is in the off down position the section s assigned to it are commanded to be off When the Automatic Manual section control switch is in the Manual position e Ift
266. ertilizer Configuring anhydrous Combining channels Calibrating sensors Operating a planter or drill Operating a sprayer liquid flow Operating an air seeder granular seed Operating a spreader granular fertilizer m Operating an anhydrous unit Running the system in Monitor only mode Obtaining diagnostics information about the Tru Application Control device Resetting the master module m Warning messages FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 335 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Introduction When the Tru Application Control plugin is installed the FM 1000 integrated display can control application devices such as a planter sprayer drill air seeder spreader or anhydrous ammonia applicator This chapter explains how to configure and use the Tru Application Control plugin Configuration and operation differs depending on which implement type you are using This chapter is in five sections see the relevant section for your implement A N CAUTION In this chapter the value 0 represents disabled For example the Shut Off Speed option enables you to set the low speed that shuts off the system If you set the Shut Off Speed to 0 it disables that option Therefore when the speed reaches 0 the implement does not shut off Note You can only install one variable rate control plugin at once You cannot run the EZ Boom plugin or the Serial Rate Control plugin when the Tru Application Control p
267. es and folders on the FM 1000 integrated display USB memory m Transferring data to an office Sticke computer Data formats Folders on the USB memory stick Files on the USB memory stick Importing AB Lines or boundaries Data dictionaries FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 613 25 Data Management Transferring data to an office computer All field data collected by the FM 1000 integrated display is saved onto the USB memory stick To transfer data to an office computer 1 Remove the USB memory stick from the FM 1000 integrated display 2 Insert the USB memory stick into your office computer CAUTION If you place the files in a series of folders the combined filename and folder path may become too long and the operating system may not allow you to open the files To avoid this Trimble recommends that you place data in your computer s C folder 3 Copy the appropriate folder to the office computer using an application such as Windows Explorer This copies all the sub folders and files in the folder Note When you copy or move files using Windows Explorer you must keep all the shape files dbf shp and shx together so that office software can open the theme file To ensure that the files stay together always copy the entire folder rather than just the individual files If you create a new event in a field and you already have the Field folder containing any previous events on the office computer you should s
268. et rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen planter tab you increase or decrease the planter target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 8 To adda target rate a Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kg ha or Ibs a as appropriate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 407 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin C Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate Range 0 0 kSva 150 0 ksa Enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears 11 Enter the Product Level Alarm weight When the amount of product drops to this level a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now config
269. etting When the pattern is complete tap Apply The pattern you entered is applied to all sensors To clear an existing pattern and start again tap Clear To adjust each sensor in the Rows group tap it To access additional sensors tap gt 4 Tap OK aa FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 361 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Other sensors 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Other Sensors Other Sensor Setup Ground Speed Sensor 1 There are five different types of sensor you can connect Hopper Sensor A hopper sensor mounts inside a tank bin and reports when that tank bin is empty The hopper sensor does not report the current level of the tank bin it reports when the Ss product level drops below where the sensor is mounted To monitor current tank levels see Material accumulator page 434 RPM Sensor An RPM sensor monitors the speed of a shaft in an implement It measures the number of CECE shaft rotations per minute Pressure Sensor There are two types of pressure sensors that can be connected to the system Ovo KPas e An air pressure sensor measures the air or vacuum pressure within a tank for implements that use air to move product A liquid pressure sensor can be used in spraying applications to measure the liquid pressure at a given point within the system Ground Speed There are three different types of ground speed sensors Sensor e GPS e Radar e Manual input
270. etween the different FreeForm sections In the following example there are 2 FreeForm sections Item Description o A straight FreeForm AB Line selected A curved FreeForm section You may want guidance along either line To snap between one section and another tap the Next Path button on the Run screen Ifthe Next Path button is not available tap Back and then tap Next Path Guidance jumps to the next section To cycle through the available sections keep tapping Next Path Note This selects a curve only if the curve is within the snapping zone FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Recording FreeForm guidance simultaneously with coverage When you select the FreeForm pattern on the Swaths Management screen you can select the When Logging option from the Record Swath drop down list Swath Management When this option is selected the system activates FreeForm logging whenever coverage is being logged You can simultaneously turn on or off coverage and FreeForm logging with the Logging button on the Run screen Or if you have an external remote logging switch that controls coverage logging the system records FreeForm curves when the remote logging switch is enabled the remote switch turns on coverage which begins FreeForm logging However if a Field IQ EZ Boom or Tru Application Control system is connected the master switch on the Field IQ or EZ Boom controller or on the Tru Applicati
271. evice must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Responsible Party Trimble Navigation 935 Stewart Drive Sunnyvale CA 94085 Telephone 1 408 481 8000 Canada This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NMB 003 du Canada This apparatus complies with Canadian RSS GEN RSS 310 RSS 210 and RSS 119 Cet appareil est conforme a la norme CNR GEN CNR 310 CNR 210 et CNR 119 du Canada Australia and New Zealand Class A Statement Attention This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Australia and New Zealand This product conforms with the regulatory requirements of the Australian Communications Authority ACA EMC framework thus satisfying the requirements for C Tick Marking and sale within Australia and New Zealand Notice to Our European Union Customers For product recycling instructions and more information please go to www trimble com ev shtml Recycling in Europe To recycle Trimble WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment products that run on electrical power Call 31 497 53 24 30 and ask for the WEEE Associate Or mail a request for recycling instructions to Trimble Europe BV c o Menlo Worldwide Logistics Meerheide 45 5521 DZ Eersel
272. export these design control files and then load them into the FieldLevel II system to shape the field surface based on the work in the office Leveling models In addition to AutoPlane and MultiPlane design support the FieldLevel II system has five additional leveling models Point and Slope The system levels at a consistent upward or downward slope regardless of the vehicles direction This can be useful for installing tile and field drainage Autoslope You define a section line and a set of constraints for the system to use to design either a tile or surface ditch profile The system will then install tile or cut a surface ditch to that design Flat plane laser Use this leveling model to level a field that has previously been measured with a laser The FieldLevel II GPS system will correct the design heights to a plane surface to match your previous laser system Flat plane GPS Use this model to level a field using the FieldLevel II GPS system No corrections will be made to a flat plane so the surface will be curved to match the surface of the Earth This is the most accurate model to use so that water sits at an equal depth across a field Contour The system guides you around a contour The system indicates whether to drive up or down to maintain your current level This is designed for marking rice levees FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 213 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Terminology The FieldLevel II
273. f fertilizer in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the planter spreader if you do a partial refill 14 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 15 Ifnecessary repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 Once you assign the materials to channels see Combining channels page 415 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 405 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring anhydrous Entering materials Enter the material to be applied 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears Material Setup with the new material in the list on the left of the screen APNH3 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen set the type of material to Anhydrous The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type Hei Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 406 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 6 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup 25 00 Ibs a Default Seed planting rates are measured in the following units Symbot Description kg ha Kilograms of nitrogen per hectare US Imperial Pounds of nitrogen per acre 7 Enter the following values Item Description The minimum pres
274. ff Latency 0 00 On Latency 0 005 Rem Deserption OoOO O Channel Width The combined width assigned to this channel Number Sections Enables entry of a specific number of sections to the control channel Section assignment is given priority based on the section and is assigned sequentially thereafter Off Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a running state to a stopped state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on later using the off latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area On Latency Measured in seconds and is the time it takes for the control channel to go from a stopped state to a running state Enter a time here for the TAC system to automatically turn the channel on later using the on latency value to ensure that the system is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area 412 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 7 Configure the appropriate Anhydrous settings Channel Configuration met Channel 1 NH3 Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Anhydrous Measurement Unit I Maximum Flow Rate 7402 06 Ibsihr Measurement Unit How the product is measured for the Max Flow Rate setting N nitrogen or NH3 anhydrous ammonia Max Flow Rate When the nitrogen application reaches this flow rate a warning appears 8 Tap OK The C
275. file whose name represents the coordinates of the field boundary file for example 172 000E43 000S12H pos locates the boundary at latitude 172 000 East longitude 43 000 South and altitude 12 m high e Any recorded features files See Features files page 625 e Any paused files See Pausing guidance page 68 e The field event history file EventHistory dbf It contains information about each event carried out in the field See Event History file page 625 620 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The following figure shows how a Fie d folder and its files are organized Er E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q S p sean Fors i gt X ID Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook South Field E Desktop Planting File Folder My Documents Spraying File Folder E W My Computer 122 00000E36 99997N6 1H pos OKB POS File a Local Disk C ss EventHistory dbf Data Base 3 DVD RW Drive D E aen m we P E SanDisk ImageMate E Jp KE ESRI Shapefile El O AgGPs Swaths shx SHX File C3 AB Lines C Autopilot El Data E Smith Farms E i Meadowbrook El gt Beare 3 Planting Spraying E C Diagnostics C Autopilot 3 Screenshots co Firmware oo Prescriptions oo Summaries 3 upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 621 25 Data Management Event folder Each Event folder stores e Coverage logging shap
276. first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the sections FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 439 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Operating an air seeder granular seed 440 A WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is On the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are running an air seeder with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the main guidance screen Air seeder tab see page 443 Logging on off button Channel to row assignment bar Row status bar Row Information tab Air seeder row details button see page 445 Additional sensor readings Turning the air seeder on or off Implement lift switch installed Ifan implement lift switch is not installed see page 442 To apply seed if an optional implement lift switch is installed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so that the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes as shown below Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button Implement switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is Off Implemen
277. g Select Disabled for the system to ignore the implement lift switch if installed You can manually control coverage logging from the Run screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 273 10 The Field IQ Plugin Boom tab 1 Select the Boom tab Field IQ Setup 2 To control whether the system sends a high or a low signal to close a section valve select one of the following options from the Section Signal drop down list Reverse Polarity Electric Clutch Boom Valve Liqui Block N CAUTION Selecting the incorrect value causes the system to operate opposite of the required result 3 Inthe Turn Off When Stopped drop down list select an option Selecting Yes turns off sections when the GPS speed is zero 4 Inthe On Latency field enter a value By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch or valve this can happen on larger systems In this case increase the On Latency value to compensate the delay and Field IQ will turn on before they need to be turned on 5 Inthe OffLatency field enter a value 274 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch or valve this can happen on larger systems In this case increase to compensate the delay and Field IQ will turn off before they need to be turned off Rate tab
278. g screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 641 26 Troubleshooting Vehicle Diagnostics Guidance screen Vehicle Controller Setup Guidance ame soera oel 4 F Oaa aaa 000 10 a aja 9000 Bryer ret E Heafy I Sae pim z 1 PPE E DGPS 8 pD _ fen ao View Fault Log View Warning ee A graph of offline distance over time It is useful for diagnosing problems with the vehicle coming online and staying online Shows the difference between vehicle heading and path heading p O p O po O CSR Cross Track Error A numeric value of the offline distance T i The current vehicle speed calculated by the system 10 1PPS Shows whether the 1PPS signal from a GPS receiver is detected A slider for adjusting the Aggressiveness of the steering system Engage button Engages disengages the system and shows the current engage state When this button is red tap it to see the fault that is preventing automatic mode 642 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 Vehicle Diagnostics Steering screen Vehicle Controller Setup Steering Guidance Steering Details PWMRight owo _PWM Right No Steering PWMLet 0 View Fauit Log View Waming y o x Rem seon pemp OoOO Steering command override Bypasses the normal steering command to the wheels With this feature you can force a certain angle of turn and make sure that the system
279. g the real time combined average NDVI from the RT200 module 3 Position the vehicle at the reference locations 480 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 4 To record NDVI data from the reference strip tap Ref drive the reference strip and then tap Ref again to end recording 5 To record NDVI data from the non reference strip tap Non Ref drive the non reference strip and then tap Non Ref again to end recording Note As the NDVI is collected the data is stored in respective fields on the GreenSeeker calibration page Keep the vehicle moving as you collect the data stopping in one location affects the average values The Ref and Non Ref buttons change to a lighter color when selected or active 6 Tap Done GreenSeeker Calibration _ e You now see the values that were collected in Step 4 and Step 5 Note To collect fresh data from this screen tap the Non Ref or Reference buttons You will not see the new values until you deselect the respective button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 481 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin Note To manually override or input data select the various fields and then use the screen keypad 7 When you are satisfied with the data select the Algorithm tab GreenSeeker Calibration 8 Select either an existing algorithm or Custom Table to create a new algorithm from the Formula list For more information see Defining a Custom Table page
280. gin TrueGuide 2 Doone of the following To increase aggressiveness tap To decrease aggressiveness tap 502 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The TrueTracker Plugin In this chapter One of the FM 1000 integrated display features that can be unlocked is the TrueTracker m About the TrueTracker system implement steering system m Configuration This chapter describes the TrueTracker system m Using the TrueTracker system and how to configure it to steer implements more accurately FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 503 14 The TrueTracker Plugin About the TrueTracker system 504 The TrueTracker implement steering system is an upgrade for the Autopilot automated steering system With the Autopilot system the vehicle receives guidance and pulls the implement When the TrueTracker system is added to the Autopilot system the implement receives separate guidance and steering to increase accuracy The system comprises two parts e Additional hardware installed on the implement e Additional FM 1000 integrated display software provided by the TrueTracker plugin The TrueTracker system extends the sub inch year to year repeatable accuracy of the Autopilot automated steering system to the implement Terminology The term implement steering refers to the ability to actively steer the implement that a vehicle is towing Normally it is not possible to tell the exact location of the implement
281. gin page 194 To configure the plugin 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin and then tap Setup settings Relative Heights survey Height Offset survey Point Density CutiFill Color Range 2 Set the Survey Height Offset This value represents the difference between the height of the blade when surveying and the height of the blade when moving dirt To measure this value park the implement on a flat surface and raise the blade up to its highest limit and then measure the distance from the bottom of the blade to the surface of the ground The Survey Height Offset will be applied to all surveys to avoid the need to re bench between Survey mode and moving dirt 3 Set the survey point density from the Survey Point Density drop down menu When you create a survey of a field this setting determines the distance between the collected survey mapping points The approximate distances between points are Core 8m OSA Mesum femton 4 Set the Cut fill Color Range The Cut fill color range defines the vertical range in which the colors are spread over the cut fill map The cut fill map appears only after you have surveyed the field and defined a design plane The range is displayed from the highest cut value to the highest fill value Example If your highest cut value is 1 foot and your highest fill value is 1 foot and you set your Cut fill color range to 2 feet 202 FM 1000 Integrate
282. grated Display User Guide 253 10 The Field IQ Plugin Introduction When the Field IQ plugin is installed the FM 1000 integrated display can control planters sprayers liquid strip till tool bars and spinner spreaders It can perform automatic section control using Tru Count air clutches boom valves LiquiBlock and various section control devices while also controlling rates using a prescription with Rawson drives servo valves PWM valves and various flow control devices This chapter explains how to configure and use the Field IQ plugin Application Planter Sprayer Strip till liquid Spreading Different functions of the plugin can be configured and controlled by Field IQ as follows Main functions Seed Section Control of up to 48 individual rows Field IQ section control module s needed using Tru Count air clutches Seed Rate Control using up to 4 Rawson drives to change seed population Field IQ Rawson Control Module s needed Liquid Fertilizer Control of up to 48 individual liquid nozzles Field IQ section control module s needed using Tru Count LiquiBlock valves Variety tracking Liquid Rate Control using either a PWM or Servo control valve Liquid Section Control of up to 48 individual spray nozzles Field lQ Section Control Module s needed using Tru Count LiquiBlock valves Liquid Section Control of up to 48 individual spray nozzles Field IQ Section Control Module s needed using Tru Count Liq
283. grated display press the corresponding button USB socket You can connect a USB memory stick to the display to transfer of data to and from the unit Power connection socket Connects the power cable P N 66694 to the display Primary secondary GPS connector Connects the GPS cable P N 50449 to the display RTK connector Connects the RTK cable P N 62120 to the display Serial CAN sockets Connects external devices to the display For example you can use these sockets to attach devices like AgCam cameras or the EZ Boom automated application control systems System software The FM 1000 integrated display includes the following features e Field definition and mapping e Feature mapping e Guidance to predefined field patterns e Logging of coverage data e Variable rate control e Boom Row switching e Logging of topographic mapping data e Output of information for analysis in office based Geographic Information System GIS software e Seed Liquid Granular and Anhydrous Ammonia control e Seed monitoring FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 25 2 Display Overview Control buttons On the displays Home screen there are three touch sensitive buttons on the right side access the Home screen see page 32 access the Configuration screen see page 33 via the Current Configurations screen access the Run screen see page 34 via the Configuration Selection screen For more information see Home scre
284. hannel Setup screen reappears 9 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level Channel 1 NH3 Reset to 0 Capacity 0 00 Ibs Reset Level 0 00 lbs Partial Refill 0 00 Ibs On this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the weight in the field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 413 11 414 The Tru Application Control Plugin Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen 10 ll 12 13 14 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that the anhydrous tank holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that the anhydrous unit can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this function to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the quantity in kilograms or pounds that you will add to the anhydrous unit if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears If necessary repeat this process for Channels 2 3 and 4 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Combining channels Once you assign all of the products you can Channel Setup combine channels of the same product type that have the same name This enables you to control itt multiple channels with one target rate If you have more than one
285. hat you tap a Setup or Calibrate button after you turn on the display Use the virtual keyboard to enter the Administration password and then tap OK Note Passwords are case sensitive Calibrating the touch screen The FM 1000 integrated display ships with the touch screen already calibrated If you need to calibrate the touch screen so that it reads your selections accurately 1 From the Home screen tap Qs 2 From the Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Tap the system in the Plugins list The Setup Calibrate and Diagnostics buttons become available 4 Tap Calibrate Ifyou have not entered an Administrator password during this session the Enter Administration Password screen appears See Password access page 81 5 Enter your password and then tap OK A warning message appears You are about to calibrate your display No warning messages or other information will be displayed while calibrating the screen Continue Cancel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 81 82 Display Setup 6 Read the message and then tap Continue The Screen Calibration screen appears with a cross hair in the top left corner Screen Calibration Please touch firmly and accurately at the centre of the target The target wil continue to move until the screen is aligned Warning Do not use a sharp object on the screen 7 Tap in the center of the cross hair A N CAUTION Do not use a sharp item such
286. he FieldLevel II plugin to control a land leveling implement on your vehicle and to adjust the land to an optimal slope The FieldLevel II system uses a high accuracy GPS receiver with an antenna mounted on the implement blade to measure and control its elevation The FieldLevel II design defines the three dimensional height for the field and controls how the implement reshapes the ground The FieldLevel II system automatically raises and lowers the blade on the implement to match the design height anywhere in the field The color cut fill map simple on screen adjustments and automatic blade control makes leveling easy e For improved productivity when leveling a field the FieldLevel II system supports tandem or dual scraper implements With a tandem system the second scraper is also controlled by GPS which means that you can work in areas requiring cuts and fill two scraper buckets before you have to empty the scrapers With a dual system an antenna on each side of the scraper controls two independent cylinders This creates a more accurate surface by controlling the height of both ends of the scraper Terminology A cut is a point on the field where dirt needs to be removed A cut occurs when the existing field is higher than the proposed field surface A fillis a point on the field where dirt must be added A fill occurs when the existing field is lower than the proposed field surface A neutral is a point on the field where the e
287. he Row Fail alarm is triggered Increase the number in the Seeds field to reduce the reporting of errors Product Level Alarm The weight of product Kg Ibs that will trigger the low seed level alarm 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 373 141 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once To configure a channel for liquid or granular fertilizer see page 383 or page 401 respectively 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled If you do not have population sensors to supply rate information you only have block sensors you can run the system in Monitor only mode For more information see page 458 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup we Channel 1 com Com Note The material being controlled must reflect the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 374 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Descriptio
288. he distance for the end of row warning Note Longer vehicles that may take longer to turn require an earlier warning which dictates a greater distance 5 Inthe Autosense list select either On or Off Most recent Autopilot systems use an AutoSense device that require this setting be set to On Older Autopilot system installations that use the electrical system to measure the vehicle status select the appropriate connections under Step 7 Legacy Sensors 6 Inthe Valve On speed list select either Normal Low or Ultra Low Under normal operating speeds this should be set to Normal For vehicles operating at very slow speeds this should be set to Low or Ultra Low Display speed thresholds Setting Speed threshold gt 0 4 m s 1 3 ft s gt 0 1 m s 0 3 ft s gt 0 02 m s 0 07 ft s Note The Autopilot NavController II must have firmware version 5 10 or later to support the Low and Ultra Low settings 7 Inthe Legacy Sensors list select either None Wheel Speed Only Gear Lever Only or Wheel and Gear Note The Legacy Sensors list is only available when the Autosense setting is set to Off 122 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Configuring the Advanced tab Vehicle Controller Setup Vehicle Engage Steering Advanced Simulation Mode Cancel Note For more information on how to utilize the features in the Advanced tab contact Trimble Support
289. he eae 65 339 Prodott ConU Ol teaaa eek PRD ee oe CER a E a ea 339 Independent row or section switching 0 0 00 eee 339 Installation all implements 2 0 ee eee 340 Installing key Tru Application Control components 0 00 eee eee 340 Installing an implement master switch 0 0 0 00 b eee eee ee eee 340 Metalina ateo Wis 22 a ew eke oe ee Se ee eee oe BE eed ee ee Be 340 Installing the working set master module 0 0 00 eee 341 Installing working set member WSMB modules 0 000 341 Installing GUIpULIMOCUICS o2e e 856 4 6566440898 446940665 54 044 342 Installing the tractor ECU 244624542468 2 2468425 REP kde So EEA ees 343 Installing a master module harness 0 0 ee eee 344 Wisi SENSO e sche ee hoo See eee ee Gee eee eRe bo eee eae es 344 Installing the cab Harness eo saasaa nea wend ean eee eeca ea pee eee eee 348 Installing the implement NAINCSS 2u o2c ee doa ee oe ew 349 Installing additional equipment 0 eee ee ee 352 Commeuraiom All models se sesa posaria eard ee eee ee eee bP aoe as a a RSs 352 Commence Ne DCs baat eon ae hee ae oo ee eee eae oe eR eee eaans 353 Saving a configuration file 224 ace dee Gk he eee GS Paha See OSES EEE ROS HES 353 Reloading a configuration file 226 e a eed ox ee eRe PR oda wee ESS Ge Bees 354 COMMSUTINS the modules 42202854 a darp eaa a ne nee ae etaee ee be Rees 354 Configuring the row sensors o
290. he head This number is not in feet or inches but is a number that is relative to the height of the header Instant moisture Displays the instantaneous grain moisture if you are harvesting If you are not harvesting the average grain moisture is displayed Note You can select this in a manual moisture mode FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 583 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Yield Status screen item Instant yield Wet weight per bin and per field Error messages Error message Cause State 1 During boot up 60 Series e Moisture unit e Head unit e Armrest unit Description Displays the dry yield in bushels per acre If you are harvesting the instantaneous yield is displayed and will change every second If you are not harvesting the average yield is displayed Displays the estimated wet weight in metric tonnes pounds or imperial tons of grain Resolution 1 Ensure that the correct cable is installed 2 Ensure the display is communicating with the CAN bus system diagnostics serial port Port A B is there another value other than zero for CAN messages 29 ea 3 60 Series Combines Check if Crop Type e Moisture sensor will change on the Greenstar display after e CC1 unit Crop Type on the FM 1000 has been e Cab unit changed e Corner post 4 70 Series Combines Change the Crop Type YM 2000 in the command center and make sure it e Cannot detect YM 2000 e Serial port changes
291. he last time the field was open Collecting field data After you create the benchmark s collect field layout data You can define three types of data Description The outside of the field Points on the inside of the boundary Can be used to divide the field into smaller sections To define an item select it from the list on the tab and then tap Record Boundal _f Interior y ect To stop recording tap Record again Defining the boundary Define a boundary to establish the confines of your field Drive around the boundary while you record the shape Defining interior points The boundary is defined on the screen by a single red line The current position is strung back to the start point of the boundary until you finish recording so the boundary is always a closed loop After you survey the boundary of the field select Interior from the list and then tap Record As you drive the system records interior points 208 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 To complete a full survey create guidance lines and then drive over all of the interior of the field boundary while the system records interior points Defining a section After you define a boundary you can define sections to split the field into parts This enables you to create a design for just that section rather than the whole field There are two ways to define a section e Begin recording the section line outsid
292. he master benchmark location that you marked on the ground for example with flags see Benchmarks page 205 regardless of where your current on screen position appears to be 2 Re establish the benchmark This process is designed to accommodate RTK base station setup differences from the last time the field was open Importing control files from the Multiplane software Once you finish manipulating a topographic survey a AgGPs file in MultiPlane you can export a control file GPS AB Lines for use with the FieldLevel II system Copy the design Autopiot control file into the AgGPS Designs folder on a USB eae memory stick Data Dictionary Ifthe USB memory stick has not yet been used with cence the FM 1000 integrated display the AgGPS Designs Ok folder will not exist To create the directory on the USB memory stick 226 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 1 Insert the USB memory stick into the back of the FM 1000 integrated display 2 From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup The System Setup screen appears 3 From the list of system settings on the left select Data Files and then tap Manage The Data Files management screen appears 4 From the list on the right directories that already exist in the display select the Designs directory and then tap Copy The directory is copied to the USB memory stick 5 When the Copy completed message
293. he section switch is in the on up position the section s assigned to it are commanded to be on This overrides the FM 1000 integrated display and coverage logging is ignored e Ifthe section switch is in the off down position the section s assigned to it are commanded to be off This overrides the FM 1000 integrated display and coverage logging is ignored The LED has the following status indicators e Green The unit is powered and is communicating with the FM 1000 integrated display e Yellow The unit is initializing communications with the FM 1000 integrated display e Red The unit is powered but not communicating with the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 257 10 The Field IQ Plugin Field 1Q Planting Before starting the Field IQ plugin setup on the FM 1000 integrated display ensure that all components of the system are installed on the vehicle and implement the Field IQ plugin has been added to the FM 1000 integrated display configuration On the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Ensure that the Field IQ icon appears in the list If the icon does not appear tap Add Remove to add the plugin to the configuration the Implement Setup has Planting as the selected operation On the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the implement from the list on the left
294. he seting on this tab Optiinize syste prito mance using Angie Per Tun then change be the nest tab Status Connected Caiment Waning Lat engage Ez Steernot calibrated This is the angle that the wheels turn through during one full rotation of the steering wheel This is a course aggressiveness adjustment If the setting is too low the system may require several attempts to reach the line With the vehicle moving forward along the A B line Nudge the vehicle left or right 1 m 3 from the A B line b Engage the EZ Steer system c Adjust the Angle per Turn value so that when the system is engaged the vehicle moves close to the guidance line More aggressive turns Decrease the Angle per Turn value Less aggressive turns Increase the Angle per Turn value Note Use the Cross Track Error history plot on the top right of the page and the Average Offline distance to optimize EZ Steer performance for each step in the calibration 158 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 5 Vehicle Guidance Options To configure the Aggressiveness settings select the Step 2 tab E Steer Steering Performance PVVeogeGCoRTeC00000000005 ims lrark Hinr HISH Aa lesing Speed OMe Crelerice Preme Dine 0 00 0 0 meh 5 6 48 5 3 65 step 1 ottp 2 Step 3 Online Aggresshveness Angle Per Tum must be optimized prorto charging Online Aggressreness With the vehicle online nudge let ar right then EA Yo
295. hile you perform field leveling e Move the design up or down to match the field surface at that point FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 205 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins A benchmark appears on the screen as follows A red flag in a red circle The first benchmark you create on a field is called the master benchmark Field coordinates are calculated from this point Subsequent benchmarks are called benchmarks Note You can choose for coordinates to be recorded with X Y and Height offsets from the master benchmark position See Configuration page 202 Note You do not need to drive over a benchmark to be able to delete it Creating a benchmark 1 Place the GPS antenna in a known repeatable location that will not change throughout the leveling of a field X Tip Mark this location with flags or some other marker so that you can return to the exact spot 2 Stop the vehicle 3 Tap Bench on the FieldLevel Survey Design tab Note If the FieldLevel IT plugin is installed you can tap Bench on that instead Both Bench buttons have the same effect A countdown timer runs for 30 seconds and then the system creates the benchmark To stop the averaging during the countdown tap Bench again Note If you are within the circle around an existing benchmark a new mark is not created 206 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Rebenching When you are within the circle around an e
296. hind the other This type of leveling provides increased efficiency as it allows for the blade of each scraper to be controlled independently from the other This means more dirt can be cut before you have to drive to a fill area and remove dirt from the scraper buckets Primary GPS Secondary GPS antenna antenna Tandem Scraper system Dual scraper configuration The dual scraper configuration describes a single scraper with two GPS antennas one at each end of the blade This allows for control of the roll of the blade giving a more accurate surface This configuration is ideal for complex surfaces with high variability slopes Secondary GPS antenna Primary GPS antenna Dual Scraper system Note For the FieldLevel IT dual system you must use a scraper with dual hydraulic controls FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 243 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin Note Before you can configure the system it must be professionally installed For more information contact your local reseller There are six steps to complete e Step 1 Configuring the implement e Step 2 Preparing the FM 1000 integrated display and antenna connections e Step 3 Configuring the primary receiver e Step 4 Configuring the secondary receiver e Step 5 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin e Step 6 Calibrating the Tandem Dual valve module Step 1 Configuring the implement If you have not already configured the imp
297. hnology to see all of the summary file Upgrading the FM 1000 integrated display firmware 1 Transfer the new firmware file from www trimble com to your office computer 2 Connect the FM 1000 integrated display USB memory stick to your office computer 3 Unzip the firmware file and then save it to the root folder of the USB memory stick 4 Insert the USB memory stick into the USB socket on the rear of the FM 1000 integrated display 5 Press the Power button on the rear of the display to turn on the FM 1000 integrated display and then wait for the Home screen to appear 6 Tap Upgrade The Firmware Upgrade screen appears 7 Select a firmware file from the Firmware list and tap Upgrade 8 Once the upgrade is complete tap OK The system restarts 610 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 24 Upgrading the EZ Boom controller or Multi Application firmware You can use the display to upgrade the firmware in the following components EZ Boom EZ Boom controller Tru Application Control Working Set Master Module WSMT Tru Application Control Tractor ECU To upgrade a component s firmware I 2 9 Transfer the new firmware file from www trimble com to your office computer Connect the FM 1000 integrated display USB memory stick to your office computer Copy the firmware upgrade file to the Firmware folder on the USB memory stick Insert the USB memory stick into the USB socket on th
298. hown on the screen d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms Alarms Setup 372 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 11 Enter the alarm trigger rates ae see a ee ee 2 High Population Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to this percentage above the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to 120 of the preset rate Low Population Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to this percentage below the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to 80 of the preset rate High Alarm Delay This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates and alerts you of a high population Low Alarm Delay This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates and alerts you of a low population Min Row Fail Rate The rate of failure that is acceptable before t
299. i Select the Rate tab Field IQ Setup Note The Rate tab is only visible if you have at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module installed 2 In the Rate 1 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 1 In the Rate 2 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 2 In the Rate Increment field enter a value This is the increment to be used each time the Increment Decrement switch is pressed In the Rate Snapping drop down list select one of the following Enabled to show the applied rate the same as the target rate if the applied rate is within 10 of the target rate Disable to show the actual applied value In the Density field enter the density of the material you are applying The system uses this value to ensure accurate product application If you change the material be certain to update this field with the correct material density FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 275 10 The Field IQ Plugin Tank Bin tab 1l Select the Tank Bin tab Field IQ Setup Note The Tank Bin tab is only visible if at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module is installed 2 Inthe Tank Bin Capacity field enter the total capacity of the planter 3 Inthe Warning Level field enter the level at which you will receive notification when
300. ication rate screen appears b Tap kS ha or kS a as appropriate c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears Tap Alarms Alarms FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 391 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Enter the alarm trigger rates High Population Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to this percentage above the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has risen to 120 of the preset rate Low Population Alarm When a sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to this percentage below the preset rate a warning appears For example if the setting is 20 the warning appears when the sensor detects that the seed rate has fallen to 80 of the preset rate High Alarm Delay This setting is in seconds The alarm must be triggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates to alert you of a high population Low Alarm Delay This setting is in seconds The alarm must be tr
301. ication width is incorrect use the Implement Setup screen Guidance tab to adjust it 4 Adjust the sections value for each section control module by tapping the Sections box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 263 10 The Field IQ Plugin Sections tab 1 Select the Sections tab Field IQ Setup 2 Enter the number of rows controlled for each section 3 Ifthe implement has more than 12 sections use the buttons below the 12 section fields to scroll to the other sections 264 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Override tab 1 Select the Override tab Field IQ Setup 2 Inthe Jump Start Speed field enter a value This setting controls the control speed to be used when the Field IQ master switch box Master switch is put in the jump start position 3 Inthe Minimum Override Speed field enter a value This setting maintains the application rate when the implements actual speed drops below the value entered It is used to ensure consistent material flow during slow speeds that may reach the physical limitations of the system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 265 10 The Field IQ Plugin Calibrating the modules The Field IQ Calibrate option only appears on the Configuration screen if you have at least one Field IQ Rawson control module installed 1 From the Configuration screen select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Calibra
302. ications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional ifthe application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections wh
303. icense is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code Ifyou link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To
304. ield and event Description The customer for whom the work is being done A collection of fields see below FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 29 30 2 Display Overview eh A specific area of land where events are carried out A field can be created on the display to represent an actual field part of an actual field or a group of more than one actual fields A precision agriculture application or activity on a particular field see above For example Planting of seed Application of fertilizer or lime Spraying with fungicide herbicide or insecticide Each client may have several farms each of the farms may consist of several fields and each field may be broken into a number of events FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Using the FM 1000 integrated display Turning on the display Briefly hold down the power button for approximately half a second The display turns on and after a pause the Home screen appears The FM 1000 integrated display has three main screens e Home screen e Configuration screen e Run screen To access each of these screens tap the appropriate button on the right of the display For more information see Control buttons page 26 Turning off the display Note Close all fields before you turn off the system To close a field see Closing a field page 48 There are several ways to turn off the display e Return to the Home scr
305. iews for representing vehicle guidance on the Run screen e Overhead view Shows a bird s eye view of the field with the vehicle in it FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 35 2 Display Overview e Trailing view Shows a three dimensional representation of the field from the driver s perspective Main view in this example overhead view Auxiliary view trailing view To change the view mode tap the icons in the upper left of the run screen Zoom and Pan functions The FM 1000 integrated display has five levels of zoom A close up view of the vehicle enables you to navigate more accurately while a long view enables you to see more of the field New in version 3 0 of the FM 1000 integrated display is a pan function on the Run screen that gives you the ability to view the field outside of the normal viewing area 36 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Accessing the zoom and pan functions 1 To access the zoom and pan functions from the Run screen press Gg 2 To pan around the field press one of the four arrow icons positioned at the edge field area 3 To zoom in and out tap either the plus or minus symbol linked to the magnifying glass Note Tapping the field area of the Run screen when in zoom and pan mode turns the magnifying glass zoom feature on and off The fifth level of zoom in the pan view is a summary view of all your coverage It adjusts depend
306. iffers depending on the type of implement that the plugin will control To configure a planter seed Configuring a planter page 370 liquid flow Configuring liquid flow page 380 a drill or air seeder Configuring granular seed page 389 granular seed granular fertilizer Configuring granular fertilizer page 398 material Configuring anhydrous page 406 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 369 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring a planter Entering materials Enter the materials that the planter will apply This may include different types of seed liquid or granular fertilizer 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Materials Material Setup 2 Tap New The Enter material name screen appears 3 Tap CLEAR and then enter a name that describes the material 4 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears Material Setup with the new material in the list on the left of the screen 2 Corn 5 Inthe Type list on the right of the screen select the type of material The icon beside the material name changes to reflect the type a Granular seed Granular Seed Granular fertilizer Granular Fertilizer sane Note You must select the correct type as this determines which options you see later in the setup process 370 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 6 Tap Application Rates Application Rate Setup Disk RPM Low Limit
307. iggered constantly for this many seconds before it activates to alert you of a low population Min Row Fail Rate The rate of failure that is acceptable before the Row Fail alarm is triggered Increase the number in the Seeds field to reduce the reporting of errors Product Level Alarm When the product gets down to this level a warning is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Disabled Control Mode Precharge Delay Product Level If you do not have population sensors to supply rate information you only have block sensors you can run the system in Monitor only mode For more information see page 458 392 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup Channel 1 MUSTARD SEED Note The material being controlled must match the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Auto The Control Chan
308. il Anhydrous ammonia is stored as a liquid in a cooler tank towed behind the vehicle but because it has a boiling point of 34 C 29 F it becomes a gas as soon as it is released It is injected into the ground as a gas where it enriches the soil with nitrogen With the Tru Application Control plugin an anhydrous unit can control up to two channels of product at once Sprayer You can use a sprayer for liquids such as liquid fertilizer and pesticides When controlled with the Tru Application Control plugin the sprayer can control up to four products at once FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 337 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Spreader A spreader spreads granular product over the ground With the Tru Application Control plugin a spreader can control up to four channels of product at once Channel A channel is a product that is controlled by a valve with feedback for example an application rate sensor or flow meter You can use a seed granular seed granular fertilizer liquid or anhydrous product type which have different set up parameters Section A section is any number of spray nozzles or rows that are controlled by either a boom section valve or by Tru Count clutches A section can be either a single row nozzle or multiple rows nozzles depending on how the system is set up Note The FM 1000 integrated display allows for up to 24 sections Row A row is the individual row unit that see
309. iliary hydraulics while you evaluate the manual override sensitivity f Tap OK to accept the new setting or tap Cancel to exit Calibrating the AutoSense device 1 Select Autosense Calibration from the list on the Vehicle Controller Setup screen 2 From the Location drop down list select the AutoSense position 3 From the Orientation drop down list select the AutoSense orientation 4 Tap OK to confirm selections Calibrating the steering angle sensor Perform steering sensor calibration to convert the voltage output of the steering sensor into an equivalent steering angle measurement Note Complete this calibration before you attempt to calibrate the steering deadzone or roll correction procedures Note Perform the steering sensor calibration only if a rotary potentiometer is installed on the vehicle Ifan AutoSense device is selected as the steering angle sensor the Steering Sensor screen does not appear This calibration requires the vehicle to be in motion Ensure that you e Perform this procedure on a hard level surface that is free of obstructions 130 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 e Follow the instructions on each page e Maintain a tractor speed above 1 6 kph 1 mph e Watch the Sensor Angle field for a symmetrical angle reading at the steering extremes while you manually steer the wheels to full right and full left e Watch the Sensor Angle field to ensure that
310. in the lt type gt dbf file for each feature These features Are saved in these files Field description Coum mos Version ___ Featuresattibuteflevewion ewe Name Featwrename SwathsIn PrefWeight Only recorded in point features Latitude Antenna latitude decimal degrees Longitude Antenna longitude decimal degrees Height Ground mean sea level height at antenna position meters If you are mapping on a slope the height may be wrong Status_Txt GPS status Program Log message file The FM 1000 integrated display performs checks e when the display is turned on or off e periodically while running This information is saved to the ProgramLog txt file which is in the AgGPS Diagnostics folder When this file becomes larger than 1024 KB it is backed up to a file called ProgramLog old The ProgramLog txt file may be useful for troubleshooting The file can be read with a text editor such as Notepad 626 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Importing AB Lines or boundaries The FM 1000 integrated display can load field boundaries and AB Lines created by an AgGPS 170 Field Computer Remote Data Logger RDL or a Geographic Information System GIS To load GIS boundaries files must be in WGS 84 latitudes longitudes and heights in decimal degrees Use the following method to import an AB Line or a boundary into the FM 1000 integrated display 1 Attach the USB memory s
311. information regarding updates and new products please contact your local dealer or visit the Trimble website at www trimble com register Upon registration you may select the newsletter upgrade or new product information you desire Notices This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits TRIMBLE is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this d
312. ing on the size of the field It does not include grid lines Tip If you close the field create a second field and then show the summary view the summary view may be zoomed to show the area of both fields To avoid this restart the display The view will be correct For more information on using the Run screen see The Run screen layout page 49 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 37 2 38 Display Overview Context sensitive help The FM 1000 integrated display has context sensitive help screens that provide details and helpful information about the current screen To access the help tap F 2 ata Tank Bin Hardware E atures Boom Rate Tank Bin Hardware A Help screen similar to the one show below appears To exit the Help screen and return to the previous screen tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Installing the display Mount the FM 1000 integrated display in the vehicle cab in a position that is easily accessible 1 Use the included M6 x 1 screws to firmly screw the mounting plate to the back of the display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 39 2 Display Overview 2 Attach the RAM mount to the ball on the mounting plate 3 Select a position in the cab for the display The FM 1000 integrated display is mounted in the cab with a bar style RAM mount 4 Use the provided bolts to attach the bar mount to the rail 5 Hold the display in
313. ing pumps Autopilot Steering Pump Calibration CAUTION The vehicle needs to move during the Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees calibration procedure To avoid injury be prepared for vehicle movement The instructions for this calibration test span several pages onscreen Follow the instructions on each page Saving a vehicle profile Note From firmware version 3 0 on the FM 1000 integrated display the Vehicle Profile Location defaults to From Database Once you configure and calibrate the Autopilot system for your vehicle you can save that information for later use This can be useful if you want to adjust the settings or if you move the display from one vehicle to another 1 From the Home screen tap H 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 147 5 Vehicle Guidance Options 3 Select the Autopilot option and then tap Setup Vehicle Controller Setup Vehicle Engage Steering Advanced Connector k int GPS 1 F OK Current Selection Deault Vehicle Edit vehicle Color T Cancel 4 In the Vehicle Controller Settings group tap Edit Edit Vehicle Vehicle Profile Location From Database inew Model Browse Cancel Save Vehicle 5 Tap Save Vehicle 6 Inthe Save Vehicle Configuration screen select the Filename field 7 Inthe Enter Save Filename screen enter a name for the current vehicle profile
314. ings the results are poor but you cannot determine which setting was the cause e you move the display from one vehicle to another Note If you restore the defaults the Autopilot vehicle setup information is not reset 640 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 To restore the default settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the System option and then tap Setup The Display Setup screen appears 2 Tap Default A confirmation screen appears 3 Tap Yes The default settings are restored Viewing FM 1000 integrated display diagnostic information Display configuration information To view display configuration information tap at the top right of the display The Home screen shows e Display firmware information e Autopilot controller information e GPS receiver and correction method information Vehicle make and model USB memory stick information To view information about the USB memory stick that is in the display select the System option and then tap Diagnostics on the Configuration screen The card information tab appears on the System Diagnostics screen Viewing vehicle diagnostic information From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot option and then tap Diagnostics The Vehicle Controller Setup Guidance screen appears There are five parts to the Vehicle Diagnostics menu e Guidance screen e Steering screen e Details screen e Fault log screen e View warnin
315. installed low in the seed tank or hopper and reports when the seed level drops to that point RPM Sensors The sensor is a fan or shaft RPM sensor If you select this option RPM Sensor 1 is enabled in the Other Sensor Setup screen You must manually configure the sensor there yourself Pressure Sensors The sensor is an air pressure sensor If you select this option Pressure Sensor 1 is enabled and automatically configured in the Other Sensor Setup screen Liquid pressure sensors The number of connected liquid pressure sensors is shown You cannot adjust this setting Note For a planter or drill you can have only an RPM or an air pressure sensor You cannot have both Note The FM 1000 integrated display can show a maximum of six accessory sensors on the screen at once 7 Tap OK The 4 Channel Setup screen reappears 358 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configuring the switch box es Switch boxes enable you to use clutches to switch sections on and off The system uses TCOM modules or BOM modules for liquid to control the switch boxes The system automatically detects the number of outputs on the attached TCOM modules and then assigns those outputs to the switches available on the attached switch box es Tru Application Control Setup Rows Accessory Sensor oO Automatically detected TCOM modules or BOM modules for liquid CSM switch box BSM for liquid distributio
316. ion control module must be installed In the Rate Control drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Rate Control is active and at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module must be installed The Implement Lift drop down list is not commonly used with spreaders Leave this option set to Disabled Select Enabled for the system to use the implement lift to start and stop coverage logging Select Disabled for the system to ignore the implement lift switch if installed You can manually control coverage logging from the Run screen 302 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Boom tab The Field IQ Plugin 10 1 Select the Boom tab Field IQ Setup Boom Valve 2 To control whether the system sends a high or a low signal to close a section valve select one of the following options from the Section Signal drop down list Air Clutch Electric Clutch Boom Valve Liqui Block CAUTION Selecting the incorrect value causes the system to operate opposite of the required result 3 Inthe Turn Off When Stopped drop down list select an option Selecting Yes turns off sections when the GPS speed is zero 4 Inthe On Latency field enter a value By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch this can happen on larger systems In this case increase the On Latency value to compensate the clutch delay and Field IQ will turn the clut
317. is at operating speed when entering an uncovered area Channels as Sections When enabled the TAC system turns the control channel on and off automatically based on event coverage logging data New Toolbar Appears when there are two or more channels of the same material type When Enabled this setting sets the second channel to be in parallel or be stacked in relation to the first The system lists the rows currently used with these settings in the Channel Rows field 9 Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears 378 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Tap Product Level Channel Product Level In this screen you set the Capacity Reset Level and Partial Refill values so that you can quickly adjust the planter volume in the field Note You set the Current Level and Accumulated Level from the Run screen l1 i 13 14 15 Tap the Capacity field and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that the planter holds when full Tap the Reset Level field and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that the planter can be reset to for example if you only fill it to the halfway point You must set the capacity for this setting to work Tap the Partial Refill field and then enter the number of seeds in thousands that you will add to the planter if you do a partial refill Tap OK The Channel Setup screen reappears Repeat this process for Channels
318. isplay Setup FieldLevel P Altitude The current height of the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver P Blade Height The current height of the blade P CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the blade GPS receiver P Correction Age The time since the GPS corrections were last received from the FieldLevel GPS receiver P Correction Type The correction type used by the blade receiver P Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is shown the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is shown the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height P Design Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green P Distance Traveled For use with Point to Slope mode The distance traveled since Auto mode was enabled P East The distance that the blade receiver is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point P GPS Status The GPS correction type that the blade GPS receiver is currently using 94 FM 10
319. ist on the left of the screen Using the Guide to tabs The Guide to tabs allow automated steering along a swath line feature or FreeForm curve Swaths Line Features FreeForm To use the Guide to tabs 1 Tap the Swaths button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the Guide to tabs select one of the following Swaths for guidance along a swath Line Features for guidance along a line feature Freeform for FreeForm curves 3 If you selected Swaths select the appropriate swath from the list on the left and then tap Load Line Features guidance automatically occurs on the nearest feature Tap Load The list shows the types and numbers of line features in the current field FreeForm select the appropriate FreeForm curve and then tap Load The Run screen appears The next time that you engage automated steering you are guided along the swath line feature or FreeForm curve FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Using Skip to fine tune navigation The software uses the original swath that you drove to automatically generate the position of the other swaths Occasionally these new on screen swaths do not perfectly reflect where your swaths are For example you may need to skip to the other side of a road To correct the spacing of the automatically generated swaths in a field use the Skip function After the swaths are generated 1 From the Run screen tap Ente
320. istribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent no
321. it and save various editable system settings and add or remove system options For more information on using the Configuration screen see Accessing the system configuration settings page 80 Configuration System New System Note Some configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 33 2 34 Display Overview Run screen 0000000000000 000900000000000000 7 RTK Fixed a a ates n a BERTHOUD BERTHOUD B g SF Ii The Run screen shows the steering navigation If you select the Run screen and you have a field open the display shows that field If you select the Run screen when there is no field open the Field Selection screen appears Accessing the Run screen To access the Run screen do the following 1 From the Home screen tap C3 uration Selection ii Vehicle Ar Implement 2 From the Configuration Selection screen tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide New System Language English Units Feet and Inches Keyboard ABCDEF Vehicle Not Available New Implement 65 7 4 swath width 68 10 77 application width 32 rows Display Overview 2 Field Selection 3 From the Field Selection screen tap OK Run screen view modes The FM 1000 integrated display screen has two v
322. ition and roll offset correction page 140 2 Select one of the offline direction options depending on whether the roll offset distance is to the left or right Calibrating the line acquisition aggressiveness 1 Select Line Acquisition from the calibration list See page 125 Autopilot Line Acquisition Cz 2 Adjust the line acquisition aggressiveness slider The slider controls how aggressively the vehicle approaches the guidance line using a scale from 50 to 150 The optimal value for each profile is not necessarily 100 it varies for different vehicle profiles Note When you adjust the slider check the vehicle stability at the speed shown 4 5 mph in the example above or at the maximum engage speed 144 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Calibrating a tracked tractor If you selected a tracked tractor as the make and model the Track Spacing option appears on the calibration list This option is not shown in the Vehicle Controller Setup screen shown on page 126 Track Spacing value Use this option to configure the width of the tracks on the vehicle The width of the vehicle tracks is the distance from halfway across the width of the left track to halfway across the width of the right track Autopilot Track Spacing Calibration Calibrating a hydraulically steered tracked tractor If you selected a hydraulically steered tracked tractor as the make and model Engine Speed appear
323. itor data than the FM 1000 logs therefore showing a larger value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 585 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Third party display instructions Configuring the Stop Head Height on the Greenstar Monitor 1 Press Sites 2 Press Harvest Monitor gt for Harvest Monitor 3 Position the header to 100 Record Stop Height 4 Press 50 0 Save next to Record Stop Height Configuring the Stop Head Height on the Command Center 1 Navigate to Home screen on the Command Center 2 Select the Combine icon a in the lower right corner of the screen 3 Press the 3rd button from the left on the command center to select the Combine tab 4 4 After Combine tab is selected continue to press the 3rd button from the left until page 3 appears page numbers are located on the Combine Tab tae ET a HEAD 1 in Record Step Height 56 5 Position the header to 100 586 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Yield Monitoring Plugin 20 6 Press Enter on Stop Head Height screen to record the required stop header height Record Step Height 56 Calibrations Original Greenstar Display 60 Series Combines Calibrate Moisture l Press W 2 Select Yield Monitor 3 Viewpagel Kau Yield Mon Xela 4 Check moisture with a certified tester 5 Calculate moisture correction certified tester reading minus the Greenstar reading Moisture
324. ive Position Y offset from the master benchmark 96 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Category Category FieldLevel Survey Design Display Setup 4 S Satellites The number PASEO satellites currently being received by the FieldLevel GPS receiver S Speed The speed of the vehicle as reported by the blade GPS receiver S Target Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the arrows turn green ae height of the blade receiver relative to the field origin point a ae number means the blade is below the field origin point S VDOP The current VDOP of the FieldLevel GPS receiver S Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver Blade Height The current height EE the blade Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is shown the current ground height is above the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red down arrow which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When fill is shown the current ground height is below the target height The height adjustment indicator shows a red up arrow which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height Design Height The height the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Targe
325. iver Settings screen appears Tap NMEA Output NMEA Message Output Settings Message Rate Select the appropriate Message Rate and then the Baud Rate In the Messages Enabled group select the appropriate NMEA message types to output Do not just enable all formats Tap OK to continue Note To enable NMEA output from another receiver for example the GPS receiver connected to an TrueTracker system controller select the plugin for that receiver in the plugin list FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 171 6 The GPS Receiver Enabling radar output The FM 1000 integrated display can convert GPS speed into an analog frequency that is identical to output from a radar speed sensor Radar pulses are available from port C or port D of the display A N CAUTION Connecting the Port Replicator on the FM 1000 to NavController II cable to the P4 or P12 connector of the NavController II harness will result in damage to the FM 1000 integrated display and will void the warranty 4 FM 1000 integrated display 93100 01 FM 1000 power EMETeOO power 66694 te 1000 power ila with relay and switch power 67259 bus Basic power papae 67258 KN a re p icator Gp e p 172 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver 6 ool FM 1000 universal radar adaptor 68461 Radar speed output cable 64274 Configuring
326. k sensor for damage or replace 3 Defective module harness or 3 Inspect module harness for damage module harness fuse Replace harness fuse ee 4 Defective module 4 Inspect module for damage or replace Control Channel 1 Incorrect control channel settings 1 Verify correct setup constants on the Unable to Channel Configuration screen Perform a Control valve calibration 2 Incorrect feedback sensor 2 Verify correct installation of the installation feedback sensor Pf 3 Defective feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace 462 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 E pamen T e Control Channel 1 Incorrect control channel settings 1 Verify correct setup constants on the Unstable Channel Configuration screen Perform a valve calibration 2 Incorrect feedback sensor 2 Verify correct installation of the installation feedback sensor a 3 Defective feedback sensor 3 Inspect feedback sensor for damage or replace Control Channel 1 Excessive speed 1 Reduce speed Saturation 2 Incorrect control channel settings 2 Verify correct setup constants on the Exceeded Channel Configuration screen Perform a valve calibration and a spreader constant calibration Reduce target rate Desired rate too high for implement 3 Target Rate too high 209 Control Channel Control is limited by high limit High Limit
327. l II plugin lt 5 eb42eedee oo ead S aeons Teeeuk eueeea 214 step 1 Configuring the implement 545640066450 eee 04004 4946 ome 215 step 2 Configuring the leveling model ssses es ce essoo eee ee eevee tues 215 Step 3 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module 22 04 219 Step 4 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver nann anaua 220 Operating the FieldLevel II plugin sesso anaa 220 Run SCICCO ea Gr 2h oS See A ee EEEE AT A TE 220 Blade POSIMOMINGICALOKS ca waca Ss Oo 4 2A 68S 5S5SEHS C1ER SR ESY ESSE ES GS 223 FeldLevelstatus tex IROS o2 nece teen e dee Gh E eeki ea ee ae eas 223 Re Gagne a eld seest eree ieee ee a r A 225 Re establishing a benchmark 4 4 54 2 64 9 Sees be hae REGS HERE EAE amp ESSE SE 226 Importing control files from the Multiplane software 226 Working with MultiPlane designs 2 aaa ee 227 Leveling model specific information 2c004 aea ee shee bahavecas 228 Driving in Point and Slope mode 41026624820 im ee eeke eae PEGE SE howe es 229 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 Contents Driving in A toslope Mode 61454 628444450 e4bG8 4 ao 2E eee REESE o REE EE 230 Driving in Flat Plane Laser and Flat Plane GPS modes 236 DCHMINGAMIGNC 143 ee nee ee a ek ene Sas Re eee oe ee ne Oe be oe oe 237 Driving in Contour mode 2 wee eee teeta eae eee eee EG oo oh ee ee eo oe 241 Tandem or dual leveling plugin 2 ee 243
328. l always be 90 or 270 from the Primary Heading The Cross Slope is defined as a negative number where water will fall along the cross axis To define the plane by a single heading and slope then you should set the Cross Slope value to 0 000 When both Primary and Cross slopes are defined the Composite Slope direction shows the actual heading where water will fall If you have 0 000 slope on the Cross axis the Composite Heading will be the same as the Primary Heading Defining a plane using a single point 1 From the Run screen select the Survey Design plugin and then create a benchmark that will be used to define the direction of the slope and its heading Note It can be useful to create the benchmark at the critical point for example where the water will enter or exit the field This ensures that where the benchmark is the plane is on grade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 237 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins 2 Select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Design Primary Primary Tai 0 100 ending 25 00 Hga 0 100 Flip 118 0 Slope New Plane Choose Pivot i 0 00 Height Above Pivot _ 3 Ifmore than one benchmark is stored tap Choose Pivot and then select the benchmark that you want to be on grade 4 Tap OK The Plane Editor screen appears 5 Ifusing a known offset enter it into the Height Above Pivot field 6 Enter the values for Primary Slope Primary Heading and Cross Slo
329. l guidance set the front back offset to the distance from the antenna center point to the implement 1 Accurately measure whichever of the following options is appropriate Autopilot systems The distance between the fixed axle of the vehicle and the part of the implement where the trigger marks will be applied on the ground Manual guidance systems The distance between the antenna center point and the part of the implement where the trigger marks will be applied on the ground 2 From the Configuration screen tap Implement Setup and then enter this value as the F B Offset distance on the Implement Boom Setup screen Calibrating the front back offset 1 Create a straight AB Line 2 Inthe Remote Output plugin set the Lead Time to 0 3 Drive as slowly as possible down the AB Line from point A to point B marking points on the ground where the remote output triggers 4 Atthe end of the line turn the vehicle around FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 559 17 560 The Remote Output Plugin Drive back down the line from point B to point A marking another set of trigger points Measure the distance between the points from the first run and the points from the second run Divide the distance by two Adjust your Front Back Offset value by this amount Ifthe return points are nearer where you originally started than the first set of points increase the F B offset Ifthe return points are further from whe
330. l is turned off when the On button is raised on f When you return to the channel status tab the channel s current spraying rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the sprayer to ee ar 36 0 4 arget Kate spray at To manually increase the target rate tap To 3 manually decrease the target rate tap 438 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 381 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available W2 Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Flush mode Flush is a manual override mode that opens the valve and dispenses material for a period of time for a defined flush speed The Flush Enable feature can be activated only when the vehicle is stopped Section Information tab A sprayer can have up to 24 sections Each section is represented on the section layout bar The information that is reported by boom sections and additional sensors appears on the Section Information tab which appears under the guidance screen Rem Desciption OOOO 1 Section layout bar 2 Sprayer Information tab selector a Additional sensor readings The
331. lat field where tire impressions are visible and where you can complete passes of at least 400 m 1320 ft in length 2 Reset the roll offset value to 0 zero 3 Start anew field 4 Create a straight AB Line 522 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Create a clean set of tire tracks in the field To do this start a new pass away from the area where the AB Line was created When the system is stable engage automatic steering mode and allow the Autopilot and TrueTracker systems to complete the pass At the end of the pass turn the tractor around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction Engage automated steering mode and allow the system to complete the pass In the middle of the return pass stop the tractor and confirm that the current position is directly on the AB Line This ensures there is no cross track error Park the tractor and exit the cab Evaluate the coulter wheel track pattern between the first and return paths Measure the difference between the track passes and record the distance Also note whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table 12 on page 524 Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right ll Repeat Step 5 through Step 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table 12 on page 524 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each te
332. lation information see the EZ Remote Joystick Quick Reference Card Enabling the EZ Remote Joystick 1 Connect the EZ Remote joystick into Port B on the back of the display An EZ Remote joystick icon automatically appears on the Configuration screen 2 From the Configuration screen select EZ Remote and then tap Setup The EZ Remote Assignment screen appears EZ Remote Assignment Default 3 Inthe EZ Remote Assignment screen you can configure each key for the function you want to control remotely You can also adjust the brightness of the LED joystick buttons 598 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Remote Joystick 22 4 On the EZ Remote joystick press the first button you wish to program The Function Assignment screen appears Function Assignment for Button D ce Map Feature 3 5 Tap the feature that you want to program into that button on the control joystick 6 Tap Set and then tap OK The Keypad Assignment screen appears again 7 Repeat Step 3 through Step 6 to program more buttons as required 8 When completed tap OK Note You can configure the EZ Remote control joystick while operating in a field From the Run screen tap the Configure button and then follow the steps above Note The functions available to assign to each button depend on which plugins are activated on the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 599 22 The EZ Remote Joystick 600 FM 1000
333. lay Offset if the steering has greater freeplay in one direction than the other causing it to drive consistently to one side of the guidance line 6 Engage the system on the A B line Vehicle is offline Do the following To the left Increase the freeplay offset to the right To the right Increase the freeplay offset to the left Note If you are calibrating a 4WD articulated vehicle you may need to set the Motor Speed setting to Auto Low Note The Advanced Calibration tab is currently not available To access these options select the EZ Steer plugin Diagnostics from the main Configuration screen 7 Enter the parameters and then tap OK The Z Steer Steering Calibration screen appears 8 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears EZ Steer plugin diagnostics The EZ Steer Diagnostics screen displays the SCM statistics and inertial information 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Steer plugin and then tap Diagnostics The Z Steer Diagnostics screen appears This screen displays the roll and heading of the vehicle and the temperature of the steering control module E7 Steer Diagnostics Serial Number 4750192113 Version Roll Angle Roll Rate 0 1 deg s R 08L Calibration Offset 0 0 0 1 deg s L Heading 0 8 deg s L Number of Gyros 2 Speed Status Connected Temperature Current Warning Can t engage EZ Steer not calibrated View Fault Log Steering Perf OK 2 Tap Steering Perf Th
334. lay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 393 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Configuration Configure the appropriate Valve Settings Channel Configuration Cc ee Drive Type Select the granular seeder drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive Simulates operation to clear the system of unwanted product 394 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Ground Speed Calibration e 7 Configure the appropriate settings for the Constants Description Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 0 The ratio of the number of turns of application rate sensor to each turn of the seed meter FM 100
335. ld Enter Hitch Point to Drag Point Distance Range 0 3 8970 328 1 0 Cancel Out of range hi Entering a Hitch to Ground Contact Point distance improves the modeling of the implement for section control If you shorten this distance it brings the implement online more quickly This setting defaults to the Application Offset entered in the Guidance tab Feet Inches Decimal Feet 184 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 3 Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to select the units that the offset is measured in 4 Enter the hitch to ground contact point distance 5 Tap OK 6 Select the Antenna Front Back Offset Antenna Left Right Offset and Antenna Height fields and repeat Step 3 through Step 5 for each to enter the required distances and then repeat Note Measure the antenna height vertically from the ground to the base of the antenna 7 Tap Next Configuring the Overlap settings Implement Setup Operations Guidance Geometry Overlap Extras Start Overlap 4 00 Allowable side to side coverage overlap LA Ki Allowable boundary overlap F _ Fi End Overlap Infill Boundary 1 Tap the Start Overlap field to enter a value for the deliberate start of run overlap distance a Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to change the units that the overlap is measured in b Enter the overlap dis
336. ld IQ Plugin 10 Hardware tab 1l Select the Hardware tab Field lIQ Setup Features Boom Rate Tank Bin Hardware Sect 4 Rate Control Modules 4937801425 0035000005 4947801827 Section Control Modules 0037000012 0037000020 4939526666 4939526668 Sectons 12 Sections 12 Sectons 12 Sections 12 M 000000000000 Ma Note The numbers beneath each switch are the number of sections assigned to the switch That is switch 1 controls rows 1 through 4 switch 2 controls rows 5 through 8 and so forth You cannot change the numbers as they are automatically assigned If you are not using the 12 section switch box a virtual switch box with six sections is shown Note Modules appear in the order they are installed on the implement viewed by standing behind the implement and looking in the general direction of travel X Tip To change the order of the modules on the Hardware tab tap the icon of the module you want to move and then tap the directional arrows to move the icon 2 Adjust the width value for each rate control module by tapping the Width box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 3 Ifthe total width of the modules does not equal the application width of the implement an error message appears To automatically change the control width of the Rate Control Modules to correct the error tap Adjust To return to the module edit page to manually correct the error tap Edit If the implement appl
337. ld is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 79 4 Display Setup Accessing the system configuration settings To configure the system settings do the following 1 From the Home screen tap R Current Configurations New System Ex Display Language English Units Feet and Inches keyboard ABCDEF Vehicle Vehicle Not Available New Implement 65 7 4 swath width 68 10 77 application width 42 WS R Implement Cancel Configure 2 From the Current Configurations screen tap Configure The Configuration screen appears with the currently installed plugins listed on the left of the screen Configuration system New System Autopilot Vehicle L i GPS Receiver 4 Setup 3 Calibrate Diagnostics 5 Save Config 4 Switch Config Ba Implement New Implement Oox 3 Add Remove 80 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Password access Any Setup or Calibrate button marked with a padlock icon E is protected by two passwords Password type Description Administration password Your password The default is 2009 Master password A backup password in case you lose the Administration password If you require the Master password contact your local reseller The password screen appears the first time t
338. le steering The second tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering Configuring the implement Configure an implement so that the system can tell which type of implement is attached how much area it covers how far it is offset See Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Note When you enter the number of implement sections if the implement does not have sections enter 1 512 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Calibrating the implement 1 From the Configuration screen select the TrueTracker plugin and then tap Calibrate Implement Controller Setup Controller Orientation 2 Select an item to configure and then tap OK 3 Configure the selected item Steering gain page 517 Roll antenna correction page 522 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 513 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Configuring the controller orientation 1 Select the Controller Orientation option from the list Autopilot Controller Orientation Rotation Control Direct Entry otate the image to match the orientation of the controller in the cab or enter the onentati angles directly by choosing the Direct Entry tab The image represents the position of the controller locking down from the top with the nose of the tractor pointing to the top of the screen An image represents the current mounting orientation of the controller The image is shown as though You are looking
339. le straight away To set the Survey Height Offset do the following 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin and then tap Setup The Survey Setup screen appears 2 On the tile plow raise the boot as high as it will go and measure the distance from the bottom of the tile boot to the ground Tile plow raised up to maximum height Survey height offset Ground surface FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 231 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins 3 Enter this value into the Survey Height Offset field Survey Setup Note Trimble recommends that you change the Survey Point Density from Coarse to Fine The FieldLevel II system will then record survey points every 1 5m 5 ft and provide a more accurate profile of the ground surface 4 Tap OK 5 Inthe Run screen drive to a point that will be untouched to use as a reference point Measure a master benchmark and then flag this point so you can easily find it again 232 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 6 Drive the vehicle to the start of the line where you want to install tile or clean a ditch for the most efficient method Trimble recommends that this is the high end of the line Open the Survey Design tab and then select Section from the drop down list QVVVOQ99C00000000 Che 200000000000000 7 Tap Record and then drive the line all the way to the end point for the most efficient method Tri
340. lect Enabled to show the applied rate the same as the target rate if the applied rate is within 10 of the target rate Select Disabled to show the actual applied value In the Total Nozzles field enter the total number of knives on the anhydrous bar FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Tank Bin tab 1l Select the Tank Bin tab Field IQ Setup Note The Tank Bin tab is only visible if at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module is installed 2 Inthe Tank Bin Capacity field enter the total capacity of the planter 3 Inthe Warning Level field enter the level at which you will receive notification when the capacity level drops below the assigned value 4 Inthe Current Volume field enter the current volume of the tank Tip Tap Refill Tank Bin to set the current volume to the tank bin capacity Tip To empty the tank bin contents tap Manual Flush This enables the system to manually apply continuously without moving the implement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 321 10 The Field IQ Plugin Hardware tab 1 Select the Hardware tab Field IQ Setup n fin in Gm Gn Gr Gn Gn Gr Gr Gr Note The numbers beneath each switch indicate the number of the sections assigned to that switch So switch 1 controls section 1 switch 2 controls section 2 switch 3 controls section 3 and so forth You cannot change the numbers as they are automatically assigned Ifyou ar
341. lect Internal Primary 3 From the Corrections drop down list select RTK 4 Set the Network ID field to the same network ID that is set in the base receiver 246 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Step 4 Configuring the secondary receiver The Tandem Dual plugin controls the secondary receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS receiver listed below the Tandem Dual plugin and then tap Setup Tandem Dual GPS Receiver Settings 2 From the Receiver drop down list select Internal Secondary FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 247 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Step 5 Configuring the Tandem Dual plugin The FM 1000 integrated display must be configured to control the Tandem Dual plugin in either a tandem configuration or a dual configuration depending upon the implement s being used 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tandem Dual plugin and then tap Setup Tandem Dual Setup Type Tandem Back F Antenna Height 8 202 Disengage Raise 0 000 Cancel 2 By default the Type field is set to Tandem Back and can control two implements one towed behind the other If a single implement is to be used in a dual configuration select Dual Right from the Type drop down list Tandem Dual Setup Type Antenna Height Disengage Raise Cancel 3 Enter the appropriate value in the Antenna Height field 248 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide
342. led Red Logging Engage button Green Auto guidance engaged Gray Auto guidance can be engaged Red Auto guidance cannot be engaged 316 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Field IQ Anhydrous Before starting the Field IQ plugin setup on the FM 1000 integrated display Make sure that All components of the system are installed on the vehicle and implement The Field IQ plugin has been added to the FM 1000 integrated display configuration From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Ensure that the Field IQ icon appears in the list If the icon does not appear tap Add Remove to add the plugin to the configuration The Implement Setup has Strip Tillage as the selected operation From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the implement from the list on the left and then tap Setup The mplement Setup screen appears In the Operations tab select Strip Tillage and then tap OK For more information about setting up the implement see Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Field IQ setup for Anhydrous l From the Home screen tap the icon The Configuration Selection screen appears Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select Field IQ and then tap Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 317 10 The Field IQ Plugin
343. lement see Configuring the implement for leveling page 204 Step 2 Preparing the FM 1000 integrated display and antenna connections If not already installed on the FM 1000 integrated display install the FieldLevel I plugin followed by the Tandem Dual plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 When both plugins are installed the Configuration screen will show both the FieldLevel II plugin with its associated GPS receiver and the Tandem Dual plugin with its associated GPS receiver Configuration system 244 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Connect the FieldLevel II plugin primary antenna to the GPS1 connector on the rear of the display and connect the Tandem Dual plugin secondary antenna to the GPS2 connector on the rear of the display The correct configuration for the antennas on the implement s is as follows FM 1000 integrated Plugin Receiver position Receiver position display port Tandem set up Dual set up GPS1 FieldLevel II Front Left GPS2 Tandem Dual Rear Right FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 245 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Step 3 Configuring the primary receiver The FieldLevel II plugin controls the primary receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS receiver listed below the Field Level plugin and then tap Setup Field Level GPS Receiver Settings 2 From the Receiver drop down list se
344. lics to determine the point at which steering movement occurs WARNING During the Implement Automatic Deadzone calibration the system moves the wheels that steer the implement To avoid injury make sure that the area around the vehicle and implement is clear In this test the system independently opens and closes each side of the steering system while determining the point at which wheel movement occurs FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 515 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Notes on calibrating the Implement Automatic Deadzone e You must complete the Steering Angle procedure before you run this procedure See Calibrating the steering angle sensor page 130 e To ensure optimal system performance the hydraulic fluid must be at normal operating temperature when you run this procedure On some vehicles with large reservoirs it may take several hours for the fluid to reach operating level especially if the implement circuit is lightly loaded Consult the vehicle documentation to determine if the hydraulic fluid temperature can be shown on a vehicle console e Ifyou perform the calibration while the system is still cold repeat both the Deadzone and the Proportional gain calibration procedures once the system is at operating temperature To configure the automated steering deadzone 1 Place the vehicle in an area that is free of hazards 2 Raise the implement 3 Select the Implement Automatic Deadzone procedure from the calibration
345. limit is exceeded for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning does not appear until the Low Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Pressure Filter The Pressure Filter value applies a filter to the signal from the pressure sensor Typically no filtering is required so the standard value is set at 0 If the pressure readout on the Run screen oscillates in excess of 10 increase the filter value to filter the signal to reduce the oscillation For a true pressure value this number should be set to 0 366 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 6 Ifa ground speed sensor is connected set the following settings for the Speed Source Other Sensor Setup Ground Speed Sensor 1 Primary Source The primary source of ground speed information CAN ground A radar digital 3 wire sensor is connected to the cab harness or a radar forward ground speed sensor is connected to the CAN bus Digital Freq A radar digital 3 wire sensor provides ground speed data through the 4 Channel Control actuator harness Reluct Freq A reluctance 2 wire sensor provides ground speed data through the 4 Channel Control actuator harness User Manual Sets the system to operate using an internally generated ground speed No ground speed sensor is required when using the User Manual setting
346. liquid flow 11 Enter the product level alarm When the solution in the tank drops to this level a warning appears 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material 382 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once Note The system can control a combination of four of the following Up to two servo control valves and or up to four PWM valves for a total of four valves controlled at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup Channel 1 Chemical Jateria Chemical Note The material being controlled must match the sequence of what is connected to the 4 channel control harness FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 383 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list Auto Control Channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when no
347. lled 2 Inthe Rate 1 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 1 3 Inthe Rate 2 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 2 4 Inthe Rate Increment field enter a value This is the increment to be used each time the Increment Decrement switch is pressed 5 Inthe Rate Snapping drop down list select an option Select Enabled to show the applied rate the same as the target rate if the applied rate is within 10 of the target rate Select Disabled to show the actual applied value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 261 10 The Field IQ Plugin Tank Bin tab 1 Select the Tank Bin tab Field IQ Setup Note The Tank Bin tab is only visible if at least one Field IQ Rawson control module is installed 2 Inthe Tank Bin Capacity field enter the total capacity of the planter 3 Inthe Warning Level field enter the level at which you will receive notification when the capacity level drops below the assigned value 4 Inthe Current Volume field enter the current volume of the tank X Tip Tap Refill Tank Bin to set the current volume to the tank bin capacity X Tip To empty the tank bin contents tap Manual Flush This engages the Variable Rate Drive continuously without moving the implement 262 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Fie
348. ller a From the drop down list select From Controller New b Tap the Model drop down box and then select the make and model that you require from the list Selecting a new vehicle make and model from a database a From the drop down list select From Database new and then tap Browse b Select the vdb file that you want to open and then tap OK Selecting a saved vehicle make and model from the display a From the drop down list select From Saved File existing and then tap Browse b Select the required file and then tap OK c Select Change Vehicle to save the new settings The following message appears The specified vehicle model will now be selected on the Autopilot controller This will cause the Autopilot controller to be reset Do you want to continue Note If you select a vehicle make and model but do not upload that configuration to the Autopilot controller that make and model will not be loaded 3 Tap OK to load the new configuration 124 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 The following message appears The Autopilot controller will now be reinitialized in order to complete the vehicle selection 4 Tap OK The file is now loaded For more information on saving vehicle profiles on the FM 1000 integrated display see Saving a vehicle profile page 147 Autopilot calibration Once you configure the vehicle make and model calibrate the system for your in
349. lor scheme The night mode color theme uses darker color themes to make the screen easier to see in low light conditions To configure the settings in the Main tab do the following 1 Inthe Display Setup screen select Map Settings Main Track Logging Map Layout Map Orientation Color Scheme Save Summaries 2 With the Main tab selected select an orientation for the Run screen information toolbar from the Map Layout drop down list X Tip For a new toolbar orientation to take effect restart the FM 1000 integrated display 3 Select your preferred map orientation in the Map Orientation drop down list Map orientation Example of view Explanation North Up When you perform a turn the field remains stationary and the vehicle turns Vehicle Up When you perform a turn the field rotates but the vehicle remains pointing up X Tip To change the map orientation from the Run screen tap the north arrow FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 85 4 Display Setup 4 Select the color scheme from the Color Scheme drop down list e RTK Fixed l o Rock Trees Fence Area SHE UE Skip Pause A a UNKNOWN Overlap v Covered Overlap b o 5 To create a save file for your work select On from the Save Summaries drop down list Track Logging tab The Track Logging tab includes options to record the vehicle track at either a set time or a set distance Points along the track are logged at the greater of
350. low continues the alarm triggers after this delay This alarm triggers only when all control channels are disabled and the system is running in a planter monitor only mode Precharge Speed Precharging is rotating the planter disk so that it is full of seed when you begin planting This setting is the ground speed that the system uses when you perform a pre charge while the vehicle is moving 0 Off Flush Speed For Flush mode to work the vehicle must not be moving However the system will flush solution as if the vehicle is traveling at this speed Configuring an external switch A master switch is a switch installed in the vehicle cab that enables you to turn the implement on or off A master switch is required for all applications To calibrate it 1 Onthe Other Sensor Setup screen select Master Switch from the Sensors list 2 From the Switch Status list select Installed 3 Set the Timeout value in seconds When the vehicle ground speed drops to 0 and the master switch remains on the system waits for this length of time and then stops operation You must turn the Master switch off and on again to restart operation The optional implement lift switch provides On Off control based on implement position To enable it 1 From the Sensors list select Implement Lift Switch 2 From the Switch Status list select Enabled 3 Tap OK and then tap OK again Continuing the configuration The rest of the configuration process d
351. ltackerSyslCM 4404 chedteS yeh oe Ge eb bbe eee eee eb EE eee 526 M in guidance SClecils 26468454 054 4 68 2ENSs we beee Gabe ceded 526 kaplerneot MONICA serae ee cea ood eee oa eG eee oe Gee Bee ee 526 Implement GPS information button 0 0 0 0 eee 527 Implement status text items 66454542354 e4 nh eee ese ha eee ee asae ees 527 Mapen ota serer soe s4eb kreh Geese hed eee ee ee eae ates ee eee 521 The EZ Boom Plugin 1 2 ee 529 EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system 0 0002 eee 530 Installing the EZ Boom controller 0 cee ee ees 530 Connecting the EZ Boom system 000 e eee ee eee 530 Configuring the EZ Boom system 0 eee eee ee eee 531 EZ DOOULEAD lt a dita 68 GR H REM O YEAH OR AO Ree Oe te eee heen eee Ree 541 Setting up the EZ Boom system for automatic section controlonly 541 Additional information about the EZ Boom system 0000s 542 Varying the active boom sections 20 eee ee eee 542 Logging variable rate data cs ecetes riteris riy iako ewe oS eee Be ee 542 EZ Boom system implement diagnostics naaa 543 Controlling an application device with the EZ Boom controller 544 Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller 0 0 eee eee eee eee 544 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 1 2 2 aaa 545 Non Trimble variable rate controllers 0 ee 546 Installing a non Trimble variable rate cont
352. lugin is installed Note To unlock the FM 1000 integrated display to use the Tru Application Control plugin see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 195 Introduction to flow and application functionality This chapter describes how to use the Tru Application Control plugin with DICKEY john components to control the following applications TO EEE EE Planter Seed monitoring for up to 70 rows for population or 80 rows for blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Tru Count Air Clutch support for turning rows or sections on or off automatically Drill Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Air Seeder Seed monitoring for up to 148 rows for population or blockage Seed population liquid and granular control of up to 4 products Accessory monitoring of additional optional sensors hopper pressure and RPM Variety tracking Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 4 products at once Anhydrous ammonia control of up to 2 products Variable Rate Technology VRA for up to 2 products at once 336 FM 1000
353. lugin tab and then tap Diagnostics The following screen appears Field IQ Diagnostics To enable the sections tap the numbered section tabs above each of the section icons Enter a value for each of the following Target Rate The required rate for the rate switch Speed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 17 Operate the sprayer and check value shown for the Applied Rate If necessary adjust the Aggressiveness setting to achieve the desired rate Field IQ Diagnostics Operations Hardware Sensor Sopro MOREL ale Tank Level 42343 gal Refill Tank Rate Switch Mode Rate 2 Applied Rate 0 00 gal a Target Rate 6 34 gal a Ea Current Flow 0 00 gal min Control Speed 5 0 mph Speed 5 0 mph ail Master Switch Off 10 Aggressiveness 100 View Error Log Section Test Calibrating the implement lift switch 1 From the Field JQ Calibration screen select the Implement Lift option Field IQ Calibration p Rate and Section Control Module 5015561948 Valve Calibration Flow Calibration L Pressure Calibration be Implement Lift 2 Tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 329 10 The Field IQ Plugin 3 Raise the implement and then tap Next 4 Lower the implement and then tap Next 5 Tap OK to return to the Field IQ Calibration screen Operating in the field 1 From the Home screen press eG 2 From the Current Configurations
354. m To calibrate the TrueGuide system you must have a field open in the Run screen with an A B line configured For more information on opening a field and creating an A B line see Introduction to field features page 44 From the Run screen do the following 1 Tap R Without closing the field the Configuration screen appears Configuration Bal System System Autopilot Vehicle Ty GPS Receiver Ba Implement planter Field Open t y GPS Receiver Lock Config OK 2 Select the TrueGuide plugin and then tap Calibrate 3 Inthe TrueGuide Calibration screen tap Next and then follow the on screen instructions TrueGuide Calibration Drive at 7 16 mph Run the test at least four times WARNING When you press the test buttons the tractor will steer sharply to one side speed 0 01 mph Count 0 Offline Dist 1 8 27 Tractor Response Tractor is not engaged Please press the engage button Cancel 498 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 4 Complete the test at least four times and then tap OK TrueGuide Calibration Drive at 7 16 mph Run the test at least four times WARNING When you press the test buttons the tractor will steer sharply to one side speed 6 83 mph Count 0 Offline Dist 0 3 6 Tractor Response Please wait for the tractor to acquire the line 5 In the Calibration screen tap OK to return to the open field Engaging a
355. m can support up to 80 rows with the addition of member modules Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors 1 hopper level sensor 1 air pressure or 1 RPM sensor 1 1 implement lift switch lift switch GPS or radar based renee e e sources modules harnessing and 4 switch boxes Support for up to 24 sections for row boom control for up to 24 sections for row boom control Up to 2 servo control valves and 2 feedback sensors to 2 servo control valves and 2 ee ee sensors 1 implement es switch GPS or radar based speed sources Sprayer Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors Up to 4 liquid pressure sensors Up to 3 RPM sensors GPS or radar based speed sensors Up to 24 boom section valves Required the addition of 4 output modules harnessing and 4 switch boxes Spreader Up to 4 control valves and 4 feedback sensors Up to 3 hopper level sensors Up to 3 RPM sensors GPS or radar based speed sources To control more than 16 seed sensors you can add additional modules called member modules You can have up to 8 member modules and each member module can monitor up to 18 seed sensors For air seeder blockage monitoring this allows up to 148 rows of seed sensors in total 16 18 x 8 The member modules pass information back to the master module They can be installed anywhere on the implement Note The air seeder master module does not directly accept seed sensors all seed sensors must connect through the member mod
356. m the Trigger Warning list select one of the following settings Rem Beseription S No warning appears Entering Area A warning appears while you are inside the area A warning appears while you are outside the area Note The Remote Output and Trigger Warning settings relate only to this type of area feature They do not apply to any of your other area features You must set the warning for each type of area feature individually 6 Tap OK The new area feature appears in the Area list 7 Select the new feature from the list and then tap OK The new feature appears on the button you selected 8 Tap OK For more information on applying field features during navigation see Placing field features on screen page 67 Activating field boundaries The FM 1000 integrated display includes the field boundary feature that enables you to map multiple bounded areas within a field Field boundaries create a separate boundary file that can be used to calculate area and control automatic section switching at the edge of the field 104 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 From the Home screen tap R In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup OF bh oe From the Display Setup screen select Feature Mapping and then tap Setup Feature Mapping 5 Tap one of the Selected Features buttons The Select Feature screen appears 6 From the feature drop dow
357. master switch to the OFF position Master to clear 2 Master switch ON after leaving a_ 2 Move master switch to the OFF position setup screen 3 Shorted or damaged tractor 3 Check for damage on the tractor harness harness at the master switch connector pf 4 Defective master switch 4 Inspect master switch for damage or replace Invalid Master External master switch is not 1 Assign master switch to the Auxiliary Switch assigned to the Auxiliary Input Input Refer to Auxiliary Input Function Assignment Assignment 2 Decline use of Auxiliary Input Switch 202 Ground Speed Active only in planter monitor Failure mode Seeds are detected when there is no ground speed 1 Incorrect speed source setting or 1 Verify correct speed source setting and calibration speed calibration on the Ground Speed Calibration screen 2 Defective speed sensor or harness 2 Inspect soeed sensor harness for damage or replace speed sensor PB Defective module or display 3 Replace module or display a Test Control conditions exceed the disk Failure RPM limits 1 Test Speed setting is set too high 1 Enter an appropriate test speed or low 2 Disk High Limit and or Disk Low _ 2 Verify or enter appropriate Disk High Limit settings are incorrect Limit and or Disk Low Limit values 205 Control Channel 1 Defective control valve 1 Inspect control valve for damage or Failure replace 2 Defective feedback sensor 2 Inspect feedbac
358. mble recommends the end point is where the tile line is to be connected to a main or outlet Tap Record again to stop the recording Note The Record button turn greens when activated and turns grey when deactivated You have now successfully surveyed the line where the tile is to be installed or the ditch is to be cleaned FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 233 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Creating the design 1 From the Run screen tap Design in the FieldLevel II tab section se Direction SER ESTOS cl 2 From the Section drop down list select the section line that you want to design Note The section lines are labeled from S1 in the order that they surveyed in 3 The design screen works from the outlet at the left side of the screen and runs the design uphill to the right The direction of the profile is defined by the direction that it was surveyed If your survey profile is displayed the wrong way around change the setting in the Direction drop down list from Outlet at Survey Start to Outlet at Survey End or from Outlet as Survey End to Outlet at Survey Start 4 Edit the constraint fields to your requirements Description Min Depth The minimum depth for the tile or ditch installation The system will not allow the design profile to be any shallower than the minimum depth The minimum depth is shown on the profile as a red line Optimal Depth The depth to install the tile or ditch The design will keep
359. me configuration settings are unavailable when a field is open in the Run screen To access these settings return to the Run screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 175 7 Implement Configuration Introduction To obtain an implement do one of the following Create a new implement see below Select an existing implement see page 178 Import an implement that was created for the AgGPS 170 Field Computer see page 189 Once you select an implement adjust its settings See page 178 Creating an implement 1 2 J 4 5 From the Home screen tap In the Configuration Selection screen tap the implement Switch If necessary enter the Administration password see Password access page 81 In the Implement Configuration screen tap New Implement Configuration New Implement Current The New Configuration Name screen with a virtual keyboard appears 176 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 6 Enter a name for the new implement and then tap OK The mplement Setup screen appears Implement Setup For more information on configuring the implement see Adjusting the implement settings page 178 7 After the implement setup has been completed the Select Active Plugins screen appears 8 Select the plugin or application to be used with the newly created implement and tap Add gt The plugi
360. ment Decrement value See page 399 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available fiz Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Filling the planter disks before driving Pre prime button The planter has disks that rotate and drop seeds one at a time When the vehicle is moving the seeds in the disk are continually replenished However when you begin driving the disks are empty To avoid this before you begin moving tap the Fill Disk button D This rotates the disks through one revolution to ensure that they are loaded with seed before you begin To fill the disks on this channel and any channels combined with this one 1 Tap the Fill Disk button The Fill Disk screen appears 2 Raise the implement 3 Lock the vehicle brakes and put the vehicle in park 4 Start the vehicle engine 432 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 5 Run the vehicle until the hydraulic fluid is at operating temperature A N WARNING When you tap the fill disk Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 6 Tap Start The planter disks rotate and fill with seed Repeat this process for any uncombined chan
361. ms are available in the Filter Type list Trimble recommends this setting this is the raw GPS data used for height The height will be averaged using the number of positions selected This will smooth spikes in height readings but will introduce a latency into the controls Jump detect This will filter out some jumps in the height readings When selected the following values must be entered Threshold the change in height value that will trigger the filter Decay Time once the filter is triggered this will be the amount of time it takes to gradually resume using the raw GPS height 218 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Step 3 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module Note Depending on the make and manufacturer of your vehicle the tractor computer may need to be put into a special mode Refer to the FieldLevel II Installation Guide for your vehicle type 1 From the Configuration screen select the FieldLevel II plugin and then tap Calibrate Field Level Calibration 2 Set the vehicle throttle to 100 3 Tap Start The system performs its calibration sequence to test the speed at which the blade raises and lowers This process takes approximately 8 10 minutes To manually calibrate the valve enter values in the three Manual Calibration fields and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 219 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Step 4 Configuring the FieldLevel
362. n In the example above the system detected 16 outputs on the TCOM modules and 6 switches on the available CSM On the CSM configuration screen those 16 outputs are assigned to the 6 switches The first and last switches control two outputs while the middle switches control three outputs Where possible the system assigns fewer outputs to the first and last switch so that the left and right sections that are most likely to turn on or off during overlap affect less of the width Switch box and module configuration is completed automatically You cannot adjust it Checking the module setup To send the current settings to the controller to check if they are correct tap Check Setup If necessary you can reset the master module from the Tru Application Control Setup screen For more information see Resetting the master module page 461 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 359 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Configuring the row sensors on Planter drill and air seeder modules 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Row Sensors Row Sensor Setup Controller Implement Row Spacing Z 60 Row Width Sensors 24 Row Count Pattern Rows This screen enables you to configure the sensors on the planter drill or air seeder rows You can enable up to 148 rows The information at the top of the screen shows The row width The implement width The row count based on the number of rows set in the impleme
363. n To access the Info screen tap KA 88 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Correction Age 4 65 Altitude E 1685 763m Network ID Satellites DGPS Field Area Latitude n a 39 53 52 81 N GMT Time Longitude 19 51 03 105 6 45 20 W Local Time Implement 06 51 03 New Implement To configure which status text items appear on the Info screen see Setting the status items page 97 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 89 4 Display Setup Status items The status items are ordered by plugin If a plugin is removed the items associated with it are no longer available The available items are as follows i blank The status text item is not shown Autopilot Altitude The current height of the vehicle or Manual CMR Percent The percentage of radio CMR packets received over the last 100 Guidance seconds Correction Age The length of time since the last correction was received Correction Type The correction type that is being used East The distance that the vehicle is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point Engaged Time The length of time that the system has been engaged for Autopilot only GPS Status The GPS correction type that the GPS receiver is currently using H Error Horizontal error An estimation of the level of precision of the GPS position in 2 dimensions HDOP Horizontal Dilution
364. n Auto The control channel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts them according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Feedback Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Feedback Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is shown Monitor only The system monitors seed population or row blockage and or allows Tru Count row shut off control when the system detects that auto rate control is being used 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 416 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time
365. n Planter drill and air seeder modules 360 EE OO e ae haat acer thoes Hed AG eee ee eee een eh es Bee ex 362 Configuring an external switch 2 2 eee 369 Continuing the configuration o lt s250 0544542e R 8 Reh eE SRST Eee eee S 369 Commoumme aplanler zies e mitha ponele ee Ree eee eee ae oe Pa eee 370 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Contents Parernna miei Seere oaths Gok hy OS eee Se Gee ee ee De ee Ge 370 COMNSUTING Ne ChANNeS s 4 8 dca ee a oe ve oe Be es eee ee Ve 374 COMMUNI O MGUIC OW sedate eee ner eee hoe ee Bae ed ee Sees See eh eS 380 Entenne Welds eres eet het tee soe Cee hee ee oO ee pS 380 Comigunines ine Channels 2 44 2 9 4 464602 3e eae gdb ARETE eee Ae G44 383 COnneiing sranilar seed noa Panu yaad eee kA RES Re Oa Bee eee oes BE aes 389 Paterne WMAUCTIALS se ache ars danese in Rea doko Eee bath OG oe eee ee 389 Conneurnno tHhecHanne Pee aaa arte ter eee arse a en een ete See eee ee cee ae ae ene 392 Conteris Granular fertilizer girs ch tee Mea oe eS ede GR ee RS 398 Entonne malendi ag ce tae eee Seto Be de ee BA be eee eee Be ee Be Ge 398 COMUGUMING he ChANNCISs ccs dss ait ban See ees ED REESE SE Ve wae 401 Comieguring 42nnydrous i i654 4 ee beets ods eea Roe a eee Shs AO Ee 406 Entenne materiae 52 5 o dae aca ie hey Sy ee eer eles Base ee ae dom Aa es 406 Conilguring ie Channels 2 0 4 hohe eo eea eke ea Hew beer oe ae Gee 409 Gro gall evhony sto ok vol ls cue eee mee ae me eee R
366. n appears Note The Limit Output button that was present for the other control channels does not appear for anhydrous 2 Inthe Max Speed window enter the upper speed limit 3 Inthe Max App Rate window enter the maximum application rate CAUTION Only adjust the calibration parameters if instructed to do so by Technical Support 4 Ifnecessary adjust the calibration parameters a Tap Parameters The Edit calibration parameters screen appears b Adjust any settings and then tap OK The Valve Calibration screen reappears WARNING The anhydrous valve calibration requires the vehicle and implement to be moving and the implement must be in the ground the implement lift switch must be down Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 5 Begin to drive the vehicle 6 Tap Start and then turn on the master switch The calibration begins If the vehicle speed drops too low or the vehicle stops moving the calibration will abort The value increases and then decreases The calibration proceeds through several steps When the calibration is complete the message Calibration complete appears in the nstructions window and the system turns off The settings are automatically saved 7 Tap OK Spreader constant Note This is available only for granular seed and fertilizer applications The spreader constant establishes the value for the amount of materi
367. n list select Area and then tap New FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 105 4 Display Setup 7 From the list of features select Boundary and then tap Edit Edit Area Feature Cy Draw as Trigger Warming Remote Output Expand By 8 Set one or more of the following the attributes for the boundary features meeue Description O a custom name that appears on the Feature Mapping tab Color sets the color of the boundary outline and also the infill color if selected Area Type set to either Productive or Non productive Trigger Warning sets a visual and audible warning when entering or leaving the boundary edge Remote Output when enabled this feature restricts remote output pulses from being triggered while outside the boundary Expand By Sets how the boundary is actually recorded See the following Nothing Maps the boundary exactly at the recorded position image e 2 Swath Width Expands the recorded boundary location by 2 the swath width after the boundary is closed e 1 Swath Width Expands the recorded boundary location by 1 additional swath width after the boundary is closed 106 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 9 Tap OK The Select Feature screen appears 10 Tap OK The Feature Mapping screen appears 11 Tap OK The Display Setup screen appears 12 Tap OK Recording a line feature with coverage logging With the FM 1000 integrated display you can
368. n offset to the left indicates that the implement extends to the left of the driver when seated in the vehicle d Tap OK The Implement Setup screen appears The image of the vehicle shows the offset you have just set 4 Tap the Rows field enter the number of rows that span across the swath width and then tap OK Note This setting is used for navigation in the Run screen when you tap Skip to adjust the guidance line the guidance line moves across by this number of rows 182 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 5 Tap the Application Width field Enter Application Width a Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp Inches or Decimal Feet to select the units that the offset is measured in b Enter the distance from one end of the implement to the other Set the Application Width value to slightly more than the Swath Width value c Tap OK 6 Tap Next FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 183 7 Implement Configuration Configuring the Geometry settings Implement Setup Operations Guidance Geometry Overlap Extras Type Drewbar M Hitch to Ground a Contact Point ee D Antenna FrontiBack Offset aan Antenna Left Right Fy Offset 0 00 F Antenna Height 8 00 1 From the Type list select the implement type Hitch 3pt the implement is fixed to the vehicle Drawbar the implement can pivot like a trailer 2 Select the Hitch to Ground Contact Point fie
369. n or application will be added to the Active Plugins list 9 Tap OK Your current configuration now appears in the Configuration screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 177 7 Implement Configuration Selecting an existing implement To select a pre configured implement 1 From the Home screen tap Language English U nits Feet and Inches Keyboard ABCDEF f 7 Vehicle in Vehicle Not Available New Implement Pee Implement 65 7 4 swath width 68 10 77 application width 32 rows 2 Inthe Configuration Selection screen tap Switch 3 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password See Password access page 81 4 Inthe Implement Configuration screen select the implement you want to switch to and then tap OK Note If there is only one available implement it is selected by default The currently selected implement is displayed in the Configuration Selection screen Adjusting the implement settings On the FM 1000 integrated display the implement setup screens contains five sections In this section Definition Describes the primary task for the current implement Guidance The basic information required for guidance using the EZ Steer system or the Autopilot system Geometry More detailed implement dimensions required for better implement modeling both with and without a GPS receiver on the implement Values required to apply or avoid overlap Extras Provides access to
370. na if mounted The working height of the GPS antenna 496 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 Setting up the TrueGuide system 1 From the Configuration screen select the TrueGuide plugin and then tap Setup TrueGuide setup Roll Compensation CurveGuide TrueGuide Aggressiveness Rear Axle To Hitch Point TrueGuide can only be used with drawbar implements on MFD tractors CurveGuide enhances steering performance on curves Recommended for use with TrueGuide Ensure that implement settings are accurate implement setup gt geometry 2 Enter the required global settings A a Roll compensation e On Applies roll corrections from the tractor e Off Applies no roll corrections CurveGuide e Off The system does not anticipate curves e TrueGuide only Enables the system to anticipate curves to make corrections for TrueGuide guidance only e Always On Keeps CurveGuide on at all times TrueGuide Sets the default aggressiveness the recommended aggressiveness is 100 For more Aggressiveness information see TrueGuide system aggressiveness settings page 502 Rear axle to hitch point Enter the distance between the fixed axle for conventional tractors or the center of rotation for tracked tractors and the draw bar 3 Tap OK The Configuration screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 497 13 The TrueGuide Plugin Calibrating the TrueGuide implement guidance syste
371. nd 180 Heading to Pause Direction vehicle is facing relative to the paused vehicle position directly ahead 0 directly behind 180 Nearest Point Name The name of the nearest point feature Swath Length The length of the current guidance line Note FreeForm curves are made up of line segments so the Swath Length value is not appropriate for FreeForm curves Swath Number The swath number L left R right Note FreeForm curves are made up of line segments so the Swath Number value is not appropriate for counting FreeForm curves Swath Points The number of points that define the current line Tru Application Average Average Population The average rate across all rows The average rate across all rows rate across all rows Control Avg A E N Spacing The average spacing between the planted seeds across all of the rows Control Speed The speed reported to the multi application controller tesy em Description OOO Event Coverage The distance covered while logging during the current event Distance Event Coverage Time The length of time that coverage logging has been engaged for during the current event Implement The name of the current implement Implement F B Offset Distance of front to back offset Implement L R Offset Distance left to right offset Implement Width Width of the implement Productive Area The area of Area Features that are designated as productive FM 1000 Integrated Di
372. nd disengaging the TrueGuide system To engage the Autopilot and the TrueGuide systems using the FM 1000 integrated display you must have a guidance line defined and the vehicle must be within the engage limits of the system To manually engage the systems do one of the following e Tap the Engage button on the main guidance screen e Press the optional remote engage foot pedal or rocker switch To disengage the systems do one of the following e Tap the Engage button on the main guidance screen e Press the optional remote engage foot pedal or rocker switch e Turn the steering wheel The system automatically disengages when e The vehicle or implement is outside the engage limits e GPS positions are lost on the implement or on the vehicle e Minimum Fix Quality is not maintained and the system receives low accuracy positions for example no corrections FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 499 13 The TrueGuide Plugin Engage status indicators Engage status Button color Vehicle icon color v o Ez O Pm eo cx Operating the TrueGuide system 1 Inthe Run screen with the 7rueGuide tab showing tap AUTO The TrueGuide system status is shown as Disengaged 500 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 2 Tap Engage to start guidance The Auto button changes to ON and the TrueGuide system status is shown as Waiting The Autopilot system acquires the line before transistioni
373. nd the Stats table An arrow appears on the image of the field to show the direction of fall If necessary you can manually adjust the angle of the slope However this may require a greater amount of dirt to be moved because the original design was the optimum Saving the new design Tap OK to close the AutoPlane screen The new design is saved as the default plane for this field When the field is opened the design loads but the color theme is not saved To re establish the color theme tap AutoPlane and then select Height or Cut Fill Reloading a field When you create a design for a field for example a target leveling plane the design is saved in the field folder The design files are associated with the field so if you close the field and then open it again the design reloads with the field With RTK GPS the position of the RTK base station is important to the heights used when the field was previously open If the base station is not accurately positioned in the same physical location you must reestablish the design over an existing benchmark to reestablish the height 212 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 FieldLevel II plugin MultiPlane designs The FieldLevel II system supports external leveling designs from MultiPlane design software MultiPlane software can run a wide range of what if scenarios enabling you to create complex designs with multiple field sections You can
374. nd then tap Diagnostics System Diagnostics Serial Port System Information Advanced Settings Power Levels Connector A Connector C Serial Sent Serial Sent 2472 Received l Received 6029 CAN Devices Connector B Connector D Sent 0 Sent View Received Received 14 CAN Devices 0 error 105 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 639 26 Troubleshooting This screen shows each of the connectors ports on the FM 1000 harness and the number of data packets that have been sent and received 2 To view the raw data from a port tap the appropriate View button The port diagnostics screen for that port appears Connector C Port Diagnostics The screen shows either ASCII text or Hex code depending on which button you select Tap ASCII to view incoming data from the NMEA data string The Hex code is for engineering use only The data appears only when tap Capture A virtual LED on the Capture button flashes to show that data is being sent or received on that serial port To view the data tap ASCII or Hex and then tap Capture Approximately five seconds of serial data is captured and then appears on the screen You can review the data or capture another snapshot Note Data shown in green is incoming data data shown in red is outgoing data Restoring default settings You can reset the display to its default values This can be useful if e you made changes to the display sett
375. ned on Following this the Status LED will blink in time with each transmission of sensor data over the CAN bus Expect to see a brief green flash followed by a red flash at the I M message rate typically at 0 5sec this indicates that data from the left green flash and right red flash CAN ports is being transmitted FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 2 Install the GreenSeeker plugin For more information see Adding or removing a plugin page 194 Configuration Implement 3 From the Home screen load the field to be sprayed GreenSeeker plugin screen The control items in the GreenSeeker tab on the Run screen depend on what you previously selected for example a crop algorithm or a custom table The Calibration Required message appears when a new job event is first opened and a crop algorithm has been previously used or selected Note If you want to use a custom table but see this screen tap Edit and then follow the custom table instructions found in the FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Ifa custom table has been previously selected the Calibration Required message will not display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 479 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin 1 From the Run screen select the GreenSeeker plugin tab Calibration Requirec 2 Tap Calibrate Calibrating The GreenSeeker plugin tab now includes Ref and Non Ref buttons along with a NDVI bar graph showin
376. nel automatically calculates application rates and adjusts according to speed under normal operating conditions Manual with Feedback Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Feedback Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 416 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the de
377. nels Row Information tab A planter can have up to 148 rows Each row on the planter can have a sensor that reports the rows planting state The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which appears under the guidance screen Description Show next screen row details Channel to row assignment bar 3 Row status bar Row Information tab selector Additional sensor readings The first screen of the tab shows a summary of all the rows and any additional screens show the output of the rows in detail sf ooog To view the next screen tap Row details The row detail screens show the status of the rows in detail 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 433 11 434 The Tru Application Control Plugin The row status is represented by its color Description The row is operating within bounds Red o The row is outside the acceptable bounds The row is disabled The onscreen width of the rows varies depending on how many of them there are In this example the planter only has 9 rows WE Row number The row is Theroni ooo operating ighty below the targetrate Tn eooo pemeri O C passive master switch is off operating but below the acceptable bounds operating but above the acceptable bounds Note Coverage is drawn even if an individual row is not operating unless Tru Count Air Clutches are installed and switching is us
378. ng To operate a planter or drill Operating a planter or drill page 428 sprayer Operating a sprayer liquid flow page 436 Operating an air seeder granular seed page 440 Operating a spreader granular fertilizer page 448 Operating an anhydrous unit page 453 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 427 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Operating a planter or drill WARNING When the implement is down and the master switch is On the machine is fully operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so could result in injury or death When you are controlling a planter or drill with the Tru Application Control plugin several new items appear on the Run screen Description Planter tab Logging on off button Planter row details button Channel to row assignment bar Row status bar Row and sensor information tab Additional sensor readings Turning the planter on or off Implement lift switch installed Ifan implement lift switch is not installed see page 430 To plant seed when an optional implement lift switch is installed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch 428 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so that the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes as shown
379. ng is triggered 12 Tap OK and then tap OK again The material is now configured Repeat this process to add an additional material 400 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels The FM 1000 integrated display can control up to four channels of different materials at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup Channel 1 Urea Urea 4 Select the appropriate entry from the Control Mode list SS eee Control Channel calculates application rates under normal operating conditions Manual with Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Feedback Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Feedback Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is displayed 5 Ifnecessary change the Precharge Delay setting FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 401 11 The Tru Appli
380. ng rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 1 In the Rate 2 field enter a value This is the seeding rate to be used when the Rate Switch in the Field IQ master switch box is in Rate 2 In the Rate Increment field enter a value This is the increment to be used each time the Increment Decrement switch is pressed In the Rate Snapping drop down list select one of the following Enabled to show the applied rate the same as the target rate if the applied rate is within 10 of the target rate Disable to show the actual applied value In the Total Nozzles field enter the total number of nozzles on the boom Make sure that you enter the correct number as the display uses this value when it calibrates system FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 289 10 The Field IQ Plugin Tank Bin tab 1l Select the Tank Bin tab Field IQ Setup Note The Tank Bin tab is only visible if at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module is installed 2 Inthe Tank Bin Capacity field enter the total capacity of the planter 3 Inthe Warning Level field enter the level at which you will receive notification when the capacity level drops below the assigned value 4 Inthe Current Volume field enter the current volume of the tank X Tip Tap Refill Tank Bin to set the current volume to the tank bin capacity X Tip To empty the tank bin contents tap Manual Flush This enables th
381. ng the password to activate a plugin sssaaa aa ee 195 The FieldLevel Il Plugins 2 2 an 199 FieldLevel Survey design plugin 1 ee ee et ett ete 200 WESCHONION 4g eh s Gah ee ries Ge Ae ee Se ee ee eee ee 200 TOCAN ee 22 oe hecetes date ee hadeoredr honest egeheh eee eben ee 200 Benefits of the FieldLevel II system 2 0 0 0 2 eee ee eee 201 Requirements of the FieldLevel II system 0 0 0 0 eee 201 o E 44 oe setae een ee eet ee eee are seen eee eee eee eee eee 201 COo O 2 2 ip gp oar a AS Gn oe oe Al aE Go ee eek ee ee oes 202 Configuring the implement for leveling 2 2 0 00002 ee 204 Operating the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin 000000000008 205 NUD SClCCLebtepee eens e Soh de ERS GSE e nee eae eee lt 205 AUL ASUNG Y cos ca eahee eee bt A es aneee ene ane ee es 205 FICMeCsION aa ee cee eee eee eee ee ees ee ee eee ee aa eee esses ee tea 209 Options on the Screen oan a a cage cekikik bii OE eee ee oe ee ee ee Ee 210 Crewing ACG 2bacdemacug ey nae eon Ghee bea ee ey ee eee eos 212 Saving the new design 2 5g ote oe bes ES Oe OR HAG GEE RSD ERE EHD GS ES OHS 212 Reloading a held casser ee ee ae ee ee ea aae a ee 212 PELE E is eee eee ER EEE EREEREER 213 M lPlane desb a 4 hun eee Geen oe Ghee ea he Bee eee te eae 213 Ceveina Model esere reprene Ae eee eae eee ee ee bee ea ee naa es 213 Akae a Va a oe as Pa eee ees eee eG ee pee eee eee ees chee ees 214 Configuring the FieldLeve
382. ng to the TrueGuide system The TrueGuide system status remains at Waiting while the Autopilot system acquires the line Once the TrueGuide system has taken control the TrueGuide System status changes to ON and the TrueGuide system Engage button changes to Auto 3 To disengage the TrueGuide system at any time tap Off Note To force the TrueGuide system to turn on when the status is Waiting tap ON again FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 501 13 The TrueGuide Plugin Note As soon as the TrueGuide system is disengaged the Autopilot system immediately begins providing all guidance TrueGuide system status indicators The system status appears on the 7rueGuide tab between the Off On Auto buttons TrueGuide status Description The TrueGuide system is off Disengaged The TrueGuide system is ready but not engaged Waiting The Autopilot system is engaged and the TrueGuide system is preparing to engage after a short pause The TrueGuide system has engaged and is on TrueGuide system aggressiveness settings To set the default aggressiveness value see Setting up the TrueGuide system page 497 e Increasing the aggressiveness increases the response to move the implement back to the guidance line e Decreasing aggressiveness smooths the response to the implement moving offline Use as default es Adjusting aggressiveness during operation 1 From the Run screen select the TrueGuide Plu
383. nie Symbol Deseripton OO kg l Kilograms per liter density Ibs a pounds of seeds per acre Ibs ft 3 pounds per cubic foot density 7 Enter the following values eee a nl The minimum preset rate that the system will allow you to select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen channel tab you increase or decrease the granular seeder target rate The ncrement Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by The weight per volume of the material to dispense Seeds per Pound The number of seeds per pound This is used to convert the current application rate to kS ha kS a Low Shaft RPM The lowest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate High Shaft RPM The highest shaft speed at which the control channel will operate Spreader Constant Each material has its own constant that is the number of application rate sensor pulses per liter cubic ft of material Note Ensure that this is as accurate as possible Using the Spreader Constant Calibration wizard is recommended See Spreader constant page 423 The target rate is the rate at which the implement will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 390 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 10 The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 To add a target rate Tap Add The Enter a target appl
384. nnels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channels current planting rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the spreader to 36 0 4 Target Rate spread at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 399 450 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button is available Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Sensor Information tab A spreader can be fitted with a hopper or an RPM sensor The information that is reported by the sensors appears on the Row Information tab which is under the guidance screen Rem Deseription O 1 Row Information tab selector Additional sensor readings Material accumulator The material accumulator counts the amount of material that passes through each channel The material accumulator value appears as the Total value on the main guidance screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 451 11 The Tru Applic
385. nt setup The number of sensors based on the total number of sensors controlled by all the modules as defined in the module setup 2 Ifnecessary tap Implement Setup to configure the implement 3 Set the rows There are four possible settings for a sensor Population ON The sensor is configured as a population or Hi Rate sensor that can count each seed as it passes the sensor Note To use this option a Hi Rate population style seed sensor must be installed on the planter drill or air seeder Blockage ON The sensor is configured as a blockage type sensor that can detect seed passing by the sensor When this option is selected the user is notified when there is a blockage on a specific row This style of seed sensor is not accurate enough to provide population information Note To use this option a blockage style seed sensor must be installed on the planter drill or air seeder 360 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Disabled OFF x t m The row is disabled Absent The sensor is not there Note You cannot select this setting it is automatically assigned if the system does not detect a sensor There are two ways to set the row sensors You can use the Pattern group to apply a repeating pattern to the sensors Tap to add or to remove a sensor until you have the correct number of sensors for the repeating pattern and then tap each sensor to adjust its s
386. ntenna GNSS antenna mounting plate Power cables Quick reference card Documentation CD Radio antenna RTK only O nem Beseription OOOO O D FM 1000 integrated display RAM mount and screws 22 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Front view FM 1000 mtegratea DENY j ag system ae Version 4 00 0 Aug 7 7010 17 77 Hardware Desktop Demonstration Part Number n a Tone teeg to Autopilot Configuring Retine Stop 9 of 27 aes Connecting to Field fd Powered by Trimble J SG Tiski Hysigadan Limaad All ighvs reserved Thin pradugrin preveced by LE sal inter ignal copyedght trode ik ami patan law at dezecribad i the Legii rerggar topie m the produa r Touch sensitive screen Touch sensitive screen The FM 1000 integrated display has a 12 touch sensitive screen In the field the easiest way to interact with the system is to tap the screen with your finger A N CAUTION Do not press on the screen with a sharp item such as a pencil you may damage the surface of the screen FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 23 2 Display Overview Rear view Rem Description OOOO Pe peee o pee Co peo Co pe 8 e Power button To turn the display on or off press and hold the power button for approximately 0 5 seconds 24 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Brightness controls To increase or decrease the brightness of the FM 1000 inte
387. nter to the outer edge and tap OK The Swath Management screen appears 4 To update the pivot tap Load The Run screen appears with the new pivot dimensions The Record button When you create guidance based on the curve or headland pattern the Record button is available The Record button enables you to insert a straight section of line rather than having the line follow the exact path of the vehicle as happens with direct mapping When you select tap Record the line you are driving is mapped When you deselect Record the display stops directly mapping your path Instead a dotted line spans from the vehicle to the point where you deselected Record When you select the button again the line becomes solid and your path is mapped again Point where Record was de selected 60 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Creating guidance with the FreeForm pattern The FreeForm pattern is an advanced pattern that enables you to create multiple lines of different types in a single field to obtain guidance in fields of any shape You need to record each line that you drive to generate the next guidance line You can create e Curved line segments e Straight line segments in the form of straight AB Lines With this combination you can use the FreeForm pattern to create non circular spirals or multiple curved guidance lines for irregular shaped fields X Tip With FreeForm curves remember that your next g
388. nterna Primary T Corrections Net ID Vehicle No GPS Old radio fw 2 Select the Frequencies tab The list of current frequencies appears Manual Guidance GPS Receiver Settings Settings Frequencies Advanced Logging Radar Output 1 450 00000 Add Edit Wireless Mode Irrasos 4800 T Delete Vehicle Internal Autonomous OK Note Up to 19 different frequencies can be stored FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 167 6 The GPS Receiver 3 To add a new frequency tap Add Enter frequency for channel 5 4 Enter the required frequency for the next available channel and then tap OK The GPS Receiver Settings screen appears 5 From the Wireless Mode drop down list select the appropriate mode and then tap OK 168 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver 6 Enabling SecureRTK SecureRTK is a Trimble proprietary base station security feature that enables a Trimble RTK base station service provider to generate time based access codes for their supported rovers SecureRTK requires firmware version 1 59 or later on MS7 50 GPS receivers and firmware version 3 67 on AgRTK and AgGPS 442 base stations 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver option and then tap Setup E7 Steer GPS Receiver Settings Settings SecureRTK Logging Radar Output Corrections Network ID Vehicle Internal Autonomous 2 Select the SecureRTK tab E7 Steer GPS
389. ntrol Plugin 16 Units Most controllers can be configured to use either US Imperial or metric units of measurement Each channel can be configured to use different types of units for example lb ac oz ac or gal ac When constructing prescription maps make sure that the maps use the same units that the controller is configured for Alarms If you want low limit and target rate alarms set these on the variable rate controller You can also set a default rate to be used if you go off the prescription or do not have a prescription For more information refer to the documentation provided with your variable rate controller Additional information for non Trimble variable rate controllers Prescriptions You can define variable rate controller setup data and load prescription files that define the rates to be applied in different areas of the field This information is used to send target rates to the variable rate controller Applied rates are received from the controller and both target and applied rates are shown on the screen In addition data relating to the variable rate application may be logged to the card The information describing prescriptions for the EZ Boom system also applies to non Trimble variable rate controllers See Additional information about the EZ Boom system page 542 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 553 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 554 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER
390. ntrols the amount that the gradient changes each time you tap the up arrow or the down arrow on the Level tab For example if the leveling gradient is set to 3 and the Slope Adjust field is set to 2 when you tap the down arrow on the Level tab the leveling gradient increases to 5 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Configuring settings for all leveling models Len Peake eee eee Allowable Select the Allowable Cut Fill Range field and then enter the acceptable Cut Fill Range warning distance When Auto mode is engaged and the blade is outside this range for more than three seconds a warning appears VDOP Level Vertical Dilution of Precision DOP is a measure of the vertical accuracy of the GPS signal If the VDOP reaches this value a warning message appears Trimble recommends a VDOP setting of less than 3 Blade Step Tap the Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down by the or v offset buttons Course Blade Coarse mode enables you to offset the target height in large increments with Step a single tap such as a 0 2 fill Select the Coarse Blade Step field and then enter the amount that you require the blade to move each time it is stepped up or down in Coarse mode Antenna Select the Antenna Height field and then enter the height of the antenna Height above the lower edge of the blade On grade Sele
391. num gt png Diagnostics screenshots FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 617 618 25 Data Management The AgGPS folder The AgGPS folder stores system utility files and subfolders that contain the input and output files of the FM 1000 integrated display See Prescriptions page 73 and Folders on the USB memory stick page 616 The following diagram shows system utility files and the data folders in the AgGPS folder saved on a USB memory stick by the FM 1000 integrated display i E AgGPs File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qr O P Deer E roses FX O F Address E gGPS E Desktop B My Documents El My Computer Se Local Disk C A DVD RW Drive D El l SanDisk ImageMate E El G ies 3 AB Lines gt Autopilot E i Data E Smith Farms E C Meadowbrook E 3 South Field 3 Planting Spraying E Diagnostics C Autopilot 3 Screenshots T Firmware 3 Prescriptions Summaries 3 upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide AB Lines 3 Autopilot Data Diagnostics Firmware Prescriptions Summaries areaFeatureDictionary txt ka implements_FMD xml E lineFeatureDictionary txt E pointFeatureDictonary txt Data Management 25 Client folder The Client folder stores a sub folder for each farm defined for the client The following diagram shows the Client folder and file organization Er E AgGPS Data Smith Farms File Edit View Favorites Tool
392. o OOOO FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Turning the sprayer on or off The master switch controls spraying When you turn on the master switch logging begins and the Logging button is engaged To turn off logging tap Logging Logging On Off button The Sprayer tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to four liquid products on a sprayer at once The sprayer tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all of the configured channels and their current status Current application rate on this channel e pas ape ere F i mara To i 0 00lbs a gt AAE ne Si Se Pl FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 437 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow Dl next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level Quik iio the Channel Product LeveTsceen See page 358 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 380 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channe
393. o select The maximum preset rate that the system will allow you to select Increment Decrement When you tap the or button on the Run screen tab you increase or decrease the sprayer target rate The Increment Decrement value is the percentage that the target rate changes by Low Flow Limit The lowest flow at which the system will operate High Flow Limit The highest flow at which the system will operate The target rate is the rate at which the implement or sprayer will distribute this material You must add at least one target rate before you can exit this screen 8 To add a target rate a Tap Add The Enter a target application rate screen appears b Tap kS ha or kS a as appropriate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 381 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin c Enter the new rate and then tap OK The rate must be higher than the Minimum Rate and lower than the Maximum Rate These limits are shown on the screen Enter a target application rate Range 0 0 kSva 150 0 kSfa d Repeat this process to enter additional rates if required This enables you to switch between multiple rates on the Run screen You can add up to eight preset target rates If you create multiple rates select the one that is to be the default rate and then tap Set Default 9 Tap OK The Material Setup screen reappears 10 Tap Alarms The Alarms Setup screen appears There is only one setting on the Alarms Setup screen for
394. o the hydraulic valve when using dual or tandem scrapers When using dual FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 221 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Benchmark You must create benchmarks that FieldLevel II operations use as a point of horizontal and vertical reference Design button Engage this button to design a field slope and orientation or in the case of Autoslope you can set the design parameters for the tile or surface ditch profile Blade step Use the up and down arrows to manually adjust the grade of the scraper or tile plow blade FieldLevel II single Used when there is a single antenna on a scraper or tile control plow FieldLevel II Used for surveying boundaries interior lines or section Survey design control lines It is also for designing an Autoplane surface where you can create a best fit plane through a surveyed field and balance the cut and fill to your requirements FieldLevel II dual Used for either a dual or tandem scraper configuration control 222 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Blade position indicators When you use the FM 1000 integrated display to provide guidance for example guiding to a contour guidance is displayed on the virtual lightbar at the top of the screen When you use the display to show field leveling information blade position indicators appear on the Run screen Rem Description ale Green bar in center The blade is at the correct
395. of Precision A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better Heading The current heading of the vehicle in degrees from direct north Latitude The vehicle s current latitude Longitude The vehicle s current longitude Network ID The RTK network ID of the GPS receiver s corrections North The distance that the vehicle is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point Nudge Trim The amount of Nudge or Trim currently applied Autopilot only Offline Dist The distance away from the guidance line Satellites The number of satellites the system is currently receiving Speed The current vehicle speed Steering Angle The angle reported by the rotary potentiometer or the AutoSense Autopilot only device p The vertical height of the vehicle relative to the field origin point a negative number means that the vehicle is lower than the field origin point Vehicle Model The model of vehicle that is configured Autopilot only 90 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Category Description Mapping Dist to Feature The distance to the nearest feature Dist to Pause The distance to the pause position Heading to Feature Vehicle location relative to the nearest feature feature is directly ahead 0 feature is directly behi
396. ollowing 1 Inthe Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup 2 Inthe Display Setup screen select Map Settings and then tap Setup 3 Inthe Mapping screen select On or Off from the Save Summaries list For more information see Saving a PDF version of the current field page 609 48 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 The Run screen layout The Run screen is where you receive guidance and drive the vehicle The appearance of the screen changes depending on which plugins you have installed 9999999999909099 EDS agaa Applied Rate 10 00 gal a Rate 2 10 00 gal a Description Virtual lightbar o pam OOO OOOO o poeme o pore o po These items are described in more detail below FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 49 3 50 Getting Started Hashed grids Hashed grids provide an immediate measure of distance Each small square represents 10 feet and each dark green outline represents 50 feet Virtual lightbar The virtual lightbar provides vehicle guidance When the vehicle is perfectly on the guidance line the three center green LEDs are lit 9909000000000009 9909000000000009 When the vehicle moves off the guidance line to the left or the right the three LEDs that are lit drift to the side 9000000009009090 0mo 0000000000000 To configure the virtual lightbar see Configuring the lightbar settings page 110 Plugin tabs Most of the plugins have
397. on Control harness now controls FreeForm logging and not coverage itself Note Coverage switching will not create large numbers of short FreeForm sections Loading a line To load a line that you previously created in this field 1 From the Run screen tap the Swaths button The Swath Management screen appears 2 Doone of the following Toloada straight section select the appropriate section from the list on the left of the screen To load aFreeForm curve select a curve from the list on the left of the screen The system loads the closest line to you FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 63 3 Getting Started 3 Tap Load The Run screen appears with the line loaded If you try to load a line that is over 100 km 63 miles away the following message appears Your current position is too far from the field to work in it Adding an access path An access path is a space between your guidance lines They can be useful if there is road or other field feature that breaks the consistent flow of swaths through the middle of your field You can add access paths on a straight or curved pattern but not headlands or pivots Specify the location and width of the access path when you create the line 1 From the Swath Management screen tap Access Paths swaths between access paths 4 Path width swaths in first group ABs place in the first group left to right Provide Guidance to Cancel 2
398. on Control Plugin 11 Turning the spreader on or off The Tru Application Control plugin is controlled by the master switch and the LOGGING button When logging is engaged the spreader application is on and when logging is disengaged the spreader application is off The tractor icon appears as shown below Logging On Off button The Spreader product channel tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to 4 products on a spreader at once The spreader tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all the configured channels and their current status Channel rate indicators FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 449 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the detailed channel information button Dl next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel 3 granular Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button a Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 405 Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 398 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate 6 Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual cha
399. on or row control through the switches on the CSM or BSM e automatic boom and or row switching So when you reach the edge of the field or a waterway the system automatically turns off the rows or sections that would cover already planted or sprayed ground and switches them on again when you return to an area that is not yet planted or sprayed Controlling row section switching with a CSM or BSM The CSM or BSM is a control module with a master switch and six row section control switches The switches enable you to perform manual section control or the FM 1000 integrated display can use the module to automatically switch sections or rows on and off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 339 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin The LEDs show section status not switch position status If a section turns off automatically the light goes off even if the switch is still on Note The CSM and BSM are used for NH3 section control and planting and spraying applications You can join up to 3 generic switch modules to the control module to provide up to 24 switches The generic switch modules look similar to the control module but do not have a master switch You can control one row with each switch or you can configure more than one row to each switch to control multiple rows at once Installation all implements Installing key Tru Application Control components Installing an implement master switch When you install a prod
400. on the card a Inthe Vehicle Profile Location list select From Saved File existing b Tap Browse c Select the required file and then tap Open 3 Tap Change Restore Implement The following message appears The specified implement model will now be selected on the Autopilot controller This will cause the Autopilot controller to be reset Do you want to continue 4 Tap OK to load the new configuration or tap Cancel to abort The Autopilot Controller will now be reinitialized message appears 5 Tap OK After the Trained and qualified warnings have appeared the file is loaded Engage button When implement steering is enabled the Run screen Engage button changes state It has two status indicators e The main button color which represents vehicle steering e The small inner color which represents implement steering Implement steering Vehicle steering Is engaged Is engaged FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 511 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Configuring the Engage button You can set the Engage button to work in two different ways In the Two stage engage list select the appropriate option Implement Setup Ce E The Engage button requires multiple taps to engage The first tap engages implement steering The second tap engages the vehicle steering The third tap disengages both implement and vehicle steering The Engage button engages with one tap The first tap engages implement and vehic
401. onnecting the EZ Boom system To connect the EZ Boom system to the FM 1000 integrated display 1 Connect the FM 1000 integrated display 2 Attach the EZ Boom controller to the dash Use the provided bracket 3 Connect the EZ Boom CAN cable P N 61437 to the Deutsch socket on the back of the EZ Boom controller and then to the FM 1000 to CAN cable P N 67087 530 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 4 Connect the FM 1000 to CAN cable to port A on the FM 1000 integrated display 5 Connect the terminator extension to the CAN extension Note To unlock the FM 1000 integrated display to use the EZ Boom controller for variable rate control see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 195 Note Ifthe EZ Boom system is controlling sections only and not rate no passcode is required Configuring the EZ Boom system To use the EZ Boom controller to operate a spray boom and rate control complete the following steps 1 Enable the EZ Boom plugin in the FM 1000 integrated display See page 194 Configure the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display See page 531 Configure the EZ Boom system settings See page 532 2 3 4 Calibrate the valve See page 537 5 Calibrate the flow meter See page 538 6 Calibrate the pressure sensor See page 540 Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display When you configure an implement with the EZ B
402. oom or the Tru Application Control plugin installed additional options appear on the Edit Implement screen For more information on configuring the additional settings see Configuring the Extras tab page 188 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 531 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Configuring the EZ Boom system settings 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Setup The following EZ Boom Setup screens appear Set the options as required for each screen Features options Description Boom Switching To turn off boom switching set Boom Switching to Off This lets you manually control the boom sections To use automated boom switching keep the Boom Switching set to On Rate Control To turn off rate control set Rate Control to Off Use this option for section control only or to use another controller for rate control To use the EZ Boom for Rate Control select Yes Pressure Sensors You can connect up to 2 pressure sensor to be viewed on the display 532 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 EZ Boom Setup Boom Sections Section Signal Turn Off When Stopped Valve On Latency Valve Off Latency Section Signal Select Standard Sprayer for normal operation and Inverted Tru Count when running Tru Count clutches without an inverter box Note If running Tru Count with an inverter box you will use the Standard setting Turn Off When If the vehicle is a clutch oper
403. oom tab Field IQ Setup Inverted TruCount In the Section Signal drop down list select an option to control whether the system sends a high or a low signal to close a section valve Select Air Clutch when using a Tru Count inverter box Select Tru Count when using Tru Count Clutches Tru Count Liqui Block valves or John Deere row clutches CAUTION Selecting the incorrect value causes the system to operate opposite of the required result In the Turn Off When Stopped drop down list select an option Selecting Yes turns off sections when the GPS speed is zero In the On Latency field enter a value By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch this can happen on larger systems In this case increase the On Latency value to compensate the clutch delay and Field IQ will turn the clutches on before they need to be turned on Enter a value in the Off Latency field By default it is set to 0 0 seconds Use this unless you are experiencing a long response time from your clutch this can happen on larger systems In this case increase to compensate the clutch delay and Field IQ will turn the clutches off before they need to be turned off FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Rate tab 1 Select the Rate tab Field IQ Setup Note The Rate tab is only visible if you have at least one Field IQ Rawson control module insta
404. op Head Height on the Greenstar Monitor 586 Configuring the Stop Head Height on the Command Center 586 CanDiIGMOUe 6 o464 e424 odeeae ee en a eat hed eens ee eee ee 587 Updating the Moisture Sensor 60 Series combines only 00005 589 The Ag3000 Modem 1 eee nannan 591 Introduction to the Ag3000 modem 1 ee 592 Benefits of using an Ag3000 modem saasa aaa 592 Connecting the Ag3000 modem osaan a aaa ee 593 Activating the Ag3000 MOdEM gt sesei irte sarnaneb derdana ew SESS DEE Eee 594 Configuring the Ag3000 modem 2 eee 594 The EZ Remote Joystick 1 ee naan 597 POUDO 2346624 ea a ae ee GO See ee ee ee ee ee eee 598 ioe E o a ce at eo on eee Chee eee ke hase eee ee eee eee ee eee 598 Enabling the EZ Remote Joystick 2 2 2 0 0 0 ee ee eee 598 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 23 24 25 26 Contents The LB25 External Lightbar 1 2 601 Configuring the lightbar 44 0 4 gs a 6 keh tad soe iw ee abe SAP ESE 45445 oo ee 602 Advanced Configuration 1 ee 605 Configuring remote coverage logging 2 eee 606 Installing the logging option 44m ute 4 ore ea et Abe eee eh aeeeuree cease oe 606 Enable theexternal eWitC is ses ec ae eeer doe aves eRe EO oh Ge eee od e ks 607 Changing WicpassWOl a3 n62eueeeans eee heh eeaeee es ehee eh eee ee ee begs 608 Locking the display to re enable the password 0000 ee eee 608 S
405. op of the FM 1000 integrated display s screen guides you onto the design profile VVQG00000000000R e0o0000000000000 P Bide Height P Cuti ian 101 51 12 446 Cut x r EE Dein Create Delete Benchmark Benchmark Lip a UNKNOWN Covered Note Specifically for the Autoslope leveling model P Boot Depth shows the depth of the tile boot or the blade for ditching applications and P Design Slope shows the current slope that the tile or ditch is being installed to See FieldLevel status text items page 223 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 235 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Driving in Flat Plane Laser and Flat Plane GPS modes When driving in Flat Plane mode the Laser and GPS options operate the same The FlatPlane Laser model results in a mathematically flat surface This means that the plane does not follow the curvature of the Earth but remains on a plane Use this model when the land has previously been leveled with a laser system and you want to touch up the field The FlatPlane GPS model results in an equipotential surface meaning that the design surface is curved with surface of the Earth Note Neither of these models can be used with a laser system the entire FieldLevel II system only works with GPS Tap Design Bench or Rebench Down Arrow Up Arrow Auto Coarse Delete Benchmark Logging aa m Recalculate From Here To enter the Plane Editor where you can e
406. operate 2 Tap Next 3 Enter the initial motor RPM The default setting is 300 Trimble also recommends that you test the motor RPM at 100 to ensure that the drive runs smoothly at slow speeds 4 Tap Start FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 269 10 The Field IQ Plugin 5 The next screen provides the status of each motor Field IQ Hydraulic Test No Error The test was successful Motor Stalled The motors did not have sufficient oil flow ensure the correct orifice size is installed for each motor For more information refer to the Rawson System Installation Instructions Disconnected The Rawson Control Module cannot communicate with the motor 6 Tap Stop to return to the Field IQ Calibration screen Calibrating the implement lift switch 1 From the Field Q Calibration screen select the Implement Lift option 2 Raise the implement and then tap Next 3 Lower the implement and then tap Next 4 Tap OK to return to the Field IQ Calibration screen Operating in the field 1 From the Home screen press E 2 From the Current Configurations screen configure the display vehicle implement settings and then tap OK 3 From the Field Selection screen select the required client farm field event settings and then tap OK 270 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Planter Run screen 88000000000000 828000000000000 Area to Empty RTK Fixed 23 87 a Q a a aa
407. or Jump Start This screen also enables you to manually adjust e Bin Level Enter a new value or select Refill Tank e Target Rate Decrease or increase e Speed Decrease or increase e Switches If you are using the optional Field IQ individual section switch box this screen indicates which switches have been assigned to each section To test this flip each switch in the section switch box The section it is assigned to appears gray e View Error Log Shows all the errors that have occurred since the error log was cleared e Section Test The system begins a sequence of engaging each section and groups of sections 332 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 The Hardware tab displays the connected Field IQ CAN modules and the following attributes Field IQ Diagnostics e Serial number e Position on the implement e Firmware version e Status of CAN connection e Tx Rx number of packets Errors associated with the module FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 333 10 The Field IQ Plugin 334 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin In this chapter Introduction Introduction to flow and application functionality Definition of terms Benefits of the system Installation all implements Configuration All models Configuring the plugin Configuring a planter Configuring liquid flow Configuring granular seed Configuring granular f
408. or Setup screen Other Sensor Setup screen 2 Dirty or defective hopper sensor 2 Clean inspect hopper sensor Replace if necessary 3 Defective module harness or 3 Inspect harness and module for damage module de ia if necessary RPM Sensor High The sensed RPM exceeds the High Limit Exceeded ___ Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or 1 Verify proper implement incorrect setup operation setup 2 Defective RPM sensor 2 Inspect RPM sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Defective module 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary RPM Sensor Low The sensed RPM is below the Low Limit Exceeded ___ Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or 1 Verify proper implement incorrect setup operation setup 2 Defective RPM sensor 2 Inspect RPM sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Defective module harness or 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if module necessary Hopper Sensor The number of hopper sensors Detection connected differs from the number of sensors configured on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 466 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Probable cause cause ie a hopper sensor 1 Inspect hopper sensor damage or replace 2 Defective module or damaged 2 Inspect module and or module harness module harness for damage Replace if ne
409. or module harness module harness for damage Replace if necessary 3 Additional pressure sensor 3 Verify correct ACC setting for each detected module Row Sensor The number of seed sensors Detection connected differs from the number of sensors configured on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 1 Defective seed sensor 1 Inspect seed sensor for damage or replace 2 Damaged planter harness 2 Inspect planter harness for damage Repair or replace 3 Defective module or damaged 3 Inspect module and or module harness module harness for damage Replace if necessary pf 4 Additional seed sensor detected 4 Verify correct ROWS setting for each module Row Sensors Rows are not detected sequentially Installed on a module Incorrectly 1 Verify seed sensors are connected sequentially on all modules as instructed in 1 Incorrect seed row connections installation 2 Defective seed sensor 2 Inspect seed sensor for damage or replace 3 Damaged planter harness 3 Inspect planter harness for damage Repair or replace 4 Defective module or damaged 4 Inspect module and or module harness module harness for damage Replace if necessary Control Channel Internal system software error Turn system power Off On If condition Invalid State persists contact Technical Support Control Channel 1 Implement hydraulic system 1 Verify implement hydraulic system Setup Height malfunction operation
410. ormat depending on your local settings Coverage logging data Coverage logging files are created when any application coverage is recorded For each coverage polygon the following information is saved to the coverage logging file Field description Coverage attribute file version GPS_ Status Numeric GPS status value Status_Txt GPS status description Swath The current swath number when coverage was recorded Height Height in meters FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 623 25 Data Management Track logging files Track logging files are created whenever the event is opened See Track logging files page 86 At each point a number of attributes are recorded The units stored in the track attribute file Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf are in metric units The following information is stored for each point in the track logging attribute file Column Field deseription Cuisines TRACKID Dateandtimestame pooo Version Wackatributefeverion Local_ Time Local time hh mmiss s Logging_On Coverage logging Flag 1 o0n O off On or off ror O Num Stats Number of Gessa ooo Horizontal Dilution of Precision a measure of the quality of positions based on satellite geometry DGPS signal correction age seconds Ant_Lat Antenna latitude WGS 84 DD dddddddd Antenna longitude WGS 84 DD dddddddd Ant_HAE Antenna height above ellipsoid Ground_HAE Ground height above ellipsoid Speed GPS derived GPS derived groun
411. ot installed see page 442 To apply ammonia when an optional implement lift switch is installed you must engage both the master switch and the implement lift switch FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 453 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin When the master switch is engaged the Logging button is engaged When the implement lift switch is engaged so the implement is down the implement lift switch indicator changes to show this Implement lift switch indicator icon Master switch Logging On Off button The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is Off Implement switch is Off The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the anhydrous unit is not Master switch is On applying ammonia Implement switch is On The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not applying ammonia or Master switch is Off logging coverage Implement switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage Master switch is On 454 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Implement lift switch not installed For the anhydrous unit to apply ammonia you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change to show this Master switch Logging On Off button sta
412. ot or blade by the Blade Step amount Down arrow Lower the tile boot or blade by the Blade Step amount Recalculate from here When the tile plow encounters a rock pull the boot up over the rock then press Recalculate From Here This will modify the design to ensure that the rest of the tile run stays within the minimum slope requirement preventing the pipe from diving down to the original design grade Note This feature works only when installing tile in the direction away from the outlet point Coarse When selected pressing the Up or Down arrows will move the blade by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables the operator to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Auto Set Automatics to the hydraulic valve The blade or tile boot will be driven to the design depth depending on where you are relative to the section line Logging Log the coverage so that you can see on your map where you have been dependent on your Implement Width A shape file will also be created with cut fill and height information 230 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 g9o9000000000006 wVQOO00000000000 Surveying your alignment for tile or ditch Before you begin using Autoslope you must set the Survey Height Offset This offset will be applied to the heights of your surveyed alignment preventing the need to rebench before installing tile This means that you can survey the alignment and then install ti
413. ou close it manually select Never FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 4 To add status items to the slide out tab a Tap the position on the tab that you want to fill For example to add an item to the first position on the list tap at the location shown Select Status Items Run Screeifinfo Sc reer Info Items amp Autopilot Headin tice l Altitude Set Item Set tem HCMR Percent a Correction Type Session Coverage Time z Set ten Engaged Time Field Area GPS Status Implement H Error Timeout 30 seconds OK b Inthe Jnfo Items list tap the item you want to use c Tap lt Set Item d To save the configuration tap OK The Info Screen tab The nfo Screen tab lets you allocate which items will be displayed on the Info screen The status text items appropriate for your current plugins appear in the nfo Items list Select Status Items Run Screeninte Sc reer Info Items Heading Correction Age Latitude Altitucke g Longitude Network ID Network ID Satellites GPS Status North Field Area Latitude Nudge Trim GMT Tine Offline Dist Local Time A Set iter Set tem Satellites Speel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 99 4 Display Setup l Zi Set the left Info text items In the Info Items list tap the item you want to use Tap the left Set Item button Repeat Step a and Step b until you have all the items you require
414. ou have at least one Field IQ Rawson control module installed 1 From the Configuration screen select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Calibrate 2 From the Field IQ Calibration screen select the Rate and Section Control Module to be calibrated The message Not calibrated appears at the end of the modules that need calibration 3 Tap Valve Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration ce Master 324 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 4 Select Valve Calibration The following screen appears Field I1Q Calibration E Rate and Section Control Module 5015561943 Valve Calibration I Flow Calibration Pressure Calibration 5 Tap Valve Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration Valve Control Valve Type servo Vv Plumbing nine v Valve Behavior On Sections tock ee Bein M Closed Auxiliary Valve pisaviea v Pump Disarming Switch pisatied v Cancel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 325 10 The Field IQ Plugin For this field Valve Type Plumbing Valve Behavior on Sections Closed Auxiliary Valve Pump Disarming Switch 6 Select the Valve tab and then select the appropriate value for each field Select one of the following options Pump Servo The Pump Servo setting controls an electric motor which actuates a hydraulic valve As the valve actua
415. ou have configured the TrueTracker plugin you can begin driving in the field with implement steering Main guidance screen The FM 1000 integrated displays main guidance screen changes when implement steering is enabled fem Beseiption Ree Implement GPS information button 527 Implement status text items hidden 527 Implement lightbar When implement steering is enabled a second smaller lightbar appears below the main lightbar Secondary lightbar This lightbar shows the implement guidance relative to the guidance line Each LED on the second lightbar represents 1 inch 526 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 Implement GPS information button Tap the implement GPS information button to view extra implement receiver status information Tap OK to return to the Run screen Implement status text items A number of status text items provide information about the implement For more information see Configuring the Status Items page 88 You can set these status text items to appear permanently at the top of the screen or on a slide out tab To view the following items tap the corrections status button at the top right of the screen e Implement GPS Status e Implement Correction Type e Implement Correction Age e Latitude e Longitude e Altitude e Satellites e HDOP e VDOP Network ID Implement tab When the TrueTracker plugin is installed the TrueTracker ta
416. ou indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License Warranty Remedies Trimbles sole liability and your exclusive remedy under the warranties set forth above shall be at Trimble s option to repair or replace any Product that fails to conform to such warranty Nonconforming Product and or issue a cash refund up to the purchase price paid by you for any such Nonconforming Product excluding costs of installation upon your return of the Nonconforming Product to Trimble in accordance with Trimble s product return procedures than in effect Such remedy may include reimbursement of the cost of repairs for damage to third party equipment onto which the Product is installed if such damage is found to be directly caused by the Product as reasonably determined by Trimble following a root cause analysis Warranty Exclusions and Disclaimer These warranties shall be applied only in the event and to the extent tha
417. pe For water to run along the Primary and Cross axis the slope values must be keyed in as negative values Ifyou want to define the primary heading by measuring a second point see Defining a plane using multiple benchmarks page 238 7 To change the direction of the Cross Slope tap Flip This changes the Cross Heading between 90 and 270 from the Primary Heading 8 The plane is now defined Tap OK The Run screen appears Note The FieldLevel II plugin searches for a survey on the field If there is a survey a Cut Fill map appears on the new design plane Defining a plane using multiple benchmarks You can use multiple benchmarks to define a plane based on your specific requirements If multiple benchmarks are created you can design a plane of best fit through those points Ifyou use three benchmarks to design the plane then the cut and fill values will be 0 0 through those points as the plugin can create a perfect plane If you use more than three benchmarks to design the plane the cut fill values will be the residual difference between the plane of best fit and the benchmark elevations 238 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 To define a plane using multiple points do the following l From the Run screen select the Survey Design plugin and then create two or more benchmarks to help define the plane If a primary heading definition is required you only need two benchmark
418. pect pressure sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Defective module harness or 3 Inspect module and or module harness module for damage Replace if necessary Member Module The number of member modules Detection does not match the system configuration 1 Too few modules connected to 1 Verify correct module configuration system setup on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 2 Too many modules connected to 2 Verify correct module configuration system setup on the Tru Application Control Setup screen 3 Defective CAN module harness 3 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup list Inspect CAN module harness of the missing module for damage Repair or replace harness 4 Blown module harness fuse 4 Inspect module harness fuse of the identified module Replace if necessary 5 Defective module 5 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup list Inspect missing module for damage or replace 464 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Ee I at panien T 6 Verify correct module configuration setup on the Tru Application Control Setup screen Pressure Sensor The number of pressure sensors Detection connected differs from the number of sensors configured on the Other Sensor Configuration screen 1 Defective Sensor 1 Inspect pressure sensor for damage or replace 2 Defective module or damaged 2 Inspect module and
419. pen 1 sec 300 sec Logging Rate While Field Closed Minimum Operating Speed Maximum Stoppage Time Productive When The rate at which data is logged when the field is closed 1 sec 300 sec When a field is open and the vehicle speed drops below this speed a pop up message appears onscreen asking the driver to select a reason for the low speed The system will not operate until the driver selects a reason When a field is open and the vehicle stops moving for longer than this time the system prompts the driver for reason for the stoppage The system will not operate until the driver responds The system is marked productive when a condition is active e None The system is not productive e Logging On productive Off non productive e AP Engaged Engaged productive Disengaged non productive e Minimum Speed Above productive Below non productive FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 569 19 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin Operation When you open a field enter the additional details When the conditions that you set in the configuration are met they trigger pop up messages on the FM 1000 integrated display 570 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Yield Monitoring Plugin In this chapter Supported Platforms Installation Configuration Calibration Operating the Yield Monitor plugin Third party display instructions The FM 1000 integrated display can access yi
420. play to Chapter 19 The monitoring work with an Enalta display to record Productivity workflow Monitoring Plugin Viewing the currently installed plugins To view the active plugins do the following 1 From the Home screen tap ER Current Configurations 2 From the Current Configurations screen tap Configure FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 193 8 Overview of plugins The Configuration screen appears with the currently installed plugins listed on the left of the screen Configuration System New System 4 Setup Autopilot Vehicle 4 Calibrate L Y GPS Receiver Diagnostics Ba Implement New Implement 4 Save Config a Switch Config 3 Add Remove Adding or removing a plugin 1 Onthe Configuration screen tap Add Remove plugin Select Active Plugi Inactive Plugins Active Plugins Manual Guidance Autopilot gt EZ Steer A Implement Monit ZEEE TrueGuide LEF Truetracker gt FieldLevel II Surv h 2 Ifnecessary enter the Administration password see Password access page 81 In the Select Active Plugins screen you will see the available but not yet installed plugins are in the nactive Plugins list on the left 194 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Overview of plugins 8 the currently installed plugins are in the Active Plugins list on the right 3 Doone of the following To install a plugin from the nactive Plugins list tap it
421. pper level sensors The system supports the following number of hopper level sensors Application type Maximum number of sensors ases ooo p RPM Fan sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john RPM fan sensors The system supports the following number of RPM fan sensors Air pressure sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john air pressure sensors The system supports the following number of air pressure sensors 346 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Liquid pressure sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john liquid pressure sensors for sprayers The system supports the following number of liquid pressure sensors paver Application rate sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john application rate sensors The system supports the following number of application rate sensors weis ooo FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 347 11 348 The Tru Application Control Plugin Installing the cab harness Note The following harnesses are appropriate when installing the system in a planter For information on installing the harnesses in a sprayer air cart spreader or anhydrous unit refer to the Flow and Application Ordering Guide Planter cab base kit Planter Cab Base Kit Diagram Battery Tru Count Planter Switch Module optional DJ467984230S1 Switch Module has 1 Master Switch 6 row section switches DJ
422. pping preferences e feature mapping configuration e data dictionary editor e data files management this appears at the top of the Display Setup list display options e external lightbar setup e guidance setup e sound settings hardware configuration e CAN bus settings FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 83 4 Display Setup e power management setup e time zone configuration e external keypad These steps are described in more detail in the following sections Managing data files The Data Files management screen enables you to manipulate your saved data Data Files From either the display s internal memory or the USB memory stick you can copy implements prescriptions data dictionaries field data or delete unwanted data For more information see Copying or deleting data files page 630 Configuring Map Settings including night mode The Map Settings screen has two tabs that enable you to configure various settings for the FM 1000 integrated display The Main tab The Main tab includes the following options Description Map Layout Controls how the information buttons toolbar is displayed on the Run screen the toolbar can be orientated either horizontally or vertically 84 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Rem Bescon ooo Map orientation Controls the direction that the screen follows the position of the vehicle Color scheme Selects either the default or night mode co
423. press the Confirm switch on the armrest Follow the steps to perform the calibration Updating the Moisture Sensor 60 Series combines only Downloading Version 1 20C from Stellar Support l 2 3 4 5 6 7 Go to www stellarsupport com Select Support amp Downloads in the left column Select Greenstar System update from the Software Downloads column Select the green box labeled Download GSD4 Software Select Run in the file download security warning Once the download is complete choose the preferred language and press OK Follow the Greenstar Update Wizard to load the firmware to the keycard for the original Greenstar monitor FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 589 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin 590 Loading version 1 20C to the Moisture Sensor l Insert the updated keycard into the mobile processor that is hooked to the Greenstar display it does not matter which slot the keycard is inserted in on the mobile processor Power on the Greenstar monitor Press Nizo Select Select Program Target gt Select Harvest Monitor Combine gt Disconnect the mobile processor after the update is complete PF347112 Version 1 12 Select oe Moisture 1 12 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Ag3000 Modem In this chapter Introduction to the Ag3000 modem Benefits of using an Ag3000 modem m Connecting the Ag3000 modem m Activating the Ag3000 modem m Configuring the
424. r So panra ert FM 1000 power cable CECO C sas E ee Len ee oneness ee O EE eee es FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 473 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin Interface module The Interface Module contains circuitry to GreenSeeker interface boom mounted sensors with the mg sik roe FM 1000 integrated display The interface EU NTech Industries Inc module has CAN serial and power eee connections The module is an environmentally sealed enclosure which can be installed inside or outside the cab GreenSeeker sensors Reflectance readings are taken by the sensor These units generate their own illumination for use in any lighting condition day or night When the unit is on a red band of light will be observed directly below the rectangular sensor window The sensor is designed for an optimal height of 28 48 over the plant crop canopy to be sensed The field of view width of the sensor measurement is approximately 24 within the sensor s optimal height range Sensor mounting bracket Sensors are typically mounted to a standard stainless steel bracket supplied by Trimble These brackets are designed to fit most boom structures and are typically mounted with U bolts 474 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GreenSeeker Plugin 12 Care and maintenance To maintain the high performance of your GreenSeeker RT200 variable rate application and mapping system do the following e Each d
425. r 60 Series combines only page 589 Ts Ensure that the antenna is correctly installed and run the cable down the right hand side of the cab Run the antenna cable through the hole to come into the back right corner of the cab Plug the antenna cable into the FM 1000 integrated display Plug the yield monitoring cable into the diagnostics connector on the combine For ATR ready vehicles use cable P N 77692 For NONATR ready vehicles use cable P N 76509 Connect the yield monitoring cable to the FM 1000 cable P N 75407 which is connected to Port B on the display Trimble recommends that you do not use Port A Connecting the John Deere 70 series combine l Ensure that the antenna is correctly installed and run the cable down the right hand side of the cab Run the antenna cable through the hole to come into the back right corner of the cab Plug the antenna cable into the FM 1000 integrated display Plug the yield monitoring cable P N 76509 into the diagnostics connector on the combine Connect the yield monitoring cable to the FM 1000 cable P N 75407 which is connected to Port B on the display Trimble recommends that you do not use Port A FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 573 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin FM 1000 AgLeader YM2000 yield monitor This figure shows how to connect the FM 1000 integrated display to the AgLeader YM 2000 yield monitoring system Item Description Trimbl
426. r Calibrate The Enter Administration Password screen appears Saving the vehicle configuration Note The vehicle configuration is different from the display and implement configuration The vehicle configuration saves the Autopilot vehicle settings that you created The display configuration saves the display appearance features that you selected and the implement configuration saves each implement including plugins and physical attributes 1 From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot option and then tap Setup The Vehicle Controller Setup screen appears 2 Edit the vehicle settings and tap OK 3 Tap Save Config To overwrite a previous configuration file tap Switch Config and then select the previous file from the Vehicle Configuration list 608 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Advanced Configuration 24 4 To save the file tap OK 5 Tap Save Config Before the configuration file is saved the following message appears You are about to overwrite the existing Vehicle Configuration Do you want to Save or create a New Configuration Tap either Save to overwrite or New to create a new configuration file Saving a PDF version of the current field When you close a field the system automatically creates a PDF summary file The PDF is saved to the AgGPS Summaries lt client_farm_field_event gt folder gt a ofmith Ranch rs T l bi 3 Farma KOS e V rim L Event Summary Operator D Event Cre
427. r Clutch control Automatically controls planter rows on off for precise seed placement Implement lift switch Enables on off control based on the implement position For correct system operation connect all sensors used with the system as described in the following sections The system will not identify sensors that are incorrectly installed resulting in incorrect sensor numbering Seed sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john seed sensors You can connect seed sensors to the WSMT module and all WSMB planter monitor modules You can connect any number of sensors up to the maximum capacity of the module with a maximum of 148 seed sensors connected to the system When connecting seed sensors to the modules you must do the following e Connect all installed seed sensors to the seed sensor harness sequentially starting with the Row 1 input e Ifyou will not use all of the row inputs on the module the unused inputs must be the last inputs on that module CORRECT Module seed sensor harness Module seed sensor harness TONO YN NON FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 345 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin INCORRECT Module seed sensor harness w N H i of N Row Row Paw Ric Ric Ric H a a 1 11 12 Failure to correctly install seed sensors will result in incorrect row assignment on the planter monitor display functions Hopper level sensors The system is compatible with DICKEY john ho
428. r current status Current application rate on this channel Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the arrow DI next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel 1 granular seed Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far e Tank level Target rate with Increase Decrease buttons Channel on off button Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 397 Precharge button This button changes to the Flush button when you turn on the master switch See page 439 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 443 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Rem peen o Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 389 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channels current application rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap lt Adjusting the target rate manually The target rate is the rate that you want the air seeder to plant at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap Target Rate
429. r the Skip Distance default is To Here 2 Enter the Skip distance and then tap OK The guidance line moves the required amount The default distance displayed in the edit box reflects your current position The shift occurs based on the direction of the vehicle not on the A to B orientation of the line For example if you select Left the line shifts left of the operators perspective Note The Skip position is temporary it is not saved to the line permanently To save a line adjustment use the Shift feature See Shifting a swath page 66 Placing field features on screen For a description of field features and how to configure the field feature buttons see Configuring feature mapping page 101 For instructions on how to create a separate boundary file that can be used to calculate area and control automatic section switching at the edge of the field see Activating field boundaries page 104 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 67 3 Getting Started To add a field feature to the map 1 Select the Mapping tab on the Run screen The features that you defined appear on the tab F m it oi 2 Begin to drive the field 3 When you reach the point where you want to add a feature tap the appropriate feature button Ifthe feature is a Point Feature such as the Rock button in the example above the feature is added Ifthe feature is a Line Feature such as the 2in Tile button in the example abo
430. rate 3 Set the Speed field to your normal operating speed 4 Inthe Total Nozzles field enter the total number of nozzles on the spray boom Do not include any fence nozzles in the nozzle count Fence nozzles are nozzles at the far left or right of the boom that point out to the side 5 Tap Next The Flow Calibration Test screen appears 6 Onthe EZ Boom controller set the rate switch to Rate 1 The test requires using a measuring device for example a calibration jug to collect the flow for one minute To achieve a more accurate result for the spray boom collect the flow from at least three nozzles by moving the measuring device from one nozzle to the next during the test FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 539 15 The EZ Boom Plugin 7 Tap Start Flow to begin the test 8 Collect the sample volume for one minute Note You can collect for any length of time you like A longer sample may produce a more accurate result However you must then divide the result to determine the volume per minute 9 After one minute stop collecting Tap Stop Flow 10 Tap Next The Flow Calibration Result screen appears 11 Tap the Measured Flow Nozzle field The Enter Measured Flow Nozzle for Calibration screen appears 12 Select the units and then enter the collected volume Tap OK twice Calibrating the pressure sensor 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The mplement Calib
431. ration screen appears 2 Tap Pressure Calibration EZ Boom Pressure Calibration Primary Sensor Secondary Sensor Enabled Ino T Pressure Slope Recalibrate 3 Inthe Use Pressure Sensor drop down list select the following as required Ifyour system does not have a pressure sensor set both the Enabled options to No The pressure sensor calibration is complete Ifyour system has only a primary pressure sensor set the Enabled option in the Primary Sensor group to Yes and the Enabled option in the Secondary Sensor group to No Ifyour system has two pressure sensors set both Enabled options to Yes If you selected Yes for the Enabled option in the Primary Sensor group the Recalibrate button becomes available 540 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Tap the Pressure Slope field in the Primary Sensor group to enter the value The pressure slope is the relationship between pressure and the output of the sensor Trimble recommends the default of 16mV psi for a Raven pressure sensor Ifyou enabled the secondary sensor tap the Pressure Slope field in the Secondary Sensor group to enter the value Trimble recommends the default of 16mV psi for a Raven pressure sensor Tap Recalibrate in either group to run the pressure calibration sequence The EZ Boom Pressure Calibration screen appears See below Pressure calibration sequence L 2 3 4 Read the pressure off the pressur
432. re marked FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 343 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Installing a master module harness 1 Connect the module to the Working Set Master Module harness 2 Ifnecessary connect the WSMT valve sensor harness 3 Connect any additional adaptor harnesses to the module harness The WSMT module harness can accept the following adaptor harnesses 4Channel Control Harness Actuator Harness This harness allows for 4 output control channels and associated feedback sensors a hopper level sensor input a shaft sensor input a ground speed input an implement switch input and an air pressure input In addition a pair of 6 pin connectors are available for Servo connection Install sensors valves and so on according to the instructions included with the items Install the PWM valve assembly and feedback sensor for each control loop and connect the devices to their respective inputs on the harness making certain to match PWM 1 with FEEDBACK 1 PWM 2 with FEEDBACK 2 and so on Secure any unused and excess cable lengths where necessary Seed Sensor Harness This harness accommodates any standard DICKEY john Seed Sensor harness PM or SE style A wide variety of harnesses are available to accommodate various numbers of sensor inputs Install all seed sensors per the instructions included with the individual sensors Secure any unused or excess cable lengths as necessary Accessory Harness for Air Seeders
433. re you originally started than the first set of points lower the F B offset Setting the lead time l Drive at your intended application speed down the AB Line from point A to point B marking points on the ground where the remote output triggers Ensure that your speed remains constant At the end of the line turn the vehicle around Drive back down the line from point B to point A marking the trigger points Measure any offset distance between the points from the first run and the points from the second run Divide the distance by two Convert your speed from mph to inches second inches second mph x 17 6 To calculate the Lead Time setting divide the distance between the points in inches from Step 5 by the vehicle speed in inches second Half the distance between points inches Lead Time seconds Speed inches second FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Remote Output Plugin 17 Enter the lead time on the Remote Output screen Remote Output For example if a4 mph pass creates a 14 distance between each set of points a e Divide the distance between the points by 2 In this example 14 2 7 Convert the speed from mph to inches second 4 mph 4 x 17 6 70 4 inches second Divide the halved distance between the points by the speed 7 inches oo 0 099 Lead Time in seconds 70 4 inches second Drive along the AB line and then back at your application speed
434. recharge enabled During this the control will channels Enabled run without ground speed or 2 Acknowledge alarm and disable Delay without the implement down or Precharge to stop control Control Channel Control Channel Precharge time has Precharge expired while the system is Activation stationary Control channel has Timeout stopped 1 Ground speed is at zero Acknowledge the alarm and increase 2 Ground speed is less than ground speed Precharge Speed after Precharge time is expired FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 467 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin New Member New member module has been Assign sensors to the new module at the Module found Tru Application Control Setup screen and Detected its position 236 Intermittent A member module that had Inspect harness connections to this Member Module previously failed communication has module Detected come online iin Level Calculated product level has Fill product bin and reset level dropped below alarm level Control Channel turned off and seed Check seed dispensing unit for proper shut Detected ona continue to be detected Control Off Row 241 Control Not Control will not operate while ona 1 Navigate to the Run screen to activate Active With setup screen the control Implement 2 Raise the implement and stop forward Lowered and speed to clear alarm Speed 246 Master Switch Warning of action associated with Press the Control S
435. riety color appears in the guidance window See page 53 To assign multiple varieties to the implement at once 1 Onthe Variety Setup screen select a variety and then tap Assign The Set row range for variety screen appears 2 Tap the Start Row field and then enter the row that variety will start at The default is the first row that is now currently assigned Row 1 is on the left side of the implement 3 Tap the End Row field and then enter the row that variety will end at Enter End Row Number 4 Tap OK The Variety Setup screen reappears 5 Select the next variety and then tap Assign 6 Repeat Steps 2 through 5 for any additional varieties X Tip For quick access to the Variety Setup screen from the Run screen set the Mapping information tab drop down list to Variety and then tap Attributes Ifyou select a different implement or change the settings of the current implement the variety assignments are removed Prescriptions You can define variable rate controller setup data and load prescription files that define the rates to be applied in different areas of the field This information is used to send target rates to the variable rate controller Applied rates are received from the controller and both target and applied rates appear on the screen In addition you can log data relating to the variable rate application to the card FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 73 3 74 Getting Started
436. roller 00 546 Enabling the Serial Rate Control plugin 0 0 0 0000 cae 547 Configuring the spray boom in the FM 1000 integrated display 547 Enabling and configuring the variable rate controller in the FM 1000 integrated display 547 Configuring the variable rate controller 0 0000 ee eee 548 Setting any other features of the variable rate controller 552 Additional information for non Trimble variable rate controllers 553 PrOsCHIPNONS cu ae cises tenes fe oes oe e eee eee eee eee ox 553 The Remote Output Plugin 2 2 2 nenn 555 Connecting remote OULDUL s a saaca GO we oh ee eee Sie EOE A OR Yee eed 556 Configuring the Remote Output plugin 2 2 eee 556 Calibrating the lead time for yourimplement 00 0000048 559 Setting the front back offset 1 ee te ee eee 559 Calibrating the front back offset 42 224444400686 568 68 Ba5SReo6 vod es 559 Setting thelead Me eas se ek ee eee ee eee ee ee eet Peet ee eae Aah es Ose 560 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 15 Contents 18 19 20 21 22 16 The Serial Data Input Plugin 1 2 ee annn 563 Connecting Serial Gaia iNp t lt asvece sax ebacede cS eh hades PSSA S a5 ohne we 564 Configuring serial data input 5 iecccn caer tueas eae eee ewe et eon eee Gee e ars 564 The Productivity Monitoring Plugin 1 2 ee 567 o e en Gtowe cee eae ee e
437. rom the display are Normal gt 0 4 m s 1 3 ft s FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 509 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Low gt 0 1 m s 0 3 ft s Ultra low gt 0 02 m s 0 07 ft s 4 Tap OK Configuring the implement controller Your vehicle make and model were selected when your TrueTracker system was installed If the details in the Implement Controller Settings group are correct skip this step and go to Configuring the implement page 512 Otherwise configure the implement controller as described here Note When you configure the implement make and model the previous calibration settings are lost If you will want to use the current vehicle settings again save them before you proceed Configuring the implement make and model Note In version 3 0 of the FM 1000 integrated display the Vehicle Profile Location defaults to From Database new 1 Inthe Implement Controller Settings group tap Edit Edit Implement Controller 2 Do one of the following e To select anew make and model from a database of vehicles vdb on the FM 1000 integrated display CompactFlash card a Inthe Vehicle Profile Location list select From Database new b Tap Browse c Select the required vdb file and then tap Open 510 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueTracker Plugin 14 If you need to obtain a vdb file contact your local reseller e To select an existing vehicle from a previously saved file cfg
438. rom the implement tap Variety Setup See Logging varieties page 70 Tap OK to enter the Run screen Once you create the field select a swath pattern to use while you drive the field See Selecting a swath pattern page 56 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 45 3 Getting Started Creating a client if 2 Tap New beside the Client list The Client screen appears Tap the appropriate buttons to enter the name CAPS enter capital letters or symbols delete the previous character CLEAR delete all characters and start again Once the name is entered tap OK Repeat this process to create a farm field and event and record keeping Event Attributes if required If necessary change the implement Tap OK Accessing data dictionary entries If you already created Field Selection entries with the data dictionary editor you can access them as you open the field l 3 From the Field Selection screen tap New for any of the field selection attributes The keyboard input screen appears If there are predefined data dictionary entries for the current attribute a drop down arrow appears next to the text entry field Tap the drop down arrow and then select the required data dictionary entry Tap OK 46 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Additional settings Limit Field Selection Filter When opening existing fields the FM 1000 integrated display can limit the number of fiel
439. rop down list and then tap OK Configuring the CAN bus Note These settings are very advanced use them only under the direct advice of Trimble Technical Support The FM 1000 integrated display features advanced power management features to dim the backlight or turn off the display after a pre set period of inactivity l Zz 3 From the Home screen tap R In the Current Configurations screen tap Configure Select the System option and then tap Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 113 4 Display Setup 4 From the Display Setup screen select CAN Bus Settings and then tap Setup Can Bus Settings CE 5 Ifthe either the A or B CAN buses do not have a physical terminator enable the CAN Termination option for that bus 6 To control the strength of the edges on the CAN bus enable the CAN Driver Strength setting Trimble recommends that you set the CAN driver Strength to Full 7 Tap OK Configuring power management The FM 1000 integrated display features advanced power management features to dim the backlight or turn off the display after a pre set period of inactivity 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the System option and then tap Setup 114 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 4 From the Display Setup screen select Power Management and then tap Setup Power Management Setup 5 From the Turn Off Backligh
440. rop input control system to control sections and vary application rates Chapter 10 The Field IQ Plugin Configure a planter drill air seeder spreader sprayer or anhydrous ammonia applicator for flow and application purposes Chapter 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Vary fertilizer rate in real time using crop vigor measurements Chapter 12 The GreenSeeker Plugin Chapter 20 The Yield Monitoring Plugin Access yield monitoring information from John Deere combines and Ag Leader displays TrueGuide Optional Configure the TrueGuide implement Chapter 13 The guidance system for implement control TrueGuide Plugin o Serial Rate Optional Controller 192 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Configure the TrueTracker system to enable implement steering Chapter 14 The True Tracker Plugin Chapter 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Configure the EZ Boom 2010 automated application control system to enable spray boom and rate control Configure a non Trimble variable rate controller Chapter 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Overview of plugins 8 Rem Status Description Remote Output Optional Enable and configure remote data Chapter 17 The output to an external device Remote Output Plugin Serial Data Input Optional Enable and configure data input from Chapter 18 The an external serial device Serial Data Input Plugin Productivity Optional Enable and configure the dis
441. ror An estimation of the level of precision of the implement GPS position in 2 dimensions Impl HDOP The Horizontal Dilution of Precision of the implement receiver A measure of accuracy based on the geometry of the satellites in the sky If the satellites are near each other in the sky the HDOP is higher lower is better Impl Latitude The implement s current latitude Impl Longitude The implement s current longitude Impl Network ID The RTK network ID of the implement receiver s corrections Impl North The distance that the implement is to the North of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the South of the field origin point Impl Nudge Trim The amount of Nudge or Trim currently applied to the implement position Impl Offline Dist Offline Dist The The implement offline distance offline distance e Satellites The number E e satellites that the implement receiver is reading Impl Speed The speed of the implement Impl Steering Angle The steering angle of the implement The vertical height of the implement relative to the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is below the field origin point Impl Vehicle Model The implement profile name Serial Rate Applied Rate The applied rate Control Current Flow The current flow Target Rate The current target rate Total Vol Applied The total volume applied so far FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 93 4 D
442. rride option from the procedure list See page 125 Autopilot Manual Override Calibration Instructions Move this control to adjust the sensitivity of the manual override feature A higher value makes the manual override less sensitive to steering wheel movement 2 Test the current manual override setting a Turn the steering wheel The Override Inactive button changes color when the Override becomes active With the system active assess whether the manual override feature is at an acceptable level of sensitivity for Speed of steering wheel turn Distance of steering wheel turn b To adjust the manual override sensitivity setting select the slider bar Move the slider bar as follows Slider bar direction Result Triggers manual override The value to the right of the slider shows the current setting The total range is 0 5 to 2 5 where 0 5 is the most sensitive setting and 2 5 is the least sensitive c To try the new setting tap OK The Vehicle Calibration screen appears d Select Manual Override again The Autopilot Manual Override Calibration screen appears again e Repeat Steps b c and d to test each new setting FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 129 5 Vehicle Guidance Options X Tip You can also evaluate the performance of the manual override feature under conditions of loading and or activities which may affect the pressure of the hydraulic system For example you can turn on the aux
443. rrow on the standard FieldLevel II plugin the blade remains at the original Create Delete angle Benchmark Benchmark The Tandem Dual tab For both tandem and dual mode the Zandem Dual tab includes a double set of up and down buttons These buttons provide independent control of the implement offset EE a Co S O O Primary front or left side implement height control Secondary rear or right side implement height control e For atandem configuration the left up and down buttons offset the height of the primary front implement the right buttons offset the height of the secondary rear implement e For a dual configuration the left buttons offset the height of the primary left side of the implement the right buttons offset the height of the secondary right side of the implement FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Field I1Q Plugin In this chapter This chapter describes how to calibrate configure and operate the Field IQ crop input Introduction control system with the FM 1000 integrated Installing the Field IQ hardware display Field IQ master switch box functions m Field IQ 12 section switch box optional Field IQ Planting Field IQ spraying with Servo or PWM control valves m Field IQ Liquid Strip Till with PWM or Servo control valve m Field IQ Spinner Spreading for PWM Servo control valves Field lIQ Anhydrous Using the Diagnostics Tab FM 1000 Inte
444. ry 100 ft horizontally traveled Vertical drop Actual slope 1 1 ft Horizontal travel 100 ft FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 229 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins To view or change the Point and Slope gradient tap Edit on the Fie dLevel II tab Alternatively tap the or buttons to move the slope by the Slope Adjust amount defined in the FieldLevel settings under Leveling model Point and Slope Slope Adjust Driving in Autoslope mode The AutoSlope leveling model can be used for both tile and ditching applications For tile applications the system runs on both self propelled tile machines and pull type plows towed behind a tractor For ditching applications the AutoSlope system works with any type of scraper or ditching machine supported by the FieldLevel II system Note When the system is not running in Auto mode the virtual lightbar or LB25 lightbar will guide to any existing A B line allowing you to use manual guidance for surveying in section lines to be tiled at a constant spacing When driving in Autoslope mode the FieldLevel II tab appears as follows Recalculate From Here Delete Benchmark Tap To Design Set the Autoslope constraints for your tile or ditch design Finalize the design before installing the tile or cleaning the ditch Note A white cross is displayed on the run screen showing both horizontal and vertical location See screenshot below table Up arrow Raise the tile bo
445. s 12 Tap OK to return to the Configuration screen 296 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 13 Select the Field IQ plugin tab and then tap Diagnostics The following screen appears Field IQ Diagnostics 14 To enable the sections tap the numbered section tabs above each of the section icons 15 Enter a value for each of the following Target Rate The required rate for the rate switch Speed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 297 10 The Field IQ Plugin 16 Operate the sprayer and check value shown for the Applied Rate If necessary adjust the Aggressiveness setting to achieve the desired rate Field IQ Diagnostics Operations Hardware Sensor Soro eae ale Tank Level 42343 gal Refill Tank Rate Switch Mode Rate 2 Applied Rate 0 00 gal a Target Rate 6 34 gal a Ea Current Flow 0 00 gal min Control Speed 5 0 mph Speed 5 0 mph ail Master Switch Off gt Aggressiveness 100 View Error Log Section Test Calibrating the implement lift switch 1 From the Field JQ Calibration screen select the Implement Lift option Field 1Q Calibration 3 Rate and Section Control Module 5015561948 Valve Calibration Flow Calibration l Pressure Calibration L Implement Lift 2 Tap OK 298 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 3 Raise the implement and then tap Next 4 Lower the implement and then tap
446. s Remote Output FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 557 17 The Remote Output Plugin 3 From the Remote Output Connector drop down list select Connector B The default option is Disabled More options appear Remote Output Remote Output Connector Connector B Remote Output Type frime Based Pulse M Duration 100 00 ms Time 10 00 Within Distance VF 4 From the Remote Output Type drop down list select one of the following Time Based the pulse interval in seconds in the Time field the pulse duration in milliseconds in the Duration field Distance Based the Lead Time See Calibrating the lead time for your Pulse implement page 559 the Distance in meters decimal feet feet and inches in the Distance field The pulse occurs at each increment of this distance Note The first pulse occurs at the A point Pulse remote output is not recommended for Headland patterns e the duration of the pulse in milliseconds ms in the Duration field the distance in the Within Distance field The pulse occurs only when the vehicle is within this distance of being online If the vehicle is more than this distance offline no pulse occurs When Within the Lead Time See Calibrating the lead time for your implement Area Feature page 559 Note The pulse occurs only when Remote Output is enabled You must also enable Remote Output for each area feature individually in the Mapping plugin setup See Creating an area feature
447. s System Diagnostics Serial Port system Information Advanced Settings Power Levels Connector A Connector C seral Sent 0 Serial Sent 2472 View Received 0 Received 6029 CAN Devices 1 Connector B Connector D Sent 0 Sent View Received Received CAN Devices O error 105 2 Tap Advanced System Diagnostics Serial Port System Information Advanced Settings Power Levels Diagnostics Level Swath Control Points FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Troubleshooting 26 3 Select the diagnostics level This determines how much debugging information is logged in the program files Rem Description oo Minimal level of information 6 default Medium level of information is Highest level of information 4 Select whether or not to show swath control points When the guidance line is a curve it appears on screen as a series of short straight sections joined together The Swath Control Points appear where these line segments meet mem Beseription O Hidden default Normal guidance lines Guidance lines show the control points You can also use the System Diagnostics screen to view raw port data For more information see Viewing raw serial data page 639 Viewing raw serial data You can view raw serial data as the display receives it This can be useful for analyzing the GPS signal To view the raw serial data 1 From the Configuration screen select the System option a
448. s If all the slopes of a field are to be defined then you need at least three benchmarks Select the FieldLevel II plugin and tap the Design button The Plane Editor screen appears Tap New Plane Benchmark 2 From the Benchmarks list select the benchmark to be used as the primary pivot and then tap Add The benchmark is be copied to the Design Benchmarks list Repeat Step 4 until all the required benchmarks are copied to the Design Benchmarks list The Design Benchmarks list contains the benchmarks for the multi point plane To set the Primary Slope Heading choose the first benchmark to define the heading and then tap the From Set gt button Note Trimble recommends that this point is the uphill point of the two points to be used to define the primary slope fe Select the second point of the primary slope and then tap the To Set gt button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 239 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins 8 Tap OK Primary Primary Slope 0 103 phe 131 67 ke 5 608 Flip 221 67 New Plane Choose Pivot Height Above Pivot soil _ The selected benchmarks appear in the Benchmarks table along with their associated cut fill values The Primary Slope and Cross Slope values reflect the calculated slopes based on the benchmarks entered in the New Plane screen 9 To update the slope values a Identify the benchmark to be used as the new pivot b Tap the Choose Pivot button Th
449. s Help Qa OD A se rowers XK 1D E Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook My Documents H 4 My Computer Sa Local Disk C SA DVD RW Drive D El zl SanDisk ImageMate E E i AgGPs oO AB Lines C Autopilot El Data Smith Farms E C Meadowbrook E South Field lt gt Planting Spraying El Diagnostics D Autopilot O Screenshots oo Firmware oo Prescriptions 3 Summaries D upgrade FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 619 25 Data Management Farm folder The Farm folder stores a subfolder for each field defined for the farm The following diagram shows the Farm folder and file organization Er E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Ot O S Dane i rover S amp 19 Address E AgGPS Data Smith Farms Meadowbrook i Desktop O South Field My Documents H H My Computer Se Local Disk C 4 DVD RW Drive D El zl SanDisk ImageMate E E i Agers gt AB Lines C Autopilot El i Data E C Smith Farms E GO CEA E i South Field 3 Planting D Spraying E C Diagnostics C Autopilot 2 Screenshots oo Firmware oo Prescriptions oo Summaries C upgrade Field folder Each Field folder stores e A subfolder for each event performed on the field See Event folder page 622 e Three Swaths files e Ifit is a bounded headland field three Boundary files See Field boundary and AB Line files page 622 e An empty
450. s more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in nonfree programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom
451. s on the calibration list Notes on hydraulically steered tracked vehicles This group of vehicles includes the CAT AGCO Challenger Tracked family No calibration is required if the system is installed on a CAT MT 700 800 series equipped with the ISO option FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 145 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Autopilot Engine Speed Calibration screen The Autopilot Engine Speed Calibration screen enables you to verify that the RPM sensor output is correct Autopilot RPM Sensor Calibration Instructions blake sure that tractor is in Park and Press the Next button Engine RPM Cancel Next gt gt OK If the Engine RPM value is not close to the actual engine RPM follow the onscreen instructions to adjust the sensor output Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Integral Gain Calibration screen The Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Integral Gain Calibration screen verifies and optimizes the response of the hydraulic steering pumps Follow the onscreen instructions to perform this procedure Autopilot Hydraulic Pump Response Time Calibration Instructions Make certain that the tractor is moving forward slowly Use lowest gear with high engine RPM Press Next Right Pump Left Pump a 146 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Autopilot Hydraulic Tracked Pump Knees Calibration screen This calibration procedure determines the compensation required for dead band in the steer
452. seed boxes off and on e use the EZ Boom controller switches to manually turn individual seed boxes off and on For more information see Chapter 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Updating the firmware on the EZ Boom controller See the FM 1000 integrated display User Guide 544 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER The Serial Rate Control Plugin In this chapter The FM 1000 integrated display can be connected to third party variable rate controllers m Non Trimble variable rate manufactured by Flex Air Raven Rawson New NEAR Leader MID TECH and Hardi 5500 m Additional information for non fh E E a A This chapter describes how to configure the display for use with these rate controllers Note You can install only one variable rate control plug at once You cannot run the EZ Boom plugin or the Tru Application Control plugin at the same time as the Serial Rate Control plugin FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 545 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin Non Trimble variable rate controllers The FM 1000 integrated display supports the following non Trimble variable rate controllers See page SCS 440 440DB 450 450DB 460 660 661 700 710 750 760 page 549 Accu Plant and Accu Rate page 550 Mark III and Mark IV page 550 The FM 1000 integrated display can send control signals to vary only one channel at a time Note Before you can make any changes you must close all fields
453. setting on the Alarms Setup screen 1 Seed meter malfunction or 1 Verify proper planter operations setup incorrect setup 2 Defective seed sensor 2 Inspect seed sensor for damage Replace if necessary FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 463 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Alarm 7 Probablecause cause REE bi T module 3 Inspect module PERT E damage Replace if necessary Low Population The seed rate has dropped below Limit Exceeded the Low Population Alarm setting on the Alarms Setup screen 1 Seed meter malfunction or 1 Verify proper planter operation setup incorrect setup 2 Defective seed sensor 2 Inspect seed sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Defective module 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary O 4 Running out of seed 4 Fill with seed High Pressure The sensed pressure exceeds the Limit Exceeded High Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or 1 Verify proper implement incorrect setup operation setup 2 Defective pressure sensor 2 Inspect pressure sensor for damage Replace if necessary 3 Defective module 3 Inspect module for damage Replace if necessary Low Pressure The sensed pressure is below the Limit Exceeded Low Alarm setting on the Other Sensor Setup screen 1 Implement malfunction or 1 Verify proper implement incorrect setup operation setup 2 Defective pressure sensor 2 Ins
454. shown in the status text items An example with as applied rates displayed is shown below E For more information see Configuring the Status Items page 88 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 To load a prescription file 1 Map anew field or select an existing field The FM 1000 integrated display searches the card for prescription files within the specified limits If there are many prescriptions on the card this can take several seconds and a progress bar appears 2 Ifany prescription files are within the specified limits the Select Prescription screen appears Select Prescription Prescriptions are assumed by default to be in metric units If your prescription uses Imperial US units for application rates you must set the scale factor for each channel using the Prescription Scale Factor Available Prescriptions 33ab34 shp Rate Column mue er Prescription Scale Factor When off prescription use ESEME tG 3 From the Available Prescriptions list select a prescription file Note If an AgInfo GDX prescription has an incorrect format it does not appear in the Available Prescriptions list 4 Ifyou select a shapefile prescription you must select the correct prescription rate column CAUTION When you select a shapefile prescription if you choose the wrong column when using a variable rate controller the applied rate will be incorrect If you select an AgInfo GDX prescription th
455. splay User Guide 91 4 Display Setup Session Coverage Area The area that has been logged during the current session Session Coverage Dist The distance covered while logging during the current session Session Coverage Time The length of time that coverage logging has been engaged for during the current session The length of the current field session Applied Rate The current rate Area to Empty The area that can still be sprayed before the tank is empty Current Flow The current flow of the EZ Boom system 92 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 Category Description Impl Altitude Altitude The current The current height of the implement n of the implement a CMR Percent The percentage e T radio CMR packets received over the last 100 seconds by the implement GPS receiver Impl Correction Age Correction Age The The age of the corrections used by the implement receiver of the corrections used The age of the corrections used by the implement receiver the implement receiver Mace all Correction Type The correction type used by the implement receiver Impl East The distance that the implement is to the East of the field origin point a negative number means the vehicle is to the West of the field origin point Impl Engaged Time The time that the implement has been engaged Impl GPS Status The status of the GPS correction used for the implement Impl H Error Horizontal er
456. st run Calculating the roll offset flag offset method l Drive the vehicle to a relatively flat area where you can complete passes that are at least 400 m 1320 ft in length Reset the Roll Offset value to 0 zero on the Roll Correction screen See Configuring the roll offset correction page 522 Start a new field Create a straight AB Line Start a new pass Engage automatic steering mode when the system is stable Stop the tractor midway through the pass Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line Park the vehicle and exit the cab Insert a flag in the ground to mark the implement centerline for this pass FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 523 14 The TrueTracker Plugin 7 Complete the pass Turn the vehicle around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction 8 Engage automatic steering mode Stop the vehicle midway down the pass very close to the marker flag Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line 9 Park the vehicle and exit the cab Insert a second flag in the ground to mark the implement centerline for this pass Note whether the second pass is to the left or the right of the first pass 10 Measure the difference between the flags for the two passes and record the distance Also record whether the return pass is to the left or the right of the original pass
457. steering wheel to trigger the manual override FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 51 3 Getting Started e Tap Engage The system disengages and the Engage button turns gray If the button is red tap it to find out why Logging button The Logging button engages and disengages coverage logging Coverage logging is not engaged Coverage logging is engaged 52 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 Plugin information tabs As with the plugin tabs the plugin information tabs that appear differ depending on which plugins are installed Mapping information tab The Mapping information tab enables you to view your coverage from a number of perspectives Overlap General coverage and overlap Height z Altitude of GPS receiver GPS Quality GPS signal quality FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 53 3 54 Getting Started Cut Fill FieldLevel Variety F 0 No variety assigned Applied Rate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Cut and or fill Different varieties See Logging varieties page 70 Shows variations in application rate Getting Started 3 Variations in the speed of the vehicle as different colors on the Run screen Average The position of the implement Cross Track Error XTE Guidance window The guidance window shows your vehicle coverage field features and guidance lines and for coverage mapping sections appe
458. stem is still cold repeat both the Deadzone and the Proportional gain calibration procedures once the system is at operating temperature To configure the automated steering deadzone l Place the vehicle in a large field that is free of hazards To minimize the effect of the ground conditions the field should have smooth soil that is loose but firm Select the Automated Steering Deadzone procedure from the calibration list See page 126 Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration Instructions Only proceed if the steering sensor calibration has been performed Press Next Deadzone Left Deadzone Right 134 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Tap Next Autopilot Automated Deadzone Calibration Instructions This calibration needs to be performed on a smooth flat surface The hydraulic fluid should be at normal operating temperature Press Next Tap Next in the two screens that appear next Follow all instructions Tap the Test Right and Test Left buttons to perform the Deadzone calibration As ground conditions affect the results of this calibration Trimble recommends that you perform the calibration at least three times or until the average deadzone values change by less than about 0 5 To minimize the total amount of space needed for the complete calibration you can reposition the vehicle between the phases of the test If the available flat smoo
459. story of faults that have occurred View Warning screen When you are viewing the vehicle diagnostics screens the View Warning button flashes red if there is an active warning on the display To view any active warnings tap the button FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 645 26 Troubleshooting GPS Status screen The GPS Status screen provides information on the current GPS data from the GPS receiver Use this screen to check that the GPS receiver is outputting the expected data e From the Configuration screen select the Autopilot GPS Receiver option and then tap Diagnostics Autopilot GPS Status r Position AgGPS Autopilot Controller Il Version 5 00 27 Jan 09 DMS 40 29 31 59 N 104 59 49 39 W 1525 351m serial Number 4719182054 Vehicle Demo Vehicle ENU 0 98261m 21509 38939m 0 99968m GPS Receiver Internal Version 1 00 032 2 hw speed 5 88 mph Corrections WAAS es Omni ID 120 0001020 Heading 360 0 Satellites GPS Quality Correction Age H Error This screen shows Your current GPS position The number of satellites GPS quality The Autopilot system and receiver version numbers Screen snaps 646 To save images in the FM 1000 integrated display tap the button on the right of the screen that matches the current screen For example to create a screen snap of the Run screen 1 Tap Run The Run screen appears 2 Tap Run again The screen snap is saved in the AgGP
460. system uses the following terms Cut Fill A Offset Target Height Design Height Blade Height Rem Deseripton O Blade Height The current height of the blade The height at the current location determined by the design plane Offset The difference between Design Height and Target Height Using the offset buttons creates a plane that is parallel to the original design Target Height The height on the target plane that the blade will attempt to reach This is the Design Height the Offset When the blade reaches the Target Height the height indicator arrow turns green Cut Fill The difference between the Blade Height and the Target Height e When Cut is displayed the current ground is above the target The height indicator arrow turns red and points down which means that the blade needs to move down to reach the Target Height e When Fill is displayed the current ground is below the target The height indicator arrow turns red and points up which means that the blade needs to move up to reach the Target Height Configuring the FieldLevel II plugin Note Before you can configure the system it must be professionally installed For more information contact your local reseller There are five steps to complete e Step 1 Configuring the implement page 215 e Step 2 Configuring the leveling model page 215 e Step 3 Calibrating the FieldLevel valve module page 219 e Step 4 Configuring the FieldLevel GPS receiver page 2
461. t a the Products and Software are properly and correctly installed configured interfaced maintained stored and operated in accordance with Trimble s relevant operator s manual and specifications and b the Products and Software are not modified or misused The preceding warranties shall not apply to and Trimble shall not be responsible for defects or performance problems resulting from i the combination or utilization of the Product or Software with hardware or software products information data systems interfaces or devices not made supplied or specified by Trimble ii the operation of the Product or Software under any specification other than or in addition to Trimble s standard specifications for its products iii the unauthorized installation modification or use of the Product or Software iv damage caused by accident lightning or other electrical discharge fresh or salt water immersion or spray outside of Product specifications or v normal wear and tear on consumable parts e g batteries Trimble does not warrant or guarantee the results obtained through the use of the Product or that software components will operate error free THE WARRANTIES ABOVE STATE TRIMBLE S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN THE PRODUCTS SOFTWARE AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION AND MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT EXPRESS O
462. t Calibration screen that appears contains the following options Flow Calibration Valve Calibration Pressure Calibration 2 Tap Flow Calibration 3 From the Close Valve on Zero Flow drop down list select Yes or No Description The valve closes when all the boom sections are closed No The valve remain in its current position when all the boom sections are closed 538 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 4 Enter values in the four fields Description Flow Control Delay s How long it takes the system to change rates Min Flow gpm The lowest flow rate that the system will allow If this point is reached a warning message appears and the flow control valve will not close any further Allowable Error The level of allowable Rate 1 or Rate 2 error before the control valve adjusts Flowmeter Calibration For a Raven flowmeter enter the number printed on the flowmeter For other makes of flowmeter multiply the number printed on the flowmeter by 10 and then enter it for example if the number on the flowmeter is 75 pulses gallon enter 750 The number printed on the flow meter is a starting point For correct performance and accuracy a flow meter calibration is required To run the flowmeter calibration l Tap Recalibrate Flow Calibration Setup Target Rate speed Total Nozzles Cancel 2 Set the Target Rate field to your normal operating
463. t Flow Rate The Target Ground Speed is the vehicle speed that the system will simulate The Target Flow Rate is the simulated application rate The Target Ground Speed and Target Flow Rate are linked If you adjust one the other also adjusts because the faster the vehicle is traveling the higher the flow rate must be to obtain the same level of application A N WARNING When you tap the liquid flow calibration Start button the machine will become operational Take all necessary precautions to ensure user safety Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death 10 ll 12 Make sure that the tank contains liquid Place a container under the spray nozzles to catch the liquid output by the channel Tap Start and then turn on the master switch Allow the system to run for a while and then tap Stop The longer that you run the system the more accurate the result will be Measure the volume of liquid collected and then enter it into the Amount Dispensed window Tap Continue The system calculates the New K Factor value Tap Save The new K Factor is saved Tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Control channel valve calibration Anhydrous The anhydrous control channel valve calibration sets the vehicle hydraulic system parameters for anhydrous application 1 From the Tru Application Control Calibration screen tap the anhydrous entry The Valve Calibration scree
464. t Height the arrows turn green Vertical Error Estimate The current estimate of error in the height calculated by the FieldLevel GPS receiver Setting the status items To set the status items 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the System option and then tap Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 97 4 Display Setup 98 4 Inthe Display Setup screen select Status Items and then tap Setup Upper left status text item Upper right status text item Select Status Items Altitude Slide out tab status text BB Session Coverage Area The Select Status Items screen has two tabs that enable you to configure various display options for the status text items The Run Screen tab The Run Screen tab lets you allocate the various items that will be displayed on the Run screen The status text items appropriate for your current plugins appear in the nfo Items list 1 Set the upper left status text item a Inthe nfo Items list tap the item you want to use b Tap the left Set Item button The information appears in the upper left field 2 Set the upper right status text item a In the nfo Items list tap the item you want to use b Tap the right Set Item button The information appears in the upper right field 3 Inthe Timeout list select a time This is how long the tab remains on screen before retracting To have the tab extended until y
465. t by the Coarse Blade Step amount This enables you to move the blade by a large amount instead of small increments Up arrow Increase the design height by the Blade Step amount Down arrow Decrease the design height by the Blade Step amount Bench or Rebench Create a benchmark see Benchmarks page 205 Set the Design Height equal to the Blade Height Guide Select Guide to get lightbar guidance at the current level Logging Logs the coverage so that you can see on your map where you have been dependent on your Implement Width A shape file is created with cut fill and height information The FieldLevel II height indicators show you whether to raise or lower the blade so the contour remains at the same level 1 Inthe Run screen drive the vehicle to where you want to start the first levee and then set the master benchmark at this point 2 Set which side of the vehicle is uphill Tap Guide drive the vehicle forward following the lightbar to keep the vehicle on the same contour To move to the next levee turn the vehicle around and change the Up Hill direction To step the blade up or down use the and and v buttons to achieve the required offset and then follow the lightbar to keep the correct grade 242 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Tandem or dual leveling plugin Tandem scraper configuration The tandem scraper configuration describes the practice of towing two scrapers one be
466. t drop down list select the required period of inactivity until the backlight dims 6 From the Turn Off System drop down list select the required period of inactivity until the display shuts down 7 Tap OK Configuring the system time Note Configuring the time zone can cause multiple warning messages to appear Do not be concerned by this To synchronize the system time to the GPS signals 1 From the Home screen tap H 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the System option and then tap Setup FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 115 4 Display Setup 4 From the Display Setup screen select Timezone and then tap Setup Setup Time 5 Ifthe time is not correct tap the or button to change the time by 1 hour increments 6 When the time matches the local time tap OK Signal input module for an OEM switch interface The new signal input module SIM can interface with existing equipment inputs to control on screen buttons and features e ASIM must be connected to assign features to the buttons Signal Input Module Assignment CE 116 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide CHAPTER Vehicle Guidance Options In this chapter m Manual guidance m Autopilot automated steering system guidance m EZ Steer assisted steering system guidance You must configure the vehicle guidance settings before using the FM 1000 integrated display Vehicle guidance is controlled by
467. t holes A N CAUTION Do not use the output module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure b Remove the module and then drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Attach the module to the frame with two x 20 bolts or a threaded U bolt e To tie strap the module to the implement a Ifmounting holes on the implement are required use the module as a template to mark the position of the 2 bolt holes b Drill the two 9 32 inch holes that you marked on the frame c Feed along tie strap through the two mounting holes on the module and then through the holes on the implement d Securely tighten the tie strap e Install a second tie strap around the module at the label end of the enclosure for additional support 3 Connect a Tru Count or Boom Section harness to the module Insert both connectors until the connector locking tabs engage 4 Repeat these steps for any additional output modules Installing the tractor ECU To mount the tractor ECU in the cab 1 Select an area in the cab to mount the tractor ECU that allows for easy hookup and access 2 Use the ECU enclosure as a template to mark the location of the mounting holes A N CAUTION Do not use the ECU enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure 3 Drill four 9 32 inch diameter holes whe
468. t operating correctly When you tap the Feedback Increase Decrease button on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate The system shows the actual application rate being applied Manual w out Overrides the current system when not operating correctly When you tap the Feedback Increase Decrease buttons on the Run screen you adjust the Control Channel PWM rate No application rate feedback is shown 384 5 Change the Precharge Delay setting if necessary The Precharge time is the length of time that a control channel will operate or be active when there is a minimum Precharge ground speed of greater than 1 for precharge ground speed setup information see Ground speed constant page 416 Typically the Precharge feature is used in applications with a significant distance between the storage bulk fill tank and the implement row unit where seed fertilizer travel time takes several seconds The feature operates until the Precharge time lapses or the Precharge ground speed is exceeded If ground speed stops while in Precharge mode the Precharge feature aborts Any time the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel
469. t switch is Off The implement is raised The master switch is turned on but logging does not occur because the air Master switch is On seeder is not applying seed Implement switch is On The implement is lowered but the system is off and therefore not applying seed Master switch is Off or logging coverage Implement switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage Master switch is On FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 441 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Implement lift switch not installed For the air seeder to apply seed you must engage the master switch When the master switch is engaged the Logging button engages and the implement lowers The Logging button and the position switch indicator change as shown below Master switch Logging On Off button satus pert Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage 442 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 The air seeder product channel tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to four products on an air seeder at once enabling you to distribute seed while spreading granular fertilizer spraying liquid and or applying anhydrous ammonia The air seeder tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all the configured channels and thei
470. t the feature appearance color tap Color To return to the Select Feature screen tap OK The new feature appears in the Point list Select the new feature from the list and then tap OK The new feature appears on the button you selected To exit tap OK Creating a line feature l 2 3 In the Name field enter a name for the feature To select the feature appearance color tap Color To return to the Select Feature screen tap OK The new line feature appears in the Line list Select the new feature in the list and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 103 4 Display Setup The new feature appears on the button you selected 5 Tap OK Creating an area feature You can use area features to define areas of land as Productive or Unproductive If the sprayer passes into an area that is defined as unproductive the boom sections turns off This can be useful for setting exclusion zones that you do not want to spray for example waterways 1 Inthe Name field enter the name of the feature 2 Ifthe area feature will be a section of land that can be included in area calculations set the Productive Area button to Yes If it is unproductive land set the button to No 3 To select the feature appearance color tap Color 4 Ifa signal pin is attached to the system set the Remote Output button to Enabled This enables you to trigger a pulse to an external device when you enter or exit this area 5 Fro
471. t the swath to delete 3 Tap Delete If prompted enter the password The swath is marked as deleted The next time that you close the field the swath is removed from the list Note You cannot delete a swath that is currently active Renaming a swath To be able to rename swaths you must have entered the Administration password 1 From the Run screen tap the Swath button The Swath Management screen appears 2 From the list on the left select the swath to rename 3 Tap Rename If prompted enter the password The Enter new swath name screen appears 4 Enter the new name for the swath and then tap OK The swath is renamed FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 65 3 66 Getting Started Shifting a swath l oe amp P From the Swath Management screen select the swath to shift from the list on the left Tap Shift The Enter the Shift Distance screen appears Select the correct units for the shift metric feet and inches or rows Enter the distance to move the swath Select the direction for the shift The shift occurs based on the direction of the vehicle not on the A to B orientation of the line For example if you select Left the line shifts left of the operator s perspective Note If you shift a line it will shift the original version of the line and remove any skip that you have applied 6 Tap OK The Swath Management screen appears The new shifted swath appears in the swath l
472. tage spike that then tapers off This spike and decline occurs at different levels for different models of tractor The manual override sensitivity is the level that the voltage must spike to before the override occurs and the system disengages The voltage must also taper below that level before automated steering can be engaged again e Ifyou set a high level of sensitivity the system will disengage more quickly and you will have to wait longer before you can re engage e Ifyou set a low level of sensitivity the system will take longer to disengage and you will be able to re engage more quickly WARNING Incorrect adjustment of the Manual Override Sensitivity calibration setting could cause this critical safety feature to fail resulting in personal injury or damage to the vehicle Any adjustment to this setting must be made only by an authorized dealer Trimble strongly recommends that you perform this calibration only if the default sensitivity is unacceptable under all conditions Do not to choose a sensitivity setting that is either too sensitive or not sensitive enough In either case manual override may cease to function correctly On some platforms you could set the sensitivity so low that the manual override function will not detect any steering wheel motion It is vital that you avoid this FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 To configure and check the manual override 1 Select the Manual Ove
473. tance c To prevent an overlap of material tap Skip To apply an overlap of material tap Overlap d Tap OK 2 Adjust the Allowable side to side coverage overlap slider If a section turns off when you are crossing a diagonal covered ground there needs to be some overlap or some skip FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 185 7 Implement Configuration To ensure that there is no coverage double up move the slider fully to the left This results in some uncovered ground To ensure that the system does not skip any ground move the slider fully to the right This results in some double up To have an even share of overlap and skip move the slider to the middle 3 Adjust the Allowable boundary overlap slider This applies to automatic section control The slider bar adjusts the allowable overlap of the field boundary headland and pivot patterns also apply or exclusion zone This setting is adjusted as a percentage of each sections width To ensure that no areas inside a boundary are left uncovered set the slider all the way to the right See the following Run screen example 186 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 To ensure that no area outside a boundary is covered set the slider all the way to the left See the following Run screen example Tap the End Overlap field to enter a value for the deliberate end of run overlap distance a Ifnecessary tap Metric Feet amp
474. tart key to activate Softkey Press keypress control 602 8 Volt Supply The 8 V supply voltage is below 7 2 Failure V or higher than 16 V 1 Damaged planter or module 1 Inspect planter harness or module harness harness for damage Repair or replace harness 2 Inspect seed or hopper sensors connected to the identified module for damage iad ona sensors if necessary Communication Failed 1 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup screen list Inspect CAN module harness of the missing module for damage Repair or replace harness 2 Blown module harness fuse 2 Inspect module harness fuse replace if necessary 3 Defective module 3 Identify missing module in the Tru Application Control Setup screen list Inspect missing module for damage or replace ECU Voltage Out The ECU voltage is below 11 V or of Range Alarm higher than 16 V 1 Damaged CAN or module harness 1 Inspect CAN module harness of the identified module for damage 2 Defective module 2 Inspect identified module for damage or replace 468 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Alarm 7 Probablecause cause eem The solenoid PEE is below 11 V Out of Range or higher than 16 V 1 Damaged CAN or module harness 1 Inspect CAN module harness of the identified module for damage Repair or replace harness PY Blown module harness fuse 2 Inspect module harness fuse or replac
475. te 2 From the Field IQ Calibration screen select the Rawson Control Module to be calibrated The message Not calibrated appears at the end of the modules that need calibration Field IQ Calibration The Planter Calibration screen appears 266 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 3 4 The Field IQ Plugin 10 In the Seeds Per Disk field enter a value This is the number of seeds each seed disk holds Planter Calibration Rate Controller 4937801425 Calibrate Limits Seeds Per Disk 30 Gear Ratio 6 632 Calculate Calibration Constant 1 000000 Test Fill Meter Cancel Enter a value in the Gear Ratio field or tap Calculate If you tap Calculate the following screen appears Gear Ratio Calculator Drive Teeth Driven Teeth Gear Set 1 Gear Set 2 Gear Set 3 Gear Set 4 Gear Ratio Cancel Use the Gear Ratio Calculator to determine the planter drive gear ratio and then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 267 10 The Field IQ Plugin 268 The Calibration Constant field contains a calculated value that the system determines during calibration This field allows adjustment for inconsistencies in the seed meters To start out Trimble recommends that you leave the value at 1 000 After the calibration test the system may adjust this number 6 Place a clean empty container under the rows that contain seeds to capture the seeds dispensed during the calibration A N CA
476. ted Alarm sensor falls below the Low Alarm value DISABLED Disables the function The control channels continue to operate normally regardless of the RPM value 364 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 4 Ifa liquid pressure sensor is connected set the following settings Other Sensor Setup Cc Liquid Pressure Sensor 1 Se nr Select DISABLED to disable the sensor High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning does not appear until the High Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time Low Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The Low Alarm warning does not appear until the Low Alarm limit is exceeded for this length of time FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 365 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 5 Ifan air pressure sensor is connected set the following settings Other Sensor Setup Pressure Sensor Settings High Alarm Low Alarm High Alarm Delay Low Aarm Delay Pressure Sensor 1 Pressure Filter Set cst eee High Alarm If the pressure sensor detects a pressure that is higher than this a warning appears If the pressure sensor detects a pressure that is lower than this a warning appears High Alarm Delay You can set a delay so brief changes in pressure do not trigger the warning The High Alarm warning does not appear until the High Alarm
477. ted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted Deleting all of the data from the USB memory stick A N CAUTION Deleting data is permanent You cannot undo the deletion or restore the data g gt D pk p S From the Configuration screen select System and then tap Setup If necessary enter the administration password and then tap OK Select Data Files from the list and then tap Manage The Data Files screen appears Tap Delete Data The Delete Data Storage screen appears Select External USB Drive from the tabs and then select the data to delete Tap either Delete All Events or select the data to delete When prompted tap Yes The data in the internal memory is deleted FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 633 25 Data Management Data dictionaries The FM 1000 integrated display can load data dictionaries in the AgGPS 170 Field Computer format These data dictionaries enable you to select field entry data for example Client Farm Field and Event from a list of predefined values which saves you from having to re enter commonly used items You can create a data dictionary either through the display or the Farm Works software For more information on editing data dictionary entries on the FM 1000 integrated display see Editing the Data Dictionary page 109 To create a data dictionary on an office computer 1 Onan office computer create a text file The text file can have any name but the file ext
478. ter Drill Setup The first time that you configure the plugin the channels are not set 2 Configure each of the sections as described below Saving a configuration file 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Backup Config The Save Tru Application Control Configuration screen appears 2 Tap the Filename field to enter a new file name for the current configuration backup Tap OK to create the backup file The Save Tru Application Control Configuration screen appears FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 353 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 3 Tap OK to save the configuration file The 4 Channel Setup screen appears 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup Reloading a configuration file When you reload a configuration it restores all of the Tru Application Control plugin settings Multiple backup files are supported so that you can save different configurations to support different modes and user preferences Configuring the modules The implement is controlled by a master module that is usually mounted on the implement The master module comes in five different configurations depending on the required application e Planter drill e Air seeder Strip Till NH3 e Sprayer e Spreader 354 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 The master module stores all of the system settings and can control the following Master module type Planter Up to 16 EE sensors the syste
479. ter a value for each of the following Allowable Error Gain Minimum Response 326 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide A The Field IQ Plugin 10 Note For information about the appropriate values see the Getting Started Guide Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration Control Allowable Error Gain Minimum Response Cancel 8 Tap OK to return to the main calibration screen and then tap Flow Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Control Flow Calibration Flowmeter Calibration 710 00 pul gal Min Flow 5 0 gal min Run Calibration Cancel CAUTION Moving parts during this operation Ensure the implement is safe to operate FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 327 10 The Field IQ Plugin 328 10 11 12 lo 14 15 16 Tap OK Enter a value for each of the following Flow Meter Type select an option from the drop down list Flowmeter Calibration enter the number from the flow meter tag MinFlow enter the required minimum flow rate for the system Use this setting to keep the control valve and flow meter above the minimum operating level Tap Run Calibration and then follow the on screen instructions If used select the connector that the pressure sensor is connected to and then enable the sensor Tap Run Calibration and then follow the on screen instructions Tap OK to return to the Configuration screen Select the Field IQ p
480. tes it adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly PWM The PWM pump setting controls an electric solenoid valve which adjusts the hydraulic flow to the pump This valve adjusts the application rate indirectly Fast Servo 4 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a DICKEY john servo Mid Tech servo or Raven Fast Valve Servo 2 wire electric motor turns a ball or butterfly valve to increase or decrease flow for example a Raven standard servo Hardi bypass scenario Most commonly used on Hardi sprayers equipped with 3 way section valves that return flow to tank when the boom section is off Inline Valve is in the solution line going to the boom The valve opens to increase application rate Bypass Valve is in the Return to Tank line The valve closes to increase the application rate Close When all sections are off the control valve returns to the closed position Lock in Last Position When all sections are off the control valve remains in the last position This setting allows the system to return to the target rate faster If you have an Auxiliary Valve installed select one of the following Master Valve closes when the system is turned off Dump Valve opens to dump flow to return line when the system is turned off Enable Select this option if you have a Pump Disarming Switch installed 7 Select the Control tab En
481. th space is extremely limited re align the vehicle after each segment of the calibration To reposition the vehicle l ys Wait until the software prompts you that the next phase is ready to begin Look at the screen to determine whether the next phase will require a left or right turn Reposition the vehicle so that the turn will use the space that you have available Tap the button to begin the next phase CAUTION Obstacles in the field can cause collisions which may injure you and damage the vehicle If an obstacle in the field makes it unsafe to continue a particular phase of the Automated Deadzone calibration stop the vehicle to abort the phase and turn the steering wheel to disengage the system Reposition the vehicle and continue from the current test phase FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 135 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Automated Deadzone error messages If a calibration cycle is unable to complete successfully one of the following error messages appears Message Error Manual Override Manual override was detected before the calibration cycle could Detected be completed Retry Error Vehicle Moving Too The vehicle was moving too slowly for the calibration cycle to Slow successfully finish Make sure the vehicle is moving at least 0 8 kph 0 5 mph during each calibration cycle Error Steering Close To Before the calibration cycle could be completed the measured End Stops steering angle approach
482. the Preset feature is established or changed and the Master Switch is turned on a Precharge alarm appears After you turn on the master switch and lower the implement the system waits for the delay time before the control channel starts operating When you raise the implement or turn on the master switch the system immediately shuts down the channel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 375 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 6 Tap Configuration On the Channel Configuration screen configure the Valve Settings as appropriate Channel Configuration Drive Type Select the planter drive type e PWM Pulse Width Modulation A proportional valve that varies the oil flow to a hydraulic motor based on the electric current supplied This type of valve consists of a flow cartridge and coil assembly Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback Do not adjust this setting unless instructed to by Technical Support Otherwise you must calibrate the drive 376 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 7 Configure the Contants as appropriate Channel Configuration cy a Sensor Constant The number of pulses per revolution of the sensor For DICKEY john application rate sensors set the value to 360 Gear Ratio Gear Ratio specifies the actual ratio from th
483. the configuration e the Implement Setup has Strip Tillage as the selected operation From the Home screen tap the Run icon Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears Select the implement from the list on the left and then tap Setup The mplement Setup screen appears In the Operations tab select Spraying and then tap OK For more information about setting up the implement see Chapter 7 Implement Configuration Field IQ setup for spraying 1 From the Home screen tap the 9 icon The Configuration Selection screen appears 2 Next to Implement tap Edit The Configuration screen appears 3 Select Field IQ and then tap Setup 272 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Features tab Field IQ Setup A Liquid D on ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee AOTM 1 Inthe Application Type drop down list ensure that Liquid is selected 2 Inthe Section Switching drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Automatic Section Control is active and at least one Field IQ section control module must be installed 3 In the Rate Control drop down list select either On or Off When On is selected Rate Control is active and at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module must be installed 4 Inthe Implement Lift drop down list select either Enabled or Disabled Select Enabled for the system to use the implement lift to start and stop coverage loggin
484. the Product software that Trimble releases and makes commercially available and for which it does not charge separately subject to the procedures for delivery to purchasers of Trimble products generally If you have purchased the Product from an authorized Trimble dealer rather than from Trimble directly Trimble may at its option forward the software Fix to the Trimble dealer for final distribution to you Minor Updates Major Upgrades new products or substantially new software releases as identified by Trimble are expressly excluded from this update process and limited warranty Receipt of software Fixes or other enhancements shall not serve to extend the limited warranty period For purposes of this warranty the following definitions shall apply 1 Fix es means an error correction or other update created to fix a previous software version that does not substantially conform to its Trimble specifications 2 Minor Update occurs when enhancements are made to current features in a software program and 3 Major Upgrade occurs when significant new features are added to software or when a new product containing new features replaces the further development of a current product line Trimble reserves the right to determine in its sole discretion what constitutes a Fix Minor Update or Major Upgrade This Trimble software contains Qt 4 5 libraries licensed under the GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL The source is a
485. the Variety Setup options and remote log switch configuration 178 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7 Tips for implement configuration Each of the tabs in the Implement Setup screen has a Tips button Tap this button to view information about the settings that you can enter in each tab Tap OK to return to the Implement Setup screen Guidance Setup Tips If you are configuring a new implement on the FM 1000 integrated display the display guides you through the process by prompting you to navigate to the following tab with a Next button If you are editing an existing implement you may chose which tab s you would like to work through and then tap OK when you are finished FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 179 7 180 Implement Configuration Configuring the Operations setting Operations Guidance Geometry Overlap Extras Operations Planting T 1 Inthe Operations tab select the current task from the Operations drop down list 2 Tap OK Configuring the Guidance settings Operations Guidance Geometry Overlap Extras Swath Width 14 00 A Application Offset 10 00 B Left Right Offset 0 00 Cc 1 Inthe Guidance tab tap the Swath Width field and then enter a value to create an overlap Tap OK 2 To enter the front back offset setting tap the Application Offset field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Implement Configuration 7
486. the angle reading is near zero while you manually steer the wheels straight ahead To run the steering sensor calibration 1 Select the Steering Angle procedure from the calibration list See Autopilot calibration page 125 Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration 2 Move the tractor forward slowly FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 131 5 Vehicle Guidance Options 3 Center the steering wheel and then tap Next Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions Move Tractor Forward Slowly and Press Next Cancel Next gt gt 4 Turn the steering wheel completely to the left and then tap Next If the steering wheel is not turned completely to the left or if the steering sensor requires adjustment or replacement an error message appears The value in the Volts field is updated as you turn the steering wheel Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions Steer Full Right and Press Next Cancel Next gt gt OK 5 Turn the steering wheel completely to the right and then tap Next If the steering wheel is not turned to the full right position or if the steering sensor requires adjustment or replacement an error message appears 132 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 The following screen appears Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions steer Straight and Press Next Cancel Next gt gt 6 Center the steering wheel While the wheel is at
487. the capacity level drops below the assigned value 4 Inthe Current Volume field enter the current volume of the tank X Tip Tap Refill Tank Bin to set the current volume to the tank bin capacity X Tip To empty the tank bin contents tap Manual Flush This enables the system to manually apply continuously without moving the implement 276 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Hardware tab 1 Select the Hardware tab Field IQ Setup n fin in Gm Gn Gr Gn Gn Gr Gr Gr Note The numbers beneath each switch indicate the number of the sections assigned to that switch So switch 1 controls row 1 switch 2 controls row 2 switch 3 controls row 3 and so forth You cannot change the numbers as they are automatically assigned If you are not using the 12 section switch box a virtual switch box with six sections is shown Note Modules appear in the order they are installed on the implement viewed by standing behind the implement and looking in the general direction of travel Tip To change the order of the modules on the Hardware tab tap the icon of the module you want to move and then tap the directional arrows to move the icon 2 Adjust the width value for each rate control module by tapping the Width box Enter the appropriate value and then tap OK 3 Adjust the sections value for each Rate and Section control module by tapping the Sections box Enter the appropriate value and
488. the center position tap Next The value in the Volts field is updated as you turn the steering wheel Autopilot Steering Sensor Calibration Instructions Press Restart to Repeat the Test Volts Degrees Cancel Restart OK 7 Tap OK to accept the calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 133 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Calibrating the automated steering deadzone The Automated Deadzone calibration procedure runs a series of tests on the valve and steering hydraulics to determine the point at which steering movement occurs A N WARNING During the Automated Deadzone calibration the system moves the wheels that steer the vehicle To avoid injury be prepared for sudden vehicle movement In this test the system independently opens and closes each side of the steering system while determining the point at which wheel movement occurs Notes on calibrating the automated steering dead zone You must complete the Steering Angle procedure before you run this procedure To ensure optimal system performance the hydraulic fluid must be at normal operating temperature when you run this procedure On some vehicles with large reservoirs it may take several hours for the fluid to reach operating level especially if the implement circuit is lightly loaded Consult the vehicle documentation to determine if the hydraulic fluid temperature can be shown on a vehicle console If you perform the calibration while the sy
489. the implement Zero steering to center the coulters Requirements of the TrueTracker system An Autopilot system with the FM 1000 integrated display An unlock code for the FM 1000 integrated display implement steering functionality Installing the TrueTracker system The TrueTracker system requires professional installation For more information contact your local Trimble reseller Configuration To configure the TrueTracker system complete the following steps l 2 3 4 5 Activate the system See page 506 Configure the implement settings See page 506 Configure the implement controller See page 510 Configure the implement See page 512 Calibrate the implement See page 513 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 505 14 The TrueTracker Plugin Activating the TrueTracker system Before you can use the TrueTracker system you must activate it on the FM 1000 integrated display For step by step instructions see Entering the password to activate a plugin page 195 Note This process requires you to enter the activation password If you do not have an activation password contact your local Trimble reseller Configuring the implement settings 1 From the Home screen tap 2 Tap the implement Edit button 3 Inthe Configuration Selection screen ensure that the Autopilot option and the TrueTracker plugin are both installed See Adding or removing a plugin page 194 4 On the Configuration screen select
490. the two values logging time or logging distance To always log a point based on either of the two values set the other value to zero Setting both values to zero disables Track Logging Description Distance 0 Time 0 Track logging is turned off Distance 1 Time 0 Track logging is recorded by distance m Distance 0 Time gt 1 Track logging is recorded by time s Distance gt 1 Time gt 1 Track logging is recorded by whichever setting is higher Track logging files Track logging files are created whenever you open an event The track file records points at the rate defined in the Mapping screen see the previous section At each point a number of attributes are recorded The data stored in the track logging file Track3D_ lt date time gt dbf is in metric units 86 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Setup 4 The information stored for each point in the track logging file is as follows Column Fielddeseripion US Verion rack attribute leveson OOO ooo Local_Time Local time hh mm ss s GPS status description ae BT ___ altyotpstonsbsed onsale geomet quality of positions based on satellite geometry DGPS signal correction age Ant_HAE Antenna height above ellipsoid meters en inten stecnetraioe Ground_HAE Ground height above ellipsoid meters ce inte sevtuenotromioed GPS derived ground speed p Direction of travel with respect to true North decimal degrees Current s
491. the variable rate logging dbf file and the Avg_Rate field in the EventHistory dbf file record statistics for the active channel If you want to use these statistics start a new event before you change the active channel Application width You can individually configure the widths of the boom sections on the controller The FM 1000 integrated display draws coverage logging at the width of the sum of all the boom sections Ifyou turn boom sections off the FM 1000 integrated display varies the width of the coverage polygons according to which boom sections are on Setting any other features of the variable rate controller Coverage mapping The FM 1000 integrated display receives the applied rate and can also receive the number of active boom sections from a variable rate controller It does not receive any information about the swath or application width To accurately record coverage maps if your controller does not send the number of active boom sections make sure that you set the application width to match the agricultural equipment that you are using for example the width of the spray boom Target and applied rates The FM 1000 integrated display can control only a single channel at any one time This active channel is specified in the Edit Variable Rate Controller settings screen The target and applied rates shown on the Run screen are specific to this active channel FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Serial Rate Co
492. their respective owners Release Notice This is the December 2010 release Revision A of the FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide part number 93023 80 ENG It applies to version 4 00 of the FM 1000 integrated display software Legal Notices The following limited warranties give you specific legal rights You may have others which vary from state jurisdiction to state jurisdiction Product Limited Warranty Trimble warrants that this Trimble product and its internal components the Product shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship and will substantially conform to Trimble s applicable published specifications for the Product for a period of one 1 year starting from the earlier of i the date of installation or ii six 6 months from the date of original Product shipment from Trimble This warranty applies only to the Product if installed by Trimble or a dealer authorized by Trimble to perform Product installation services Software Components All Product software components sometimes hereinafter also referred to as Software are licensed solely for use as an integral part of the Product and are not sold Any software accompanied by a separate end user license agreement EULA shall be governed by the terms conditions restrictions and limited warranty terms of such EULA notwithstanding the preceding paragraph During the limited warranty period you will be entitled to receive such Fixes to
493. then tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 277 10 The Field IQ Plugin Override tab 1 Select the Override tab Field IQ Setup 2 Inthe Jump Start Speed field enter a value This setting controls the control speed to be used when the Field IQ master switch box Master switch is put in the jump start position 3 Inthe Minimum Override Speed field enter a value This setting maintains the application rate when the implements actual speed drops below the value entered It is used to ensure consistent material flow during slow speeds that may reach the physical limitations of the system 278 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Calibrating the modules The Field IQ Calibrate option only appears on the Configuration screen if you have at least one Field IQ Rate and Section control module installed 1 From the Configuration screen select the Field IQ plugin and then tap Calibrate 2 From the Field IQ Calibration screen select the Rate and Section Control Module to be calibrated The message Not calibrated appears at the end of the modules that need calibration 3 Select Valve Calibration The following screen appears Field IQ Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 279 10 The Field IQ Plugin For this field Valve Type Plumbing Valve Behavior on Sections Closed Auxiliary Valve Pump Disarming Switch 4 Tap Valve Calibration The following scr
494. tible with the Autopilot automated steering system For several years the Autopilot system has been the companys most accurate system for agricultural guidance Now with the FM 1000 integrated display that same accuracy can be controlled with a touch screen interface to provide easy precise and reliable steering With the additions to the software in version 4 00 you can use the FM 1000 integrated display to perform many other functions including implement guidance or field leveling CHAPTER Using this manual The FM 1000 integrated display uses segments of product functionality called plugins to add or remove display options This manual contains a description of all the plugins however it is unlikely that you will use all of the plugins Related information Sources of related information include the following e Release notes The release notes describe new features of the product information not included in the manuals and any changes to the manuals The release notes are available at www trimble com e Training courses Consider a training course to help you use your GPS system to its fullest potential For more information go to the Trimble website at www trimble com training html FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 19 1 Introduction Technical assistance If you have a problem and cannot find the information you need in the product documentation contact your local reseller Techni
495. tice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library ifthe user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compati
496. tick to an office computer A N CAUTION The three files that define a line or field shp shx and dbf must have identical names Otherwise they are not recognized If you put multiple sets of files in the folder ensure that you do not have more than one set of files with each name or your files will be overwritten 2 Copy the following files to the AgGPS AB Lines folder on the USB memory stick lt field name gt shp lt field name gt shx lt field name gt dbf 3 Start the FM 1000 integrated display and then tap Run 4 Doone of the following Open an existing field Start a new field 5 lap Swaths FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 627 25 Data Management 6 Tap Import Import Swaths Available Swaths 7 Select the field or AB Line to import from the list of available swaths and then tap OK The field or AB Line is imported Swath Management FreeFonmn AB Curve 1 Curve Shift AB Line 2 Straight Current Rename ad Iez A Heading 0 00 Import Delete Access Paths If the AB Line file contains more than one AB Line all AB Lines in the file are imported 8 Select the AB Line that you want to use and then tap Load A warning message appears 9 Tap OK The imported field or AB Line is ready to use 10 For best results close the field and then reopen it 628 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 The Prescriptions folder
497. till copy the Field folder so that the new EventHistory information is copied across CAUTION If you use the same farm field or event names on more than one display you could accidentally overwrite existing files when you copy data to the office computer To prevent this create a separate folder for each unit For example C AgGPSFMD_SN123456 C AgGPSFMD_SN123457 C AgGPSFMD_SN123458 Data formats 614 The FM 1000 integrated display uses the Environmental Systems Research Institute ESRI 3D shape file format for storing the layers of graphical information collected in the field for example spray coverage track logging points and features The three files in a shapefile set are e The lt filename gt dbf file which contains the feature attributes e The lt filename gt shp file which contains position information e The lt filename gt shx file which is an index file that links the position information with its attributes In this manual the term shapefile is used to refer to the three files collectively The FM 1000 integrated display records all latitude longitude and height data in decimal degrees FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Data Management 25 Note The FM 1000 integrated display reads and writes ESRI ArcView version 2 0 or 3 1 SD polylines polygons and points The M and Z entity types introduced in ArcView 3 1 can be generated in the track logging files but cannot be read by the
498. tings TAP AP Simulation 4 From the Connector drop down list select either A ext GPS or B ext GPS and then tap OK The Configuration screen appears 5 Select the Autopilot options GPS receiver and then tap Setup Autopilot GPS Receiver Settings Settings Advanced Radar Output Port A ext GPS Comrections autonomous T Cancel Vehicle 6 From the Corrections drop down list select the required correction option 7 Tap OK FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 151 5 Vehicle Guidance Options EZ Steer assisted steering system guidance The EZ Steer assisted steering system works with the FM 1000 integrated display s internal GPS receiver to provide vehicle guidance Installing the EZ Steer controller For information on installing the EZ Steer controller in your vehicle refer to the EZ Steer Assisted Steering System Getting Started Guide and the EZ Steer Assisted Steering System Installation Instructions Connecting the EZ Steer system M 1000 integrated display EZ Steer o Antenna cable 50449 2 FM 1000 basic power cable 67258 FM 1000 power cable 66694 oo FM 1000 power bus 67259 FM 1000 to EZ Steer cable 75742 Oo EZ Steer motor cable 62257 1 Use the FM 1000 to EZ Steer cable to connect the EZ Steer system to the display Note The CAN cable connects to either the C or D port on the rear of the FM 1000 integrated display 2 Att
499. tion Control Plugin 11 The Sensors amp Voltages tab shows the following information Tru Application Control Diagnostics WSMT Type 4 Channel Planter Drill WSMT 3 80 TECU 3 00 Channels Sensors amp Voltages Connected Rem pemon OOOO Resetting the master module N CAUTION Do not reset the master module unless you want to reset the channel calibration settings Trimble recommends that you do not reset the system unless instructed to by Technical Support When you reset the master module it clears the value on the module The next time that you exit the setup menu the FM 1000 integrated display re sends the settings to the module To reset the memory NOVRAM of the master module 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tru Application Control plugin and then tap Setup The 4 Channel Setup screen appears 2 Tap Modules The Tru Application Control Setup screen appears 3 Tap Reset Master A confirmation dialog appears 4 Tap Reset The module is reset X Tip If you reset the master module you may need to run the auto configuration twice FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 461 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin Warning messages When the Tru Application Control plugin is active the system can display warning messages The following messages causes of the messages and how to correct the situations are as follows Master Switch 1 Master switch ON at power up Timeout toggle 1 Move
500. to switch the controller between GPS and non GPS Communications Connect the FM 1000 integrated display to the controller with Rawson cable P N 69730 and Trimble cable P N 67091 and set the controller baud rate to 9600 Using the controller When in GPS mode the hydraulic drive operates only when both the switch and the display allow the drive to be on Set the hydraulic drive switch on the controller to the ON position If you need to quickly turn off the hydraulic drive use the switch on the controller Non GPS mode The FM 1000 integrated display sends commands to the controller If communication cannot be established it may be because the controller is set to Non GPS mode A message appears and gives you the option to continue in Non GPS mode Ifthe controller is set to Non GPS mode the display still shows and records as applied rates If a prescription is loaded target rates appear for reference but these are not used by the controller In this mode you must vary rates manually on the controller Loss of communication In GPS mode if communication with a Rawson controller is lost the display does not report an error until you cross into a region of the prescription that specifies a different rate In Non GPS mode the display has no way of knowing when communication with a Rawson controller is lost Special note on using a Rawson Accu Rate controller The display can send rates and record coverage for the Rawson Acc
501. to the closed position Lock in Last Position When all sections are off the control valve remains in the last position This setting allows the system to return to the target rate faster If you have an Auxiliary Valve installed select one of the following Master Valve closes when the system is turned off Dump Valve opens to dump flow to return line when the system is turned off Enable Select this option if you have a Pump Disarming Switch installed 280 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 6 Select the Control tab Enter a value for each of the following Allowable Error Gain Minimum Response Note For information about the appropriate values for your sprayer see the Getting Started Guide Rate and Section Controller Valve Calibration FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 281 10 The Field IQ Plugin 7 Tap OK to return to the main calibration screen and then tap Flow Calibration The following screen appears Rate and Section Control Flow Calibration Raven A N CAUTION Moving parts during this operation Ensure the implement is safe to operate 8 Tap OK Enter a value for each of the following Flow Meter Type select an option from the drop down list Flowmeter Calibration enter the number from the flow meter tag MinFlow enter the required minimum flow rate for the system Use this setting to keep the control valve and flow meter above the minimum operating
502. to the new unit so select the correct units before you enter a number value Drop down boxes A drop down box if provided lists the options you can select from the current list i l Vehicle Type Tractor 2WDOMF WI To select an item 1 Tap the list once to open the drop down list 2 Tap the required item from the list The drop down list disappears and the selected item appears in the field FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Display Overview 2 Slider bars Slider bars appear on several of the configuration screens Allowable side to side l coverage overlap A m Allowable boundary overlap PP _ F A slider bar shows how extreme a selection is If you use a slider bar to select the value it is apparent that you are nearing the extreme value There are two ways to use a slider bar e To move up by one increment tap on the slider bar in the direction that you want to move the pointer e To slide the pointer a Touch the screen where the pointer is located and hold your finger on the screen b Move your finger along the axis in the direction that you want to move the pointer c Remove your finger when you are satisfied with the position of the pointer Lists A list shows all the available options To select an item froma Ayailable Prescriptions list tap the item Folder hierarchy The FM 1000 integrated display stores data in a folder hierarchy according to client farm f
503. to this depth where it can It will move off the optimal depth to be within the other constraints where it needs to Max Depth The maximum depth for the tile or ditch installation The system will not allow the design profile to be any deeper than the maximum depth The maximum depth is shown on the profile as a blue line 234 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Description Min Slope The minimum slope for the tile or ditch installation The system will not allow the design slope to be any less than the minimum slope Outlet Depth The depth at which the design profile will be at the outlet The Outlet Depth can either be entered or measured To measure the Outlet Depth you can drop the tile plow into the ground so that the boot is at the same height as the main or outlet Tap Measure the outlet Depth is entered automatically When you do this another point is added onto the section line providing that you are within 20m 65 ft of the end of the surveyed section line The height of the outlet is displayed on the profile in a yellow tag Note For ditching applications the Min Depth and Optimal Depth are set close to the surface 5 Tap OK 6 Inthe Run screen you can install the tile or clean the ditch from either the outlet or the top end of the profile The section line that you install to appears as red on the screen where other section lines are white The virtual lightbar at the t
504. tput Enabling radar output CHAPTER When you install either the Manual Guidance option the Autopilot option or the FieldLevel II plugin the system automatically adds a GPS Receiver option that controls the internal GPS receiver In addition the system may have another GPS receiver For example the TrueTracker system uses a second receiver that is configured with a separate GPS Receiver option This chapter describes how to configure the four versions of the GPS Receiver option FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 165 6 The GPS Receiver Configuring the GPS receiver 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver option and then tap Setup Autopilot GPS Receiver Settings 2 Inthe Corrections drop down list tap the appropriate corrections to use 3 IfRTK corrections are selected enter the appropriate base station network ID 4 If HP XP type corrections are selected the Autoseed technology options become available For more information see Autoseed fast restart technology page 170 166 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver 6 Entering 450 MHz frequencies If your FM 1000 integrated display has a 450 MHz internal radio you can set the radio frequency and radio wireless modes 1 From the Configuration screen select the GPS Receiver option and then tap Setup Manual Guidance GPS Receiver Settings Settings Frequencies SecureRTK Logging Radar Output Receiver i
505. turn pass is to the left or the right of the original pass Record the results in Table on page 144 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 141 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Note The offset should be consistently to the left or right 11 Repeat Step 5 through Step 10 two more times for a total of three test runs Use Table on page 144 to record the offset distance and the left or right direction of offset for each test run eat Left offset y TAs Calculating the roll offset Flag offset method 1 Remove any implement from the vehicle The vehicle draw bar must be centered 2 Drive the vehicle to a relatively flat area where you can complete passes that are at least 400 m 1320 ft in length 3 Reset the Roll Offset value to 0 zero on the Roll Correction screen See 3 Configuring the roll offset correction page 141 4 Create an AB Line 5 Start anew pass Engage automatic steering mode when the system is stable Stop the tractor midway through the pass Confirm that there is no cross track error the current vehicle position should be directly on the AB Line 142 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 6 10 Vehicle Guidance Options 5 Park the vehicle and exit the cab Use the hitch pin hole in the drawbar as a guide to insert a flag in the ground to mark the vehicle center line for this pass Complete the pass Turn the vehicle around to return along the same pass from the opposite direction
506. tus Description Master switch is Off The implement is raised and the system is off Master switch is On The implement is lowered and the system is on and logging coverage FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 455 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin The Anhydrous product channel tab overview mode The Tru Application Control plugin can control up to 2 products on an anhydrous unit at once In overview mode the anhydrous tab on the right of the main guidance screen shows all of the configured channels and their current status Channel rate indicators Figure 11 1 The anhydrous tab Detailed channel information button To adjust the settings for an individual channel tap the detailed channel information button Dl next to the channel The tab shows the details of that channel Channel name Current application rate Channel flow rate Total applied so far Tank level zh Target rate with raise lower buttons Channel on off button o Quick link to the Channel Product Level screen See page 413 Tank pressure button 456 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 SS a ee ee Preset target rate selection button Select a different application rate from your preset entries See page 406 Note This button is available only if you entered more than one target rate Return button Leave the detailed channel view and return to the overview Note For anh
507. u Rate controller for only one drive at a time either Drive A or Drive B To correctly send rates to the controller and log coverage based on the drive master switch do the following e To operate both drives set the drive that is not being controlled by the display to Non GPS mode see above e Connect the FM 1000 integrated display Variable Rate cable to the COM port that matches the drive To control Drive A connect to COM A To control Drive B connect to COM B e When you use Drive B set the COM port to COM B Drive A does not have a configuration for this and will always use COM A FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 551 16 The Serial Rate Control Plugin 552 e Set Bit 7 mode to off Bit 7 mode sends two prescriptions and is not supported by the FM 1000 integrated display Hardi 5500 Note Information regarding the Hardi 5500 configuration will be published in later versions of this user guide Flex Air The FM 1000 integrated display can send rates to the Tyler Flex Air variable rate controller The controller can have four channels main liquid co applicator and supplemental Rates from all channels are recorded in the variable rate logging dbf file but the FM 1000 integrated display can send rates to only one channel at a time the active channel The Tyler Flex Air controller uses GPS speed sent by the FM 1000 integrated display Using the Tyler Flex Air controller The Total_Qty field in
508. ual speed entered independent of your actual speed 7 Ifa ground speed sensor is connected set the following settings for the Speed Settings Other Sensor Setup Ground Speed Settings Speed Source Speed Settings Shut Off Speed Minimum Gwerricde Off When Stopped Alarm Delay Ground Speed Sensor 1 Precharge Speed Flush Speed Description Shut Off Speed Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual The low speed that will cause the system to shut off Minimum Override Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual When the vehicle ground speed drops below this level the minimum override takes over and runs the system at this speed until the vehicle ground speed rises above this level or drops below the Shut Off Speed value and stops altogether Off When Stopped When set to Yes the control valve will close when ground speed reaches 0 with the master switch position in On When set to No the control valve will hold its last position when the master switch is shut off and ground speed reaches 0 Example With the setting set to No it allows a sprayer to maintain its last valve position while in headlands or in stopped conditions allowing for agitation of the spray tank 368 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Alarm Delay Not available when the Primary Source is set to User Manual When the ground speed drops to 0 but seed f
509. uct control system a master switch is connected to the display Note When a master switch is installed you cannot use the display to manually engage application To install the switch 1 Select a location in the cab that is within easy reach of the operators seat 2 Attach the switch with one of the following Tie wraps Tape Velcro stripping Bond clamps 3 Plug the switch into the FM 1000 integrated display Application Control cab harness Installing a test switch You can install a test switch on the implement to set the number of revolutions so that you can review the seed count that the system calculates over a set number of cycles Connect the test switch to the 4 Channel Control harness 340 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 A N CAUTION Once you finish testing remove the test switch If it accidentally engages the implement could cause injury Installing the working set master module To mount the working set master module WSMT on the implement 1 Select an area on the implement to mount the WSMT that allows for easy hookup and access 2 Use the module enclosure as a template to mark the location of the mounting holes A N CAUTION Do not use the master module enclosure as a guide when drilling Do not overtighten the nuts as this may damage the mounting tabs of the enclosure 3 Drill four 9 32 inch diameter holes where marked 4 Sel
510. uiBlock valves Liquid Rate Control using up to 2 Rawson drives connected to fixed displacement pumps such as CDS John Blue piston pumps to change liquid rate Field IQ Rawson Control Module s needed Liquid Rate Control using either a PWM or Servo control valve and flow meter Spreading Rate Control using a Rawson Drive Field IQ Rawson Control Module s needed Spreading Rate Control using either a PWM or Servo control valve and application rate sensor 254 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Field IQ Plugin 10 Definitions Term Definition Material A product that is controlled by a PWM valve Servo valve or Rawson drive You can use a planter seed liquid granular seed and granular fertilizer all of which have different set up parameters Section A number of rows or spray nozzles that are controlled by Tru Count air clutches or Tru Count LiquiBlock valves A section can have either a single row nozzle or multiple rows nozzles depending on how the system is set up Row The individual row unit which seed comes from on the planter This can be controlled individually as a single row section or as a group with other rows in a multiple row section Units of measure Seed Metric kS ha Thousands of seeds per hectare e lisa Tne perce US Imperial Ibs a Pounds of seed per acre Liquid application Metric L ha Liters per hectare ee ismert cata ole peree Granular fertilizer Metric kg ha Kilograms of fertilizer per h
511. uidance line will appear only if you record your vehicle s path along the current guidance line Record each pass to generate your next guidance line Creating a FreeForm section 1 From the Run screen tap Swaths The Swaths Management screen appears 2 Select the FreeForm tab in the upper left of the screen The New FreeForm button becomes available toward the lower right of the screen 3 Ifnecessary select the Record FreeForm when logging button See Recording FreeForm guidance simultaneously with coverage page 63 4 Tap New FreeForm The Run screen reappears with the Define FF Next Path and Pause buttons on the Mapping tab Creating a curved FreeForm section 1 Tap Define FF The FreeForm buttons change 2 Tap FreeForm to begin drawing a FreeForm line The line follows the path of the vehicle 3 To complete the FreeForm pattern do one of the following De select the FreeForm button Perform a U turn Note If you are driving an inward spiral leave the FreeForm button selected The segments will continue to be defined Creating a straight FreeForm section 1 Tap Define FF The FreeForm buttons change 2 Drive to the start point of the line and then tap Set A FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 61 3 62 Getting Started 3 Drive to the other end of the line and then tap Set B The guidance line appears Switching between FreeForm sections You can switch snap b
512. ules Therefore air seeder master modules require a total of 9 member modules to reach the 148 row limit FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 355 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin You can do either of the following e Auto Config Automatically configure the components that are connected This replaces any current settings See below e Check Setup Send the current settings to the controller to be checked See Checking the module setup page 359 Auto configuring the modules 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Modules 4 Channel Planter Drill Setup Setup Status Cont ig Sections Channel 1 Disabled Materials A Channel 2 Disabled Channels R 5 Channel 3 Disabled apt Lat Other Sensors T Channel 4 Disabled Tru Application Control Setup FDC 10043 OK Row Sensors BSM 10028 OK Rows int TCOM 10364 0K Accessory Sensor Disabed ia BOM 1004 OK CSM 10065 OK ia 18R 10318 OK Auto Config A YT Check Setup Reset Master The system can automatically configure the modules 356 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 2 Ensure that all sensors are correctly connected to the modules 3 Tap Auto Config The display automatically detects how many Master Member and Output modules are connected Seed sensors are attached to each module Hopper sensors are connected to the system Pressure sensors are
513. un screen and then tap the Home button When prompted to close the field tap Yes FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 191 8 Overview of plugins Introduction to plugins The FM 1000 integrated display version 4 00 has a number of plugins that you can install to expand its functionality Most of these plugins require additional hardware to work correctly For example to use the display to perform water management with the FieldLevel II system add the FieldLevel II plugin This enables you to configure the FieldLevel II system settings and adds the FieldLevel II screen items to the main guidance screen Rem Status Description ee Ag3000 modem Optional n Tru Application Control EZ Remote joystick LB25 external lightbar FleldLevel Survey Design FieldLevel Il Tandem Dual Yield monitoring Chapter 21 The Ag3000 Modem Enable the Ag3000 GSM GPRS cellular modem to receive RTK type corrections using VRS infrastructure network technology Control a variety of display functions remotely Chapter 22 The EZ Remote Joystick Chapter 23 The LB25 External Lightbar Chapter 9 The FieldLevel Il Plugins Monitor your line with a second or third lightbar Survey a field and then create a design Level the field to a design install subsurface drainage or surface ditches Control leveling with two GPS receivers in one of two possible scraper configurations Configure the Field IQ c
514. ured Repeat this process to add an additional material 408 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configuring the channels Once you configure a material you can configure the channels With anhydrous application the FM 1000 integrated display can control up to two channels of material at once 1 From the 4 Channel Setup screen tap Channels Channel Setup Channel 1 Disabled Aateri Mone 2 From the list on the left select a channel to configure The materials that you set up are available in the Material list 3 From the list select one of the materials Channel Setup Channel 1 MH3 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 409 11 The Tru Application Control Plugin 4 Tap Configuration Configure the appropriate Valve Settings Channel Configuration Drive Type Servo A ball valve or butterfly valve driven by an electric motor gearbox and installed in the main product delivery line Drive Frequency The frequency of the drive This information is supplied by the drive manufacturer Input Filter The amount of filtering that is applied to the flow meter feedback If you adjust this setting you must calibrate the drive 410 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 5 The Tru Application Control Plugin 11 Configure the appropriate Constants settings Channel Configuration ayt Channel 1 NH3 Valve Settings Constants Rows Sections Anhydrous K Factor 1
515. vailable from http qt nokia com downloads A copy of the LGPL license is included in the appendices of this manual and at ftp ftp trimble com pub open_source FM 1000 This software includes the DejaVu fonts which are licensed under the Bitstream Vera license terms available at http dejavu fonts org wiki index php title License and http www gnome org fonts 2 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright c 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public L
516. ve or an Area Feature such as the Water button the feature will begin Area and Line features continue until you tap the button a second time Note You can add a Point feature while adding a Line or Area feature For example use a Line feature to draw an overhead telephone wire and simultaneously use a Point feature to add the telephone poles Pausing guidance You can pause guidance and return to your position later To pause guidance tap Pause in the Run screen 68 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Getting Started 3 When you tap Pause the following occurs e A pause icon appears at the point where your vehicle was e The status text shows the distance and angle required to return to that point e Swath snapping occurs to the pause position it does not follow your vehicle e Your position is saved to a file on the display You can then close the field and turn off the display When you next open that field you will be guided back to your former position When you return to your former position tap Resume Adjusting the status text size You can control the size of the status text items that are shown at the top of the Run screen You can show one of the status text items in a large size or both status text items in a smaller size Description eem OO One large status text item Two smaller status text items To cycle through the status text item display modes tap the items at the top of the scr
517. vel II plugin valve calibration relates to the front implement cylinder in a tandem configuration or the left side cylinder of a single implement e The Tandem Dual plugin valve calibration relates to the rear implement cylinder in a tandem configuration or the right side cylinder of a single implement e Depending on the make and manufacturer of your vehicle the tractor computer may need to be put into a special mode Please refer to the FieldLevel II Installation Guide for your vehicle type FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 249 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins To calibrate the valve module 1 From the Configuration screen select the Tandem Dual plugin and then tap Calibrate Tandem Dual Calibration 2 Set the vehicle throttle to 100 3 Tap Start The system performs its calibration sequence to test the speed at which the blade raises and lowers This process takes approximately 8 10 minutes To manually calibrate the valve enter values in the three Manual Calibration fields and then tap OK 250 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Operating the Tandem Dual plugin Blade height indicators Once you install and configure tandem mode two implements each with a GPS receiver or dual mode a single implement with a GPS receiver at each end a second blade height indicator appears on the Run screen PA Td Dieeette tlt eee eg Primary left side implement height indicator Se
518. veness If you experience large slow oscillations increase the aggressiveness When you configure the system on a sprayer the Sprayer steering delay setting is available on the Vehicle Setup screen Some sprayers have steering that is slow to react after you turn the steering wheel The system uses the steering delay setting to compensate for this slowness and ensure that steering corrections occur at the correct point Swather When you configure the system on a swather the Swather steering delay setting is available on the Vehicle Setup screen Some swathers have steering that is slow to react after the steering wheel is turned The system uses the steering delay setting to compensate for this slowness and ensure that steering corrections occur at the correct point To improve the performance of your swather adjust the Swather steering delay setting by a small amount 0 1 seconds at a time Test the result between each adjustment After using the EZ Steer system After you finish using the EZ Steer system do the following e Before you leave the vehicle turn off the EZ Steer system power switch or remove the power plug e Ifthe EZ Steer system is not being used pivot the motor away from the steering wheel 164 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The GPS Receiver m Configuring the GPS receiver m Autoseed fast restart technology m Configuring a GPS receiver with the AgRemote software Enabling NMEA message ou
519. ver the crop at 32 48 above the canopy A large area of the NRS and Non Reference portion of the field should be sensed to accurately determine their respective NDVI values Once the NDVI values have been measured they can be entered into the GreenSeeker plugin on the FM 1000 integrated display This can be done automatically with the boom mounted sensors or manually entered if the GreenSeeker hand held is used If the response is variable across the field select an area where the difference between the Reference and the Non Reference areas are most apparent This assures that the algorithm will determine a rate that utilizes the highest yield potential prediction and maximum response to N for that year In order to estimate yield potential most algorithms utilize an environmental factor Growing Degree Days or Days From Planting which takes into account the weather and length of time that has passed since planting Be aware that different GDD variations are used for different crops and to obtain the GDD value the planting date and sensing date must be known Regional values for GDD may be found on the internet For more information regarding GDD regional values go to http www ntechindustries com software and browse to the Where to Find GDD Information link Field setup To prepare a reference area do the following 1 Ifpast practice was a 100 pre plant application of N decrease pre plant N application rate of the field to
520. wath headland number hen ee ene Along_Line Along line distance from start of swath meters ann Note Attribute Not Populated meee Units Units metric Note Attribute Not Populated Field_Name The name of the field The target rate at the current position eT SS As_Applied Applied rate ane Note Attribute Not Populated CE Pitch The pitch n Note Attribute Not Populated ee The roll Note Attribute Not Populated Note Attribute Not Populated FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 87 4 Display Setup Column Field description Total_Qty Total volume of material as applied for the current field Only supported for the Aerial Flow Controller Autocal Flow controller and Crophawk Flow Meter Relative_Height Height Configuring the Status Items The Status Items are segments of information that can be displayed on the Run screen The information appears in four different locations In two locations at the top of the screen e On aslide out tab at the left of the screen The slide out tab overlies the main screen but is transparent so that you can still see guidance underneath it To extend the slide out tab tap the end of the tab on the left of the screen The slide out tabs automatically slide back in when the specified time out value is reached To close the tab before then tap the tab Upper left status text item Upper right status text item Slide out tab On the Info scree
521. witch is set to 1 This is the volume that the sprayer supplies when the Rate switch is set to 2 When the Rate switch is in the Rate 1 or Rate 2 position the current application rate increases or decreases by this amount each time you tap the Rate adjustment inc dec switch Rate Increment Rate Snapping In the Rate Snapping list select an option Enabled to show the applied rate the same as the target rate if the applied rate is within 10 of the target rate Disabled to show the actual applied value FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 535 15 The EZ Boom Plugin Tank options Description Tank Capacity The capacity of the tank when full Warning Level A warning appears when the calculated solution level reaches this point Current Volume The amount of solution that is currently in the tank Note To do a partial refill just add the amount to the Current Volume Refill Tank This resets the Current Volume value to the Tank Capacity value Manual Flush Pushes solution through the system at the maximum rate The tank flushes until it is empty or you stop it 536 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The EZ Boom Plugin 15 Calibrating the valve 1 From the Configuration screen select the EZ Boom plugin and then tap Calibrate The Implement Calibration screen appears 2 Tap Valve Calibration EZ Boom Valve Calibration Inline Servo F 3 Select the valve type from the drop down list
522. x4 articulated tractors are not supported in version 3 0 To achieve the highest performance from TrueGuide implement guidance the Autopilot system on the tractor must have a good calibration An Autopilot system that is calibrated very aggressively may need to be set up with a more neutral calibration when used with TrueGuide implement guidance Connecting the TrueGuide implement guidance system Once the TrueGuide implement guidance system has been professionally installed add the FM 1000 integrated display as shown A N CAUTION Connecting the Port Replicator on the FM 1000 to NavController II cable to the P4 or P12 connector of the NavController Il harness will result in damage to the FM 1000 integrated display and will void the warranty A25 GNSS antenna x2 68040 00S LMR400 65 extension cable 67473 Coaxial cable 68295 494 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The TrueGuide Plugin 13 Antenna 2822 10 Right angle cable 50499 FM 1000 power cable 66694 Basic power cable 67258 Main power bus cable 67259 FM 1000 to NavController Il cable with port replicator 75741 Configuring the TrueGuide implement guidance system TrueGuide implement guidance must have e The Autopilot automated steering system installed on the tractor For instructions on how to install the Autopilot system see the Autopilot Automated Steering System Installation Instructions relevant to your v
523. xisting and proposed elevations are the same No dirt needs to be moved at this location FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide The FieldLevel II Plugins 9 Benefits of the FieldLevel Il system The FieldLevel II system enables you to Conserve precious water resources Reduce erosion and conserve topsoil Perform touch up leveling each year to avoid expensive land leveling services Help control the water table using FieldLevel II drainage features Use RTK GPS technology which has a significantly larger operating range than a laser and no vertical limit Work with your existing AgGPS guidance products to manage your fields with one collective system For example you can connect the Autopilot system to the FM 1000 integrated display at the same time as the FieldLevel implement Requirements of the FieldLevel Il system The FieldLevel II system requires Installation An FM 1000 integrated display with or without the Autopilot system A platform kit to suit your vehicle and valve type P N 55045 xx An unlock code for the FM 1000 integrated display field leveling functionality A leveling or drainage implement For installation instructions refer to the FieldLevel II System Installation Instructions that are specific to your vehicle FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 201 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins Configuration Install the FieldLevel Survey Design plugin for more information see Adding or removing a plu
524. xisting benchmark the following message appears on the Run screen P Offset X 0 4 Ifyou tap either of the Rebench buttons when the receiver is within the circular radius of a benchmark the receiver is calibrated over the existing benchmark Re establishing a benchmark In the FieldLevel II configuration under the Relative Heights tab there is an option to Force Re Bench If you plan to use the same base receiver setup each time you use this survey data you can set the option to No However if you plan to shift the location of the base set this option to Yes If you open a field that has an existing master benchmark and have selected Force Rebench a large red circle is shown for 100 m 300 ft around the master benchmark flag QVVVOVO9C0000000 C8872e28282200000000000000 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 207 9 The FieldLevel II Plugins This indicates that you need to rebench over the master benchmark location to ensure that the design is aligned with the previous position You must be within this circle before you can re establish the master benchmark To ensure that the design is properly aligned 1 Return exactly to the master benchmark location that you marked on the sround for example with flags see Creating a benchmark page 206 regardless of where your current onscreen position appears to be 2 Re establish the benchmark This process accommodates RTK base station setup differences from t
525. y port on the NavController II Note You must install the Autopilot option to use the display only functionality of the FM 1000 integrated display FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide 149 5 Vehicle Guidance Options Connecting the FM 1000 integrated display for display only mode A N CAUTION Connecting the Port Replicator on the FM 1000 to NavController II cable to the P4 or P12 connector of the NavController II harness will result in damage to the FM 1000 integrated display and will void the warranty Description Trimble part number FM 1000 integrated display 93100 01 FM 1000 power cable 66694 O Basic power cable 67258 e FM 1000 to NavController II cable with port replicator 75741 2 pin DTM to 2 pin DT power adaptor 67095 Q NavController II 55563 00 O Cable assembly 8 pin to 12 pin adaptor 76442 Oo Cable AgGPS 252 252 to NavController II 54608 D Main NavController II cable 54601 ool AgGPS 252 262 receiver 55500 32 150 FM 1000 Integrated Display User Guide Vehicle Guidance Options 5 To configure the display only mode do the following 1 From the Home screen tap R 2 Inthe Current Configurations screen tap Configure 3 Select the Autopilot option and then tap Setup Vehicle Controller Setup Vehicle Controller Port OK Vehicle Controller Settings Current Selection CASE STX5S00Q AG Autopilot Settings Set
526. ydrous application the actual channel rate and the target rate are shown in lbs acre of N nitrogen not NH3 anhydrous ammonia Turning individual channels on or off On the detailed channel tab tap On The channel is turned off when the On button is raised When you return to the channel status tab the channels current application rate appears as Off To return to the overview tap lt Adjusting the target rate manually The Target Rate is the rate that you want the planter to plant S 36 0 4 at To manually increase the target rate tap To manually decrease the target rate tap The target rate adjusts by the Increment Decrement value See page 407 Adjusting the target rate with a preset rate If you created more than one preset rate for a material the Preset Rate Selection button Hee is available Tap the button to select between the preset target rates The new preset rate appears between the and buttons Tank pressure button The tank pressure button enables you to enter the tank pressure from the nurse tank gauge The system then calculates the density of the nitrogen or anhydrous ammonia To calculate the density 1 Read the nurse tank pressure gauge 2 Round the pressure down to the nearest pressure shown below Nurse tank Nurse tank Pounds per cubic Pounds per cubic temperature F pressure PSI foot NH3 foot Nitrogen aC w C a C E C a a E C E C E FM

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

断 水のお知らせ  MANUEL D`UTILISATION  Samsung GT-M8910 Εγχειρίδιο χρήσης  G DATA InternetSecurity 2013, 1Y, 1PC, Box  First Alert Channel/4 Quick Setup Guide  diverter drum • trommelrohrweiche • třícestný ventil do  AER(EP). - Ministero della Difesa  FICHE SIGNALÉTIQUE 1. Identification du produit et de l`entreprise  OWNER`S MANUAL MANUEL D`INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL DE  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file